Complementary Mining Plan for Sibovc SW by Lorik Haxhiu

European Agency for Reconstruction PREPARATION OF A COMPLEMENTARY MINING PLAN FOR THE SIBOVC SOUTH WEST LIGNITE MINE CONTRACT 02/KOS01/10/021

DRAFT FINAL REPORT Complementary Mining Plan for Sibovc SW

Part I – Basic Investigations

April, 2006

prepared by: STEAG Consortium

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Key Experts of Project Team

Hans J端rgen Matern Senior Expert Mining Operation

Thomas Suhr Senior Expert Computer-Aided Mine Planning Applications

Stephan Peters Senior Expert Geology

Helmar Laube Senior Expert Soil Mechanics

Joachim Gert ten Thoren Senior Environmental Expert

Page 2 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Table of Contents 1 1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.2.1 1.2.2.2 1.2.2.3 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3.7

SUMMARY (PART I)............................................................................................ 11 Objective .................................................................................................................. 11 Tasks and Outputs of the Project.............................................................................. 12 Part I: Basic Investigations ....................................................................................... 12 Part II: Technical Planning....................................................................................... 12 Mine Development ................................................................................................... 13 Dewatering ............................................................................................................... 13 Manpower................................................................................................................. 14 Environmental Impact Study.................................................................................... 14 Part IV: Economic and Financial Analysis............................................................... 15 Results under Part I - Basic Investigations............................................................... 16 Coal Demand............................................................................................................ 16 Geology .................................................................................................................... 17 Soil-mechanics ......................................................................................................... 18 Main Mining Equipment .......................................................................................... 20 Power Supply System and Electrical Equipment ..................................................... 21 Infrastructure ............................................................................................................ 21 Auxiliary Equipment ................................................................................................ 21

2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................. 22 Background .............................................................................................................. 22 Approach / Methodology.......................................................................................... 22 Geographical Overview............................................................................................ 24 Climatic Data............................................................................................................ 25

COAL DEMAND ................................................................................................... 27

4 4.1 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.2.1 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.3 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.2.1 4.4.2.2 4.4.2.3 4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2

GEOLOGY ............................................................................................................. 29 Introduction Geology................................................................................................ 29 Assessment of Available Geological Data ............................................................... 31 Borehole Database.................................................................................................... 31 Assessment Methodology......................................................................................... 31 Stratigraphic and Lithological Borehole Data .......................................................... 32 Digital Geological Model......................................................................................... 32 General Remarks to the Geological Model .............................................................. 32 Results / Description of the Geological Model ........................................................ 33 Surface...................................................................................................................... 36 Overburden (Including Outer Dumps) ..................................................................... 36 Coal (Including Coal Quality) .................................................................................. 37 Further Aspects Influencing the Sibovc SW Mine................................................... 52 Underground Mining................................................................................................ 52 Uncontrolled Coal Fires ........................................................................................... 53 Locations of Coal Fires ............................................................................................ 53 Counteractive Measures ........................................................................................... 56 Prevention of Coal Fires........................................................................................... 56 Further Geological Exploration Required ................................................................ 56 Methods of Further Geological Exploration ............................................................ 57 Location for Urgently Required Drillholes (2006)................................................... 57 Page 3 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

5 5.1 5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5 5.1.6 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.6.1 5.2.6.2 5.2.6.3 5.2.7 5.2.8

SOIL-MECHANICAL PARAMETERS.............................................................. 61 General ..................................................................................................................... 61 Geology .................................................................................................................... 61 Hydrology................................................................................................................. 61 Technology............................................................................................................... 62 Soil-mechanical Parameter....................................................................................... 62 Soil-mechanical Calculation Methods ..................................................................... 64 Necessary Safety Coefficients .................................................................................. 65 Soil-mechanical Investigations â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Mine Sibovc SW ................................................. 66 General ..................................................................................................................... 66 Geology .................................................................................................................... 66 Hydrology................................................................................................................. 66 Soil-mechanical Parameters ..................................................................................... 67 Necessary Safety Coefficients .................................................................................. 67 Investigations of Static Stability............................................................................... 68 Single Slopes ............................................................................................................ 68 Slope Systems........................................................................................................... 68 Dump Slopes ............................................................................................................ 71 Conclusion................................................................................................................ 72 Measures for a Safe Opencast Mine Management ................................................... 73

6 6.1 6.1.1 6.1.1.1 6.1.1.2 6.1.2 6.1.3 6.1.4 6.1.5 6.1.5.1 6.1.5.2 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.3 6.4 6.5

MAIN MINING EQUIPMENT ............................................................................ 75 Technical Status of Existing Equipment .................................................................. 75 Technical Status of Excavators ................................................................................ 75 SRs 1300 and SchRs 650 ......................................................................................... 75 SRs 470, SRs 400 and SRs 315................................................................................ 77 Technical Status of Spreaders .................................................................................. 78 Technical Status of Belt Conveyors and Drive Stations .......................................... 80 Technical Status of Belt Wagons ............................................................................. 81 Technical Status of Stacker / Reclaimer................................................................... 83 Stockpile Separation Plant A.................................................................................... 83 Stockpile TPP B ....................................................................................................... 84 Planned Short-term Rehabilitation Measures........................................................... 85 Measures for Excavators .......................................................................................... 85 Measures for Spreader.............................................................................................. 87 Measures for Belt Conveyors and Drive Stations .................................................... 88 Measures for Belt Wagons ....................................................................................... 89 Measures for Stacker / Reclaimer ............................................................................ 89 Planned Refurbishment Measures for Sibovc SW Field .......................................... 91 Time Schedule for Rehabilitation Measures ............................................................ 93 Investment and Cost Calculation of Main Mine Equipment.................................... 96

7 7.1 7.2 7.3

POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ................ 102 Future Energy Demand........................................................................................... 102 Measures and Time Schedule................................................................................. 105 Investments for Power Supply System................................................................... 113

8 8.1 8.2 8.2.1

AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ............................................................................... 114 Assessment of Technical Status in Existing Mine ................................................. 114 Demand of Auxiliary Equipment ........................................................................... 114 Maximal Demand of Auxiliary Equipment............................................................ 114

Page 4 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

8.2.2 8.3 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.3.3 8.4

Yearwise Development of Auxiliary Equipment Fleet .......................................... 116 Heavy Auxiliary Equipment for Sibovc SW Mine................................................. 121 Draglines ................................................................................................................ 121 Transport Crawler................................................................................................... 122 Derricks .................................................................................................................. 122 Investment and Cost Calculation............................................................................ 123

9 9.1 9.2 9.2.1 9.2.2 9.2.3 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.2 9.3.2.1 9.3.2.2 9.3.3 9.4 9.4.1 9.4.2 9.4.3 9.4.4 9.5 9.6

INFRASTRUCTURE AND SURFACE FACILITIES ..................................... 125 General Remarks and Principles ............................................................................ 125 Social Facilities and Administration ...................................................................... 126 Mine Offices........................................................................................................... 126 Mine Control Centre............................................................................................... 129 Washrooms and Sanitary Facilities ........................................................................ 130 Supply and Disposal............................................................................................... 131 Erection Yards........................................................................................................ 131 Road Construction.................................................................................................. 132 Plant roads .............................................................................................................. 132 Access Roads.......................................................................................................... 134 Fire Department...................................................................................................... 134 Workshops and Warehouses .................................................................................. 135 Principles................................................................................................................ 135 Workshops.............................................................................................................. 138 Warehouses ............................................................................................................ 143 Petrol Station .......................................................................................................... 147 Time Scheduling for Infrastructure Measures ........................................................ 149 Investment and Cost Calculation for Infrastructure ............................................... 149

Page 5 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Figures Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.:

1.3-1 1.3-2 1.3-3 2.3-1 2.4-1 4.1-1 4.1-2 4.3-1 4.3-2 4.3-3 4.3-4 4.3-5 4.3-6 4.3-7 4.3-8 4.4-1 4.4-2 4.4-3 4.5-1 4.5-2 4.5-3 4.5-4 4.5-5 5.1-1 5.1-2 5.1-3 5.2-1 5.2-2 5.2-3 5.2-4 5.2-5 5.2-6 5.2-7 6.4-1 6.4-2 7.2-1 7.2-2 7.2-3

Lignite Demand Prognosis till 2024 17 Failure Scenarios to be examined 18 Iterative Process for Developing a Geotechnical Safe Opencast Mine 20 Location of existing Mine 24 Average and extreme monthly Temperatures 26 Map of the future Sibovc SW Mining Area 29 Stratigraphic Standard Profile of the Kosovo Basin (KEK 2003) 30 Topographical Map (including dumps) of the Sibovc SW Mining Area 36 Sibovc SW, Overburden Thickness 37 Sibovc SW, Depth Structure Map at Top of Seam 38 Sibovc SW, Depth Structure Map at Base of Seam 39 Sibovc SW, Seam Thickness 40 Cross Section A WSW – ENE 41 Cross Section B NNW – SSE 41 Coal Quality in Horizontal Sections 51 Smoke Marks at Samples of Exploration Drilling 2004 54 Example of Coal Fire in Old Mining Structures 55 Example of Coal Fire in Old Mining Structures 55 Planned 2-D Seismic Investigations 57 Location of the Planned Drillhole SW-1 59 Location of Planned Drillholes SW-2 und SW-5 59 Location of Planned Drillholes SW-3 und SW-9 60 Location of Planned Drillholes SW-4, SW-6, SW-7 and SW-8 60 Sliding Surface with Reduced Shearing Strength 63 Dump with Formation of Shearing Areas 63 Failure Scenarios to be Examined 64 Layout Plan Sibovc-SW Including the Cross Section Lines 68 Cross Section EAST 1 69 Calculation Model with Variable Dipping of the Sliding Surface 70 Static Stability Coefficient in Dependence from Dipping of Sliding Surface 70 General Inclinations for Coal and Overburden Cuts 71 Dump Slide and Resulting Slope Angle 72 Iterative Process for Developing a Geotechnical Safe Opencast Mine 74 Schematic BWE-Rehabilitation Milestone Plan 94 Linewise Refurbishment Activities for Main Equipment 95 Time Schedule for Power Supply and Control System 109 110/35 kV Power Substation “Sibovc” with 6 kV Distribution System 110 6 kV Power Supply – Coal Extraction 111

Page 6 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.:

7.2-4 8.3-1 9.2-1 9.2-2 9.2-3 9.2-4 9.2-5 9.2-6 9.2-7 9.3-1 9.3-2 9.4-1 9.4-2 9.4-3 9.4-4 9.4-5 9.4-6 9.4-7 9.4-8 9.4-9 9.4-10 9.4-11 9.4-12 9.4-13 9.4-14 9.4-15 9.4-16 9.5-1

6 kV Power Supply â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Overburden Removal Scheme Esch 10/70 Layout Drawing of New Mine Office Mine Office Mirash Mine Office Gate 01 Mine Office Bardh Current Mine Control Centre of Mirash Mine Mine Control Centre of Bardh Mine Washroom and Sanitary Facility for 650 Workers Mine Road in Mirash in Spring 2006 Building of the Fire Department Survey Workshops and Warehouses New Central Auxiliary Equipment Workshop Bardh Mechanical Workshop Intervention Electrical Workshop Intervention Bardh Electrical Workshop Kosovomont Layout Plan for Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont 1 Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont 1 Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont 2 Electrical and Mechanical Workshop New Warehouse Mirash Warehouse Idler and Vulcanisation New Central Warehouse Electrical Warehouse Bardh Mechanical Warehouse Bardh Petrol Station Mirash Petrol Station Mirash Time Schedule for Infrastructure Measures

112 122 127 127 128 128 129 129 131 133 135 138 139 139 140 141 141 142 142 143 144 144 145 146 147 147 148 149

Page 7 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Tables Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.:

2.4-1 2.4-1 4.4-1 4.5-1 5.1-1 5.1-2 5.2-1 5.2-2 5.2-3 6.2-1 6.3-1 6.5-1 6.5-2 6.5-3 6.5-4 6.5-5 6.5-6 6.5-7 6.5-8 6.5-9 6.5-10 7.1-1 7.1-2 7.3-1 8.2-1 8.2-2 8.2-3 8.2-4 8.3-1 8.4-1 8.4-2 9.2-1 9.3-1 9.4-1 9.6-1

Intensity of Heavy Rainfall Coal Demand Coal Production of Old Underground Mines within the Area Investigated Parameter to be Recorded Calculation Methods for the Respective Form of Failure Proposal for Necessary Safety Coefficients Soil Mechanical Parameter Slope Angles for Single Overburden Slopes Results of Static Stability Calculations for the Cross Section EAST_1 Measures for Excavators Measures for Main Excavators for Sibovc SW Survey of Mine Equipment Amount for Refurbishment and Investment Yearwise Cost for Refurbishment and Investments in MEURO Costs for E8B, E9B and E10B Costs for E8M Costs for E9M and E10M Costs for Belt Wagons Costs for Spreader Costs for Stacker / Reclaimer TPP A Costs for Stacker / Reclaimer TPP B Planned Requirements of Technological Systems Required Installed Capacity Investments for Power Supply Number of Auxiliary Equipment Number of Auxiliary Equipment up to 2012 Annual Purchase of Auxiliary Equipment up to 2016 Annual Purchase of Auxiliary Equipment up to 2025 Technical Data of Esch 10/70 Investments and Reinvestments for Auxiliary Equipment Yearwise Investments for Auxiliary Equipment in MEURO Capacity of Change Rooms and Sanitary Facilities Road Construction Further Use of Buildings for Mine Sibovc SW Investment Calculation for Infrastructural Measures

25 27 52 58 65 66 67 68 69 86 91 96 97 97 98 98 99 99 100 100 101 102 104 113 115 117 119 120 121 123 123 130 132 138 150

Page 8 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Annexes I/4–1

Depth Structure Map: Top Lignite Seam

1 : 10 000

I/4–2

Depth Structure Map: Base Lignite Seam

1 : 10 000

I/4–3

Overburden Thickness

1 : 10 000

I/4–4

Overburden-to-Coal Ratio

1 : 10 000

I/4–5

Seam Thickness

1 : 10 000

I/4–6

Overburden-to-Coal Ratio and Seam Thickness

1 : 10 000

I/4–7

Top Lignite Seam: Structural Dip

1 : 10 000

I/4–8

Geological Cross Section S1 & S2

1 : 10 000 1 : 2 500

I/4–9

Lignite Fm.- Total Sulphur

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 10

Lignite Fm.- Low Calorific Value

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 11

Lignite Fm.- Ash Content

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 12

Sibovc SW Cross Section WE-01

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 13

Sibovc SW Cross Section WE-02

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 14

Sibovc SW Cross Section WE-03

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 15

Sibovc SW Cross Section WE-04

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 16

Sibovc SW Cross Section WE-05

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 17

Sibovc SW Cross Section WE-06

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 18

Sibovc SW Cross Section NS-01

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 19

Sibovc SW Cross Section NS-02

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 20

Sibovc SW Cross Section NS-03

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 21

Sibovc SW Cross Section NS-04

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 22

Sibovc SW Cross Section NS-05

1 : 10 000

I / 4 – 23

Sibovc SW Cross Section NS-06

1 : 10 000

Page 9 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Abbreviations a

year

bcm/h

bank cubic meter per hour

BWE

bucket wheel excavator

GCV

gross calorific value

GWh

gigawatt-hours

hydraulic conductivity

kilometre

km²

square kilometres

thousand tonnes

kilovolt

kilowatt

l/min

liter per minute

meter

m²

square meter

m³

cubic meter

mbcm

million bank cubic meters

mcm

million cubic meters

mlcm

million loose cubic meters

millimeter

mMSL

meter above main sea level

million tonnes

m/min

meters per minute

m³/min

cubic meter per minute

m/s

meters per second

NCV

net calorific value

OCM

open cast mine

TPP

thermal power plant

`000 bcm

thousand bank cubic meters

`000 lcm

thousand loose cubic meters

Page 10 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1 Summary (Part I) 1.1 Objective The Complementary Mining Plan for New Sibovc South West Mine consists of the following reports: -

Part I

Basic Investigations

Part II

Technical Planning

Part III

Environmental Impact Study

Part IV

Economic and Financial Analysis

The existing coal mines Bardh and Mirash, west of Pristina, will be exhausted by 2011. Thus the overall objective of the project is providing a plan for the supply of the necessary fuel to the existing power plants in Kosovo until the end of their lifetime. The specific objectives of this contract are the elaboration of a detailed mine plan on the development of the new mine in the Sibovc South West Lignite Field. The objective of the plan is: -

to define the technical measures and the timeframe to be followed to open-up the new mine and develop it up to the scheduled capacity of about 9 million tons per annum;

to guide the focus on the necessary investments and operating costs;

to include the necessary measures and information for licensing applications.

Other than the Main Mining Plan for New Sibovc Mine (max. 24 m t coal out per year) the Complementary Mining Plan for the Sibovc South West Lignite Field focuses on the fuel supply to the existing TPP assuming a coal demand of 9 mt/a and a limited availability of financial resources. The plan covers the period from 2007 to 2024 when all existing power capacities assumed to reach the end of their service life. Subsequently the total accumulated coal demand from the Sibovc South West Lignite Field comes to 123 million tonnes, what is approximately 15% of the entire mineable lignite reserves in the Sibovc Lignite Field. The remaining lignite reserves of the entire Sibovc Lignite Field could be a source to feed new power plant capacities expected to be built in Kosovo. The Complementary Mining Plan has been coordinated with the existing â&#x20AC;&#x153;Mid term Mining Plan for the existing minesâ&#x20AC;?. The Mid Term Plan provides the stepwise implementation of regular operation conditions, the achievement of geotechnical and public safety and therefore the transfer of mines to an economic efficient operation. The purpose of the Complementary Mine Plan is to show the measures to be undertaken and the timeframe for these measures to open up the new mine in time to replace the running out production capacity of the existing mines. The plan is showing the required investment and effective cost of lignite supply.

Page 11 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The investment requirements to open-up the Sibovc South-West mine are 236 MEURO until 2012, when full supply capacity will be reached. The real average cost of lignite supply amount to 7.50-8.00 EURO/ton of raw coal, depending on the cost of capital investment. Special attention has been focused on the required resettlement and land acquisition. The plan also ensures that the mine operations are in full compliance with the relevant legal and technical regulations, i.e. mining law, environmental law, spatial planning and expropriation regulations and laws.

1.2 Tasks and Outputs of the Project 1.2.1 Part I: Basic Investigations The basis for the new mining plan for the Sibovc South West mine is the previous study â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Main Mining Plan for Sibovc mineâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;. Using this as the basis, the consultants checked, evaluated, updated and presented all necessary facts (geo-technical, geological, hydrogeological and hydrological data, infrastructure, existing end necessary new equipment) for the Sibovc South West mine. According to ToR this plan was based on a demand forecast prepared by the Ministry of Energy and Mines in accordance with the Kosovo Energy Strategy. The consultant updated the existing computerised geological model based on additional exploration drillings conducted by KEK and prepared a plan for further exploration to be realised by KEK, defined the slope design based on soil-mechanic calculation. To ensure the planned performance of the equipment and subsequently output of the mine it will be necessary to undertake a complex refurbishment of lignite and overburden equipment incl. excavators, conveyor lines and spreaders. This approach represents a new quality against the partly repair of machines realised so far. A refurbishment/replacement programme for the existing main mining equipment as well as auxiliary equipment has been prepared including a realistic assessment of the timing of the required investments. As an important output of the project the plan provides the basis for the application for, and issuing of exploitation licence for the new mine. The outputs are the findings of this analysis, including the updated geological model, plan for further exploitation; definition of slope design; and updated investment plan in main and auxiliary equipment.

1.2.2 Part II: Technical Planning The consultants prepared detailed mine development plans/annexes, including all necessary calculations, for the first five years of operation and mine phase documentation for the end of each year, continuing with next five years periods (end of periods) up to 2024. The outputs of this task are the detailed mine development plans as set out above.

Page 12 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

There have been prepared an updated expropriation plan which provides both a timed and cost plan for the required measures for land acquisition and resettlement into mine planning. A short description of the main output of part II follows:

1.2.2.1 Mine Development The following main topics for the mine development have been considered: -

Opening-up of the Sibovc SW OCM shall be made from the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mine. The existing inside dump of P3B shall be taken into account.

A coal pillar shall remain between the existing Bardh mine and the new Sibovc mine field in order to stabilize the masses of the inside dump of the Bardh opencast mine.

The overburden masses will preferably be dumped in the mined-out area of the existing OCM in order to stabilize the slope south of Hade and to establish final dump surfaces as soon as possible.

The mined-out bottom in Sibovc SW shall be covered by dumps and as far as possible also the final coal rim slope systems in order to prevent coal fires.

During the opening-up phase the overburden will be transported via the western rim slope system. After disassembling the equipment in the existing opencast mines there will be established a belt connection via the eastern rim slope system. This helps to reduce the transport distance and the quickest possible establishment of a stabilising body south of Hade.

The residual pit of Mirash-Brand remains as reserved area for the disposal of municipal waste.

It is envisaged to flush the power plant residues from TPP B in the residual pit of Mirash-East.

Due to late start of the mine development a rather high capacity will be required right at the beginning of works. The performance required can be performed only with rehabilitated equipment. After rehabilitation the capacity for overburden (BWE) complexes shall be 3.6-5.4 million cubic meters per annum each. The first two BWE - Systems will have to be commissioned in 2008. Some overburden removal works will be required using truck & shovel operation. This service should be contracted with third parties. It must be noticed, that the development of the new Sibovc SW mine is directly linked to the advance of the existing mine and therefore to the realisation of the Mid Term Plan.

1.2.2.2 Dewatering Drainage of surface water via the active bench of the Sibovc SW mine shall be excluded except residual rainwater quantities. It is suggested to install a dewatering system in the valley from which the collected surface water is pumped into the higher located channel(s) by means

Page 13 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

of sewage pumps. According to the OCM advance the dewatering shall be shifted several times to the North. Drainage ditches shall be installed on all working levels and along the access roads.

1.2.2.3 Manpower The following table gives a survey on the staffing requirements: Year Existing mines per 01.01. - Fluctuation / Redundancy Staff transfer Sibovc SW per 31.12.

2007 3500

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

490

3000 415

2100 300

1300 100

900 470

350 260

485

500

300

1380

1420

500

1000

1300

Staff for the new mine will be employed mainly from redundant staff of the existing mines.

1.2.3 Environmental Impact Study The mining activities will have a large effect on the environment. The Environmental Study serves as a baseline description for the expected effects. Alternative locations are discussed for coal extraction prior to the implementation of the Complementary Mining Plan resulting in the location of “D-field”, east of the river Sitnica, to be an equally favourable alternative to supply the existing power plants from the environmental point of view. Among the other alternatives a development of the “Sibovc field” from the south to the north ranked second best. Subject of the Complementary Mining Plan is the excavation of overburden and lignite, developing from the existing opencast mines to the north. Mining activities will start from the existing mines using already exploited areas for dumping the overburden material. The anticipated environmental effects concern, first of all, the removal of soil resulting in a loss of surface area and living space. With this extension an enlarged void will be visible, compared to the existing mines. As the backfill of already exploited areas goes on parallel in time, it will be possible to return recovered areas to agricultural use in a landscape with changed appearance. Surface waters to be affected are mainly small and of non perennial flow. The rivers Sitnica and Drenica will not be directly affected, as clayey sediments with sufficient thickness protect them from the mine. Indirect effects can result from the outlet of mine drainage water with enlarged contents of Chloride and Sulphate as well as suspended solids. Because of the characteristics of the overburden the impact on groundwater will be minor. Significant groundwater utilization is not known in the area. Influences on neighbouring utilizations can be excluded. Dust emissions as well as noise emissions will shift from the current to the future working points with an equal or, based on used technologies, even minor extend of emissions. The Environmental Study attempts to follow in general the applicable EU directives on environmental impact assessment, mainly Directive 85/337/EEC. However, there is a general lack of baseline studies, local experts’ opinions, pertinent documents or other information,

Page 14 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

e.g. allowing any specific assessment on influences on fauna and flora. Regarding this aspect additional investigations are needed to describe the floral and faunistic inventory of the mining field. In case of proper operation and a coal demand adequate to the mining technology the mine will stay one of the most important employers of the region with up to 1,500 employees. Upon completion of backfilling areas farmable land can be returned to the inhabitants, which mitigates the effects of required resettlements. Resettlement will be needed as a consequence of the development of the mine. Approximately 870 persons representing some 109 households will have to be moved in the years 2007 to 2024. Resettlement refers to single houses and small settlements and it will not be needed to resettle significant villages. With the objective to improve knowledge on the environment and to allow control on the environmental impact, adequate monitoring activities shall be set up concerning air and water quality measurements as well as the purification of drainage water and the utilization of humus enriched top soil layers.

1.2.4 Part IV: Economic and Financial Analysis The consultants prepared an economic and financial analysis with a detailed cash flow forecast, a financial analysis of the cost benefit of the proposed investment with IRR/ NPV calculations, and a time planning for the investment programme. The output of this task is a detailed, based on annual calculations economic and financial analysis and appraisal of the Sibovc South West mine plan. The calculations have been made in accordance with IFRS. The main results of the profitability calculation are as follows: The calculated real average cost (RAC) comes to 7.5-8.0 EURO/t. The economic analysis also considered that in 2024 a fully functioning opencast mine will be available. This allowed calculation with coal prices of 7.00 EURO/t to 7.50 EURO/t. Totally four variants were assumed containing different coal prices, different escalation and different interest rate on borrowings. All variants until 2011 require about 80 MEURO equity capital and ca. 200 MEURO outside capital. Assuming a coal price of 7.00 EURO/ton the dividend earned until 2024 will amount to at least 137 MEURO which can be distributed to the shareholders. The sum of the annual payments for the production of coal is smaller than 5.0 EURO per tonne coal. This applies from 2012, the first year of full production. It will be possible to produce coal with favourable terms and profits of 20 % on the employed equity capital can be earned. The cash flow analysis demonstrates that the chosen mine development will be generally profitable even with the short operation time period of only 15 years.

Page 15 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1.3 Results under Part I - Basic Investigations 1.3.1 Coal Demand The current coal consumption level of the power plants amounts to 6-7 mt/a. This level is not sufficient to secure the demand for electricity to be produced by the existing power plants in Kosovo. In the coming years an increase is expected up to about 9 mt beginning in 2010. This is under the assumption that in the Kosovo A power plant will be refurbished at least two units as foreseen in the Kosovo A refurbishment feasibility study and incorporated in the KEK Financial Recovery Plan. To meet the Kosovo electricity demand it is foreseen to operate two units in Kosovo A and two units in Kosovo B on a regular basis. The following principles / assumptions have been made: -

Generating electricity from Sibovc SW pursues the goal to meet domestic needs mainly.

After depletion of the existing mines the new Sibovc SW mine supplies the existing power plants Kosovo A and B. The coal supply from the new mine has to start in 2010.

The life time for Kosovo B is about 40 years, which means end of operation in 2023/24.

Hence the life time of Sibovc SW will be defined from 2008 to 2024, which means 17 years. Preparatory work will be required in 2007.

Three of five units of Kosovo A (200/210 MW) started production between 1970 and 1975. These units do not fulfil normal technical standards. Opinions to refurbish these units (capital refurbishment or major overhaul) differ a lot. However it is assumed that the coal supply to Kosovo A will last for the time being (amounting to 2.5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 4.7 mt). In case Kosovo A will be out of operation before 2020/24 the new mine will deliver the coal to the TTP replacing Kosovo A. At least the fuel supply is calculated with 9 mt in total for Sibovc SW.

It is assumed that the investment needed for opening-up the new mine will be made available timely.

Page 16 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Sibovc SW 10

Existing Mines

Lignite Demand [mt/a]

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09 20 10 20 11 20 12 20 13 20 14 20 15 20 16 20 17 20 18 20 19 20 20 20 21 20 22 20 23 20 24

Fig.: 1.3-1

Lignite Demand Prognosis till 2024

1.3.2 Geology The geological evaluation and interpretation was conducted for an area of some 10 kmÂ˛. It encompasses the southern part of the Sibovc Field. The basement of the Kosovo Basin and the exposed surrounding areas are built up by Palaeozoic to Mesozoic crystalline rocks. The basin fill consists of Upper Cretaceous strata which are unconformably overlain by Tertiary clays of Pliocene age in which lignite is interbedded. Simplified the coal bearing sediments can be subdivided from the base to the top as follows: Green clay, Lignite Formation, Grey and yellow clay. Towards the West the lignite deposition is tectonically bound by a series of predominantly NNW-SSE striking faults. The eastern limit is characterized by sedimentological pinch-out. A geological survey has to be ensured during the current mining activities. Therefore continuous drilling operations in the front of the excavation line have to be accomplished, whereby all cores must be described (cm-scale), photographed and sampled. The parameters which have to be examined are coal quality, geotechnical characteristics. Furthermore the borehole has to be observed recording groundwater level and any signs of coal fires. The Western border of the Sibovc SW mine requires special attention due to the complicated fault structure. The Sibovc SW area has an average elevation above sea level of 609 m, reaching from 497m to 666m. The slope of these hills show angles from 10 to 4 degrees generally declined from south-eastern to south-western direction. The coal seam thickness is in average 59.5 m (maximum 93.1 m). The heating value ranges from 5,850 to 10,300 kJ/kg, whereas the geological average amounts to 8,830 kJ/kg (calculated to 45% water content). Considering a possible content of interburden and a partly higher water content the calorific value on the stockpile is estimated at 7,500 kJ/kg. Page 17 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The overburden thickness varies from 50 to 125m with lowest values nearby the northern border of the existing mines. Generally there is no reliable information about the exact extension and locations of the old underground mining. Actual structures of the old underground mining are situated mostly in the south-eastern part of the Sibovc field. Some of the old galleries have been already cut in the Mirash mine and the pillar area. Higher risk areas for coal fires will be the long excavation front at the Northern Bardh Mirash slope and areas affected by illegal (private) coal excavation. Actually the northern slope is not affected by coal fires as predicted. There are no larger zones showing burnt coal with resulting large cavities, only some core samples of the new exploration drillings showed some smoke marks indicating limited coal fires. The procedures for coal fire extinguishing and thus saving coal resources have to be adapted to the exploitation operations and to be done by the mines staff during the running mining activities. Adequate extinguishing technologies have to be selected under consideration of the local geotechnical conditions. The extended use of water in most cases may cause landslides. Further geological exploration has to be done considering the special geological and topographical conditions.

1.3.3 Soil-mechanics The soil-mechanical investigations are of estimating character because of the lack of information regarding geology, hydrology and the low state of knowledge about the soilphysical parameter of the geological layers. If further information from a regional and operational geological exploration will be available the soil-mechanical considerations shall be revised and intensified. Further exploration stages are urgently required for a geotechnically safe operational management. This especially applies to the sporadically occurring interburden in the massive coal seam and the voids in the advancing opencast mine operation resulting form old mining activities and/or possible uncontrolled coal fires. Depending on the known marginal conditions (geology, hydrology, soil-physical parameter, technology) to be integrated in the soil-mechanical model, failure scenarios have been developed. VG: Released sliding surface

yellow clay KZP

KZP: circular sliding surface

gray clay

VG coal seam operating floor

VG KZP

Fig.: 1.3-2

green clay

Failure Scenarios to be examined

Page 18 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

To guarantee both a safe and economic opencast mine operation the following safety coefficients have been considered:

Single Slope Advancing slope systems Head slope systems Objects to be protected

Si ≥ 1.05 ≥ 1.20 ≥ 1.20 ≥ 1.30

According to the present state of knowledge the following general inclinations shall be kept for the bank slope systems to be planned: For advancing slope systems the general inclinations shall not exceed 22° for coal and 10° for overburden slope system. Slope angles 6 to 8° are recommended for head slopes due to longer lifetimes. Temporary greening is recommended to counteract erosions in the area of the head slopes. If necessary, use of geo-textiles has to be checked. For the dump slope systems, slopes angles 6 to 8° resulting from the residual shearing strength shall be taken into consideration when planning the dump geometry. The clay material contained in the overburden tends to strong plastic behaviour under addition of water and resulting from this to a reduced stability. For this reason dewatering measures have to be carried out on a regular basis. A summary of measures required for a safe geotechnical OCM management have been given: -

A continuously updated geological model approved by the responsible geologist must be available for the OCM;

The hydrological situation shall be documented and continuously updated

The OCM position shall be identified in a layout plan in regular periods.

At least three representative geological profiles right angled to the benches shall be conducted where the achieved mining positions shall be registered in regular periods.

Position and course of the head slopes shall be planned forward-looking with at least one advancing cross section of the respective head slope.

The lines of all cross sections shall be illustrated in the layout plan.

Statistically verified soil-physical parameters are required for the decisive geological layers in the roof and bottom.

The soil samples shall be analysed in by a recognized soil-physical laboratory.

Soil-mechanical investigations of static stability for all slopes and slope systems shall be principally carried out by qualified experts.

The basics and results of the soil-mechanical investigations shall be documented. Any changes of the marginal conditions due to geology, hydrology, technology or in case of changed soil-physical parameters these investigations shall be revised.

In cooperation with the mine management targets resulting from the static stability calculations shall be used and definitely controlled during the running operation.

Page 19 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

A geotechnical expert shall visit the opencast mines in regular periods. The visits shall be documented in minutes.

A control and monitoring schedule shall be worked out for the opencast mines.

The development of a geotechnically safe OCM technology shall be regarded at iterative process:

Fig.: 1.3-3

Iterative Process for Developing a Geotechnical Safe Opencast Mine

1.3.4 Main Mining Equipment A detailed survey of the technical status of the main mine equipment and planned short-term rehabilitation measures have been given. Based on the survey and measures already completed or to be finalised in the next few years the consultant prepared a plan of refurbishment measures of heavy equipment to be utilised in the Sibovc SW field. All excavators of the type BWE SchRs 650 and BWE SRs 1300 and three spreaders A2RsB5200 and A2RsB-4400 will be relocated to the Sibovc SW mine. Further on the refurbishment shall include the related belt wagons as well belt conveyors. The bucket wheel excavators SRs 470, SRs 400 and SRs 315 are hardly applicable as main mine equipment for a long-term operation. The excavators E5M, E7M and E1B may be used in sub benches regarding as floating machine. Because of the output capacities of the heavy opencast mine machines, only conveyor lines with 1,600 or 1,800 mm belt width will be used in the new mine. A schematic rehabilitation milestone plan for an excavator of the size SRs 1300 have been developed. A period of ca. 35 months will be required for one equipment line. The downtime of the equipment for the implementation of the measures is ca. 9 months.

Page 20 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Only a limited period of time will be available for the required refurbishment measures. Otherwise more costly compensations will result due to a delayed commissioning of the main equipment in the Sibovc field â&#x20AC;&#x201C; provided that the planned coal output is ensured. Based on the technical requirements for equipment rehabilitation a detailed investment schedule is included.

1.3.5 Power Supply System and Electrical Equipment A detailed survey of the power supply requirements, measures to be undertaken and investment requirements have been given.

1.3.6 Infrastructure In principle it is not planned to install new surface facilities for various reasons; among others the available technical plants in Bardh/ Mirash, which are presently part of ongoing rehabilitation measures, the neighbourhood to Sibovc and the extensive investments, anyhow. The infrastructure investment for the new Sibovc South West mine includes: -

refurbishment of existing facilities of the Bardh mine and constructing of new administrative buildings as well as new changing and washing rooms;

refurbishment of the Kosovamont workshops and warehouses;

construction of mine roads and a new public road in the north of the mine field.

The total investment is assessed to 21.2 MEURO.

1.3.7 Auxiliary Equipment The investments/reinvestments for auxiliary equipment amount to 60 MEURO until 2024. About 24 MEURO are for initial investments, a sum of 34 MEURO for replacement investments and about 2 MEURO for rehabilitation measures of heavy auxiliary equipment.

Page 21 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2 Introduction 2.1 Background Kosovo has lignite reserves assessed at some 10 billion tons, concentrated in the Kosovo Coal Basin. This coal deposit, especially the Sibovc deposit is regarded as one of the best throughout Europe. The geological context of Sibovc is characterised by an average stripping ratio 1.0 to 1.2 m³ of overburden per 1 ton of lignite. The new mine Sibovc South West is a part of this favourable lignite deposit. The first coal supply is expected in 2010. Up to this time the existing mine (former Bardh and Mirash mine) supplies TPP Kosovo A and Kosovo B. Around 97% of the total generation capacity comes from these two coal-fired power plants, while hydropower accounts for only 3%. KEK has established a Coal Production Division (CPD) being responsible for coal production, transportation, separation and stocking activities before the coal is eventually delivered to the power plants. The existing mine has been in operation since 1963/64. This mine is located in the same field in the central northern part of Kosovo Lignite Basin. The overburden and coal excavation is carried out by continuous systems: Bucket Wheel Excavator – Belt Conveyors – Spreader and Bucket Wheel Excavator – Belt Conveyors – Separation Plants – TPP. At the present time the mine is actually capable of supplying the power plants within around 6 to 7 mt/a of coal. In 2009 the lignite production in the existing mine begins to drop (at the projected rate of consumption) and in the following year coal supply from the new mine should start. The reason to head in northern direction with a new mine is because expansion of the existing mine into the east is impeded by surface water issues. An expansion to the south is impeded by an unfavourable overburden to coal ratio and large outside dumps from earlier mine developments. Along the northeast side of the mine is the village Hade, which poses an equally significant challenge to settle a significant resettlement. In order to maintain the supply of coal to Kosovo A and Kosovo B power stations, KEK should develop the new mine in a way of by-passing Hade. This is the subject of the mining plan Sibovc SW.

2.2 Approach / Methodology According to the existing situation and pursuant to the TOR the project work has been mainly focused on the following activities: 1)

Assumption of the future coal demand

Revision of geological model including - Analysis of available borehole and other exploration data - Localization of cracks and geological faults, - Calculation of minable reserves

Calculation of mining development and equipment application including

Page 22 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

- Mining development in opening-up phase (5 years) in annual steps, - Further mining development up to 2025 in 5-year-steps, - Application of the main equipment - Calculation of auxiliary and ancillary processes 4)

Revision of environmental investigations

Financial calculations

General Approach The plan describes the measures to be undertaken and the timeframe for these measures. Special focus has been given on investment and the required resettlement including land acquisition to guarantee the operation of the new mine. The complementary mining plan is in compliance with the relevant legal and technical regulations, i.e. mining law, environmental law, spatial planning and expropriation regulations. Approach for Mining The Sibovc SW mining plan bases on related projects (financed by the European Agency for Reconstruction), which are for instance the Mid term Mining Plan for the existing mines (completed in April 2005) and the Main Mining Plan Sibovc (completed in the June/August 2005). The Steag â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Consortium has elaborated the CMP (complementary mining plan) for first 5 years (opening-up phase; 2008 -2012) on an annual basis and with an outlook covering the entire mining field Sibovc SW. Approach for Environment The assessment of the environmental situation is based on available data base (data available per February 2006) and is an update of the environmental assessment of the main mine plan. The budget and time frame did not allow carrying out own environmental measurings since only 15 man days were planned for the updating. Thus further measures should be performed (organised by KEK / Ministry) in order to meet European standards. Approach for economic and financial Analysis A complex finance mathematic consideration will be made resulting in the real average costs per t of run of mine coal. The economic analysis will identify possible project risks regarding the costs and achievable price. Where major variations are expected over the project life, sensitivity tests will be applied. The economic and financial analysis will reflect the proposed investment programme. It is assumed for the mining plan that KEK will have access to the investment as required. This assumption was approved during the Kick-off Meeting.

Page 23 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Within the first years 236 m€ (real) will be required. The most important and crucial part of the investment is the refurbishment of main mine equipment (MME), which amounts to 158 MEURO. The consultant points out that without a timely refurbishment of the MME the fuel supply from Sibovc to the existing TPP’s can not be provided as planned.

2.3 Geographical Overview The Kosova lignite deposits are located between the cities of Mitrovica in the North and Kaqanik in the South. The total estimated resources of Kosovo’s lignite deposits are approximately 10,000 mt (Carl Bro; 2003), thus forming one of the largest lignite deposits in Europe. As being one of at least four major deposits the Kosova Coal Basin covers about 85 km from North to South with an average East – West extension of 10 km. Hence the deposit comprises some 850 km².

Fig.: 2.3-1

Location of existing Mine

Morphologically, the Kosova Coal Basin forms an extended valley where the differences in elevation do not exceed 80m. Around the river Sitnica a central plane part stretches followed by a more hilly terrain nearing the mountains Çicavica Golesh and Sharr. The basin is surrounded by an elevated relief with Kopaonik massive, Kozic, Zhegovc Lisic in the East, Montenegro massive in the South and Çicavica, Golesh, Carnaleva as well as Sharr

Page 24 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

mountains in the West and Northwest. The surrounding mountains reach elevations from 900 to more than 1,600m. The resources were discovered more than hundred years ago and the first small-scale utilisation was started in the 1920’. According to more detailed information first utilization started with underground mining in at least five locations. Underground exploitation was ongoing until the year 1966 followed by large scale surface mining at Bardh and Mirash mines. Large-scale utilisation was already decided in the 1950’ties and the first mine “Mirash” started coal production in 1958. Power generation started at Thermal Power Plant Kosovo A (TPP A) in 1962. Kosovo A was extended in the period 1962 to 1975 to the current capacity. A second Thermal Power Plant Kosovo B (TPP B) was commissioned in 1985 and at the same time the mine Bardh has been opened. Coal exploitation from surface mines in the first period mend that the overburden excavated had to be dumped out-side the excavation holes. Hence, at least seven outside dumps were installed today surrounding the mines. In the meantime both mines are merged to one big mine.

2.4 Climatic Data The Kosova basin is characterized by continental climate with rather dry and warm summers and indifferent winter temperatures depending on the influence of high-pressure areas from Siberia or low-pressure areas from the Atlantic Ocean. Values for precipitation were collected from different sources. The Hydrometeorological Institute of Kosova provided a study showing in the year 1999 the monthly average for a period of 25 years (25 years average). The Institute also provided monthly values for the years 1979 to 1995 and 2002 to 2004. By adding values for the years 2001 and 2002 this data base was widened to cover a period of 25 years (1979 – 2004). The data base was completed by an existing evaluation for the duration 1948 to 1978. The average yearly precipitation amounts 600 mm. Minimum precipitation can be described using the year 1990 with 372 mm. Maximum yearly precipitation is documented with 1,028 mm (Rudarski Institut; 1985). In the year 1995 precipitation was recorded with 1,010 mm. For purpose of surface dewatering measures ESTAP Final Report (February 2002) found statistical details for magnitudes of daily rainfall to be repeated at this place. Return Period

Intensity

Every two years

35.4 mm/day

Every four years

43.0 mm/day

Every ten years

52.8 mm/day

Every hundred years

74.6 mm/day Source: INKOS

Tab.: 2.4-1

Intensity of Heavy Rainfall

Based on a 30 years duration maximum rainfall was chosen there with 60 mm in 24 h. Runoff coefficients for this rainfall event were given for -

mining side:

0.6;

Page 25 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

dumping side:

0.4;

average in the mines: 0.45.

Complement but older information can be taken from the report “Kosovo B, Power Plant 1 & 2 Construction of Ash Disposal Project” (Energoinvest; 2004) repeating the “Report on climatic conditions and parameters for the region that accommodates the Kosovo coal deposit” (Hydrometeorological Institute of the Republic of Serbia; Belgrade; 1990) Reviewing data from the Hydrometeorological Institute as well as older documents describing the mining area average annual temperature results in +10°C. On a basis of the years 1979 to 1991 the range of temperatures is shown in figure below with minimum temperatures in January and maximum in July. Lowest Temperature ever measured counts –25.2°C. 25 °C data source: The Hydrometeorological Institute of Kosovo

20 °C

temperature

15 °C

10 °C

5 °C

0 °C

-5 °C

-10 °C J

average 1965 - 1990

Fig.: 2.4-1

month

maximum recordings 1979 - 1991

minimum recordings 1979 - 1991

Average and extreme monthly Temperatures

The wind is predominantly blowing from north and northeast with average velocity near 3 m/s. Rudarski Institut in the year 1985 gave an overview about wind velocities and directions that are repeated in the figure below. The greatest wind velocity was recorded with 34.3 m/s blowing from the north. The Kosova Basin forms a smoothly shaped plain that is bordered by hills and mountains. This basin includes a developed hydrological network with the main collector given by the river Sitnica. This river crosses the basin from south to north and drains off the main part of the accumulating surface water northwards. Major tributary rivers in the vicinity of the site are river Drenica in the west and river Lab in the east. The Sitnica run-off of water varies between a minimum of 0.5 – 1.5 m³/sec and a maximum of 50 – 120 m³/sec with an average of 5 – 10 m³/sec. In flooding periods, the course of the river reaches a width of up to 1,000 m in the flooding areas. On 3 May 1958 a maximum run-off for river Sitnica near to the mines was measured with 90.30 m³/sec.

Page 26 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

3 Coal Demand A detailed output programme with the medium- and long-term fuel supply demand of the different power plants was not available at project start. According to the decision made at the Kick-off Meeting an assumption about the coal demand was agreed â&#x20AC;&#x201C; amounting to 9 mt/a. This coal demand was agreed between KEK, EAR, MEM and the Consultant. If this coal demand would be changed the mining plan would need an alteration too. This could not be done within the planned time schedule. Nevertheless the mining plan will be adaptable (to a great deal without problems) in a range of +10% of the envisaged coal demand. Year

Existing Mines

Sibovc SW

Total

2006

6.8

2007

7.2

2008

7.9

2009

7.8

2010

4.6

3.4

8.0

2011

3.0

6.0

9.0

2012

9.0

2013

9.0

2014

9.0

2015

9.0

2016

9.0

2017

9.0

2018

9.0

2019

9.0

2020

9.0

2021

9.0

2022

9.0

2023

9.0

2024

6.0

Total

37.3

123.4

160.7

Tab.: 2.4-1

Coal Demand

The following principles / assumptions have been made: -

Generating electricity from Sibovc SW pursues the goal to meet domestic needs mainly.

Page 27 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

After depletion of the existing mines the new Sibovc SW mine supplies the existing power plants Kosovo A and B. The coal supply from the new mine has to start in 2010.

The life time for Kosovo B is about 40 years, which means end of operation in 2023/24.

Hence the life time of Sibovc SW will be defined from 2008 to 2024, which means 17 years. Preparatory work will be required in 2007.

It is assumed that the investment needed for opening-up the new mine will be made available timely.

Page 28 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4 Geology 4.1 Introduction Geology The geological evaluation and interpretation was conducted for an area of some 10 kmÂ˛. It encompasses the southern part of the mining concession areas of Sibovc Field.

Fig.: 4.1-1

Map of the future Sibovc SW Mining Area

The basement of the Kosovo Basin and the exposed surrounding areas are built up by Palaeozoic to Mesozoic crystalline rocks. The basin fill consists of Upper Cretaceous strata which are unconformably overlain by Tertiary clays of Pliocene age in which lignite is interbedded. Simplified the coal bearing sediments can be subdivided from the base to the top as follows: Green clay, Lignite Formation, Grey and yellow clay. Towards the West the lignite deposition is tectonically bound by a series of predominantly NNW-SSE striking faults. The eastern limit is characterized by sedimentological pinch-out.

Page 29 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.1-2

Stratigraphic Standard Profile of the Kosovo Basin (KEK 2003)

The Pliocene sediments can generally be subdivided in coal productive/unproductive areas: -

Southern area

unproductive

Northern area

unproductive

Central area

productive

The central area, the “Coal Kosovo Basin”, spreads over a surface of approximately 300 km². Simplified, the succession can be subdivided as follows:

Page 30 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Bottom Series (green Clay)

Coal Series (Lignite Formation)

Top Series (grey Clay)

4.2 Assessment of Available Geological Data 4.2.1 Borehole Database The interpretation of the borehole data is basing on the work performed for the Bardh-Mirash Mid Term Mining Plan and Sibovc Main Mine Plan. A total of 443 boreholes are available for the Sibovc concession. Analogue borehole data containing graphical lithological descriptions and tabular assay data were made available by KEK. The volume of paper copies was checked against the borehole inventory list. The data set was nearly complete. From the listed 454 boreholes 451 copies were available. Digital data sets were provided by KEK. An EXCEL file contained a total number of 532 structural boreholes described by the following data columns: -

Borehole name,

Y, X, Z (= collar elevation),

Overburden Thickness,

Lignite Thickness,

Interburden Thickness,

Bottom Overburden (= Top Lignite in mMSL)

Bottom Lignite (= Base Lignite in mMSL)

Overburden-to-Coal ratio.

Within this digital data set prefixes as Sb, Bm, Br or ML were added to the borehole names as area identifiers. It was found that 57 boreholes represent duplicates due to using different prefixes for the same borehole. After removing the duplicates, 475 boreholes remained. Thereof 252 boreholes overlapped with the analogue data set. For 223 boreholes no paper copies were available. After merging the digital and analogue data into an EXCEL-based database the available borehole data set summed up to 674 boreholes. For 451 holes paper copies were available, for 223 not.

4.2.2 Assessment Methodology All surface locations and elevations from the originally delivered digital borehole database were checked against available paper copies since first random checks showed a relatively high portion of typing errors.

Page 31 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Typing errors defining the seam boundaries were detected by anomalies not explainable by geological features during the mapping process and corrected.

4.2.3 Stratigraphic and Lithological Borehole Data 443 borehole data (lithological descriptions, assay data) were available for the area within Sibovc Concession Area Seven boreholes were removed from the active database. They represented extreme deviations in the surface elevation or lignite depth compared to adjacent boreholes. 436 boreholes remained as “active” data in the borehole database At the southern border of the Sibovc field a new series of exploration drillings was started. Three of these drillings are already finished. And the results will be included into the geological model of the Sibovc SW mine The top of the seam has been encountered between 2.30 m and 137 m md (measured depth) with an average at 43.85 m. The base was penetrated between 3.00 and 193.20 m md with an average at 93.20 m. The structural position for the top of the seam is between 494.89 and 638.10 mMSL (meter above mean sea level) with an average at 548.57 mMSL. The elevation for the base is between 530.90 and 663.30 mMSL with an average at 594.00 mMSL. The seam thickness is between 0 and 93.08 m. The average is at 59.52 m.

4.3 Digital Geological Model 4.3.1 General Remarks to the Geological Model A detailed structural model has been generated for the Lignite Fm. It integrates all available sources as surface observations and borehole data. The borehole data are stored in an EXCEL file. The EXCEL database served as input of borehole data for the geological modelling. All maps, 3D displays and cross-sections were produced by using SURFER 8.00 (Golden Software) and AutoCad 2004. Available data from other geological modelling software (e.g. Surpac) has been implemented. All grids have a 20*20 m grid node increment. For the gridding processes all available borehole data have been considered. The maps show an area of 10 km² that fall in the limits of xmin=7499500, xmax=7503500, ymin=4722750 ymax= 4726500. For the generation of the depth structure grid and contour map at Top Lignite Seam a minimum curvature algorithm was used. An anisotropy factor of 0.8 was used to reflect the North-South elongation of the lignite basin. This algorithm has been tested as the best available for modelling fault areas. The isochore thickness has been generated by applying a radial basis function with anisotropy of 0.8 and a long axis directed to the NNW (340° azimuth). The base of the seam has been generated by isochoring downwards.

Page 32 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The overburden, overburden-to-coal ratio and structural dip maps have generated by mathematical grid operations. The faults have been mapped as vertical faults. This simplification has been made because the chosen grid increment no significant improvement in volumetric calculation. The structural cross-sections were generated from the SURFER structural grids. The sections were manually edited to show fault dips. For the coal quality distribution grids which are not affected by faults a kriging algorithm with SURFERâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s default linear variogram with the following specifications was used.

The search parameters have been selected as shown below.

4.3.2 Results / Description of the Geological Model Depth structure maps at Top and Base Lignite, a seam isochore map, overburden thickness and overburden-to-coal ratio are shown in the next figures. The structural dip at top lignite is low with overwhelming values below 5Âş. Steeper dipping is indicated in Sibovc along two SW-NE alignments which are believed to represent erosion channels. The erosion is also seen on the depth structure map at Top lignite and the isochore map. The mapped area is characterised by a NNW-SSE striking basin. Along the axis the thickness reaches up to 70-80 m. The coal basin is delineated to the West by a series of stepping fault blocks which separate the Tertiary fill from the Mesozoic basement.

Page 33 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The lignite pinch-out to the NE appears to be unconformable without recognized boundary faults. Cross-faults which strike roughly perpendicular to the basin axis are developed in the North of Sibovc and to the South of Hade. Relating to the slope of the new Sibovc SW mine the eastern slope is identical with the slope at the Western border of the village of Hade. Compared with the northern slope of the Bardh-Mirash Mine, fundamental differences have to taken into consideration. In contrast to the former planning, the mining field within the coal was enlarged into northern direction. As the infrastructure was planned in the upper part of the slope just before the northern extension was accomplished, actual roads and buildings are situated very close to the slope. This includes the coal transport roads, a public road and a power transmission line. Finally, a partial sliding of the northern slope could not be prevented. Deep cracks of the sliding bodies were not refilled or draining measures were not taken. The sliding masses which were accumulated as mud flows at the bottom of the slope had been excavated to maintain the operability of the main belt conveyor. The mud flow and the following excavation initiated a circular process with decreasing slop stability and a resulting endangering of human settlings. Therefore a resettling program has been initialised. The slope stability will be increased by a large dimensioned mass removal at the upper slope which will be accomplished during the extension of the opencast mine. In addition to the steep design of the slope the situation is aggravated due to faults with a throw of some metres striking acute-angled into the slope. This disadvantageous fault situation leads to a further decrease of the slope stability. The transsection of the overburden due to these faults favours a profound humidity penetration, a reduction of soil stability and finally leads to the sliding of slope fragments. Supplementary destabilisation of the slope caused by remains of old underground mining in the upper part of the seam creates a complex geotechnical situation. A sustainable and sufficient stabilisation without refilling of excavated areas will be difficult The future slope within the range of the Eastern slope of the new Sibovc SW mine shows complete different initial conditions. The planning includes a graded slope system with integrated drainage system installed during excavation of the overburden. The part of the slope within the coal seam will be covered with clay after excavation; planting vegetation with suitable plants will avoid small sidings, if the vegetation is accurately cultivated. A long term planning and accompanying observation of theses measures will stabilise the slope. Actually there are no indications that in the range of the future eastern slope remains of the old underground mining will be found and unfavourable striking faults have not been detected. The geological outcrops generally deliver sufficient information, but for detailed examinations of mine divisions deficits can not be excluded. Geotechnical information about the friction angle in the range of the planned slopes will be acquired. The detailed succession of the overburden in the range of the slopes will be examined. The bottom of the seam still has not been examined to bring out reliable information. If water bearing layers should appear it can be assumed that confined ground water appears. To assure that no water intake occurs when cutting the bottom of the seam boreholes should penetrate the bottom at least to a depth of 30m.

Page 34 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

A larger area should be included in this special survey, also comprising the Western border areas, where due to facies changes detailed investigations seem to be important. The geological survey has to be ensured during the current mining activities. Therefore continuous drilling operations in the front of the excavation line have to accomplished, whereby all cores must be described (cm-scale), photographed and sampled. The parameters which have to be examined are coal quality, geotechnical characteristics. Furthermore the borehole has to be observed recording groundwater level and any signs of coal fires. Amongst the stratigraphic description also data like joint structures, their orientation and especially the strata inclination have to be gathered. During testing the reliability of borehole data has been detected, that within the dataset of 1,000 boreholes two boreholes were deepened at the same location at an interval of 1 year. The results of these drillings showed data differences regarding the depth of geological limits (e.g. top of seam, base of seam) with a variance of app. 20%. That means that the results of all drillings should be regarded under consideration of a possible variation of 20%. The 4 new drillings showed due to a refined description methodology, that within the seam a layer of green clay occurs. This layer showed a thickness of appr. 3 m. The depth of this layer corresponds to the layer which was used for fixing the base of the seam. All neighboured boreholes have been stopped reaching the first occurrence of green clay; that means, underneath the recorded first green clay the seam may continue. Unfortunately all drillings were not deepened anymore reaching this erroneous base of the seam. However it has to be stated that the coal underneath the first green clay in the first 2 new drillings show a very poor coal quality. The samples for the NET-CV were gained selectively from corresponding cores. From drillhole layers no samples were taken. The clay layers of the drillholes do not show any NetCV. Including them the interpretation would become more complex. But there is no documentation available that during interpretation of the samples the clay layers have been considered. Therefore nearby those old drilling a new drilling should be deepened on the sampling and analysis is exactly recorded. Only basing on this method this new drilling can serve as reference for a recalculation of all old boreholes. The distance of 250 minimum between the drillings is too large for a reliable correlation between the clay layers of the seam bottom. These layers are built up by clay lenses with fluviatile origin. At the bed of a small river within the wood mud and clay was deposited. Residues of the river beds are delivered as small mud filled channels, the horizontal extension is not very large. These channels are typical for the environment where the coal seam was formed. The coal seam shows a different distribution of the channels. In the lower part of the seam they are very numerous, whilst in the upper part the channels are rare and disappear near the top of the seam due to changing sedimentary conditions. In the Mirash opencast mine such a clay lens was detected within the lowest coal cut in December 2005. The thickness was about 0.5 m and the lateral extension about 50 m. Additionally to the disquisition of the year plan a E-W striking 2 D line seismics investigation seem to be advisable for an update of the border areas, the faults including the throws. These methods would allow minimizing the information deficit concerning the structure of the coal deposit. The Western border of the Sibovc SW mine requires special attention. The clarification of the structure can be based on drillings only, but would require a large amount of drillings for a reliable interpretation. Page 35 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.3.2.1 Surface The Sibovc SW area has an average elevation above sea level of 609 m, reaching from 497m to 666m. The surface area covers app. 10 kmÂ˛. The southern part of the exploration area, where the initial excavation will take place, is developed as a small valley, bordered by hills up to app. 660m. The slope of these hills show angles from 10-4 degrees declined from southeastern to south-western direction.

Fig.: 4.3-1

Topographical Map (including dumps) of the Sibovc SW Mining Area

4.3.2.2 Overburden (Including Outer Dumps) The Overburden thickness varies from o to 0 to 125m. Nearby the northern border of the existing mines the overburden shows the lowest values.

Page 36 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.3-2

Sibovc SW, Overburden Thickness

4.3.2.3 Coal (Including Coal Quality) The distribution and structure of the seam is described in the next figures. The coal seam shows a thickness over 70m in wide parts of the Sibovc SW Field.

Page 37 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.3-3

Sibovc SW, Depth Structure Map at Top of Seam

Page 38 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.3-4

Sibovc SW, Depth Structure Map at Base of Seam

Page 39 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.3-5

Sibovc SW, Seam Thickness

Page 40 of 150

Fig.: 4.3-6

Cross Section A WSW – ENE

Fig.: 4.3-7

Cross Section B NNW – SSE

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The cross-sections show the topography including dumps (brown line), top of seam (green line) and base of seam (blue line). The yellow line indicates the respective slope angles within the seam (20째) and the overburden (6째) referring to an excavation front width of app. 700m at the base of the seam level. The position of the sections is indicated in the figures before. The yellow lines indicate only possible slope designs basing on recent information. The slope will develop depending on actual mine planning and can differ from this model. The following pages show horizontal sections (from block model) in the range of 430 to 610 mMSL.

Page 42 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 43 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 44 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 45 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 46 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 47 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 48 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 49 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 50 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.3-8

Coal Quality in Horizontal Sections

Page 51 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.4 Further Aspects Influencing the Sibovc SW Mine 4.4.1 Underground Mining Generally there is no reliable information about the exact extension and locations of the old underground mining. Actual structures of the old underground mining are situated in the south-eastern part of the Sibovc field and are connected with the old mining structures which are currently exposed along the coal cuts in Mirash West and on the Mirash northern slope. Some of the old galleries have been already cut in the Mirash mine and the pillar area. It can be assumed, that remains could be found the Northern part of the New Sibovc SW mine (north of the village of Sibovc) and that some galleries will be cut at the northern slope. Until now indications of old underground mining structures have not been found. First attempts to reach the seam were made along river erosion channels which cut the coal seam. In areas of the seam which were affected, it can be mixed completely or at least partly with humus strata resulting in a decrease of the coal quality. Therefore, the initial excavation of the stalls began about 7 meters under the roof of the seam. In the proximity of the riverbanks water handling was difficult. At a later stage vertical shafts were deepened. The documented coal mining used galleries and reaches back to 1922 A wooden timber set support system was used for the stabilisation of the galleries with a height of 2 m and width of 3 m. The parallel galleries had a distance of 20 m one to each other, every 100 m a cross cut was excavated and they followed the given directions of the separations planes. The old roadways were driven parallel to the joint system within the mine. The galleries were widened to caverns with intervals of 7-20 m and the coal was broken from the roof. In the area west of the overburden dump in the D-Field these caverns frequently collapsed forming more or less round craters, which show a regular alignment. Due to this method sections of the galleries show a low stability and there is a potential danger of collapse of the undermined levels under load if they are not already broken or refilled. The dimension of the undermined area in has been calculated considering the results of Bardh Mirash Mid Term Plan and Sibovc Mine Mining Plan. If further information is available, the investigations concerning the extension of the old underground mining will be continued. The underground mining was abandoned in 1922. The following table shows the overall coal production of the underground mine. There is no reliable documentation on the extension of the old underground mine or the information is at least incomplete.

Area 1

Area 2

Area 3

“Kosovo”

“Krusevac”

“Sibovac”

Years 1922 – 1966

Years 1948 – 1966

Years 1952-1958

6,401,434 t

2,921,233 t

255,117 t

Tab.: 4.4-1

Coal Production of Old Underground Mines within the Area Investigated

Page 52 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Partly the exploitation fields of the old underground mining were limited by faults. Considering these production rates for the field “Kosovo” an area of app. 5 km² and 2 km² for the field “Sibovc” can be calculated. These production rates from the field “Sibovc” show that excavation was only done near the surface. The largest distance between a shaft and the outermost galleries did not exceed 700 meters. The Sibovc SW field is only partly overlapping with areas of the underground mining field or older not documented mining fields.

4.4.2 Uncontrolled Coal Fires 4.4.2.1 Locations of Coal Fires Within a wide area a large amount of lignite is affected by spontaneous combustion which occurs in the mine slopes and coal yards, where the coal is exposed to air and can penetrate the underground and reach the coal Self-ignition is the consequence of the oxidation of coal, a process which is producing heat energy. If the energy production exceeds the amount of energy removed from the system, the coal will reach its ignition temperature, eventually. In a first phase coal fires take place within weakness zones like joints or slope failures or old mining structures, where enough oxygen can reach the surface of the coal and the heat is enclosed. The fire can be boosted by methane. In the following stage the complete hanging layer is influenced by the heat. About 60% of total coal fires are concentrated near or within the roof strata, where the coal shows the best quality and discharges a great amount of energy. Old galleries from the early underground coal mining facilitate supplementary ventilation and therefore best conditions for oxygen inflow are given. Burned out galleries result in large cavities and therefore decreasing stability of the slopes. The experiences from the Bardh-Mirash mine showed, that also slide areas, slopes (especially the central pillar parts of the mine which remain exposed to air for a longer period), faults and joints are affected by these fires. Self combustion also occurs in dumped coal masses. Typically the coal fires begin at the base of the dumps and affect the whole dump until they are burned out. Higher risk areas which will be the long excavation front at the Northern Bardh Mirash slope and areas affected by illegal (private) coal excavation. Actually the northern slope is not affected by coal fires as predicted. There are no larger zones showing burnt coal with resulting large cavities, only some core samples of the new exploration drillings showed some smoke marks indicating limited coal fires.

Page 53 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.4-1

Smoke Marks at Samples of Exploration Drilling 2004

Page 54 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.4-2

Example of Coal Fire in Old Mining Structures

Fig.: 4.4-3

Example of Coal Fire in Old Mining Structures

Page 55 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.4.2.2 Counteractive Measures The procedures for coal fire extinguishing and thus saving coal resources have to be adapted to the exploitation operations and to be done by the mines staff during the running mining activities. Adequate extinguishing technologies have to be selected under consideration of the local geotechnical conditions. The extended use of water in most cases may cause landslides. In the 2nd half year of 2006 a project will be started by EAR for fire fighting in the Kosovo Coal Mines. The results of this project shall, as far as the instructions will be carried out strictly, achieve sustained success and lead to a reduction of coal fires.

4.4.2.3 Prevention of Coal Fires Prevention of coal fires means to avoid contact of coal and oxygen. The main focus is on the avoiding of oxygen entry into the underground corridors. This can be done by means of: -

Protection of cut old galleries against ventilation.

Inspections of collapsed old galleries near the surface or shafts if oxygen can penetrate somewhere and where appropriate, refilling of openings.

Minimising a permanent contact of the coal with atmospheric oxygen (e.g. covering or sealing of slide faults

Reducing the time of exposition of the excavation front.

4.5 Further Geological Exploration Required Further geological exploration has to be done considering the special geological and topographical conditions. The prospected excavation front will start along the Northern slope of the Bardh-Mirash Mine. Accordingly the excavation front will cut the W-E lines of the coordinate system with a possible angle of app. 25째 degrees. For an accurate mine planning, a system of close sections parallel northbound to the excavation front will be computed. These sections will show the coal characteristics and surface properties including dumps. A sustainable investigation and planning is important for accurately timed excavation of the overburden regarding the different slope angles of overburden and coal. These conditions necessitate an anticipated excavation of the overburden flattening the slopes to eliminate extensive load on the slope of the coal seam. The topography with hills surrounding the future mining area and the resulting inclination of the surface requires a thorough investigation of the geological and geotechnical conditions. The potential objectives of the exploration work are: -

Distribution of the seam

Position of the seam with detailed exploration of top of seam and base of seam

Coal quality distribution model Page 56 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Hydrogeological aspects (problems with drainage and stability)

Geotechnical aspects regarding the slope stability

Some zones require a special inspection and problem finding: -

Slope near Hade

Slope stability inn the range of faults and dumps

Slope of the excavation front

4.5.1 Methods of Further Geological Exploration Besides an exploration by drillings 2 D line seismics investigation seem to be advisable for an update of the border areas, the faults including the throws. These methods would allow minimizing the information deficit concerning the structure of the coal deposit, especially along the Western boundary. The Western border of the Sibovc SW mine requires special attention. The clarification of the structure can be based on drillings only, but would require a large amount of drillings for a reliable interpretation.

Fig.: 4.5-1

Planned 2-D Seismic Investigations

4.5.2 Location for Urgently Required Drillholes (2006) All drillings are deepened for a survey of coal thickness and quality. Furthermore the individual drillings will be examined with following methods: -

The drillhole SW-1 serves the investigation of the slide area and the coal fire situation

Page 57 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

All drillings (except SW-1) serve the investigation of the faults

SW-2, SW-5, SW-6 and SW-7 will de deepened to acquire information about properties and condition of the dumps. In addition the structure and stratification shall be examined in the range of faults

Also the drillings SW-2 and SW-5 shall help to investigate the coal fire situation

SW-9 will be drilled in selected area not affected by faults and will function as reference profile for the adjustment of coal quality data.

The geotechnical characterisation of the overburden is important in the drillholes in the western border area of the Sibovc SW mine. This will be the location of the future slope.

Besides the standard core sample record additional recorded parameters are listed in the table below. Drillhole

Total depth

Within seam bottom

Coal Quality

Water Level

Strata Dip

Geotechnical bottom

Grain Size overburden

Grain Size Bottom

SW-1

180 m

40 m

SW-2

170 m

SW-3

175 m

SW-4

125 m

SW-5

130 m

SW-6

120 m

20 m

SW-7

135 m

SW-8

80 m

SW-9

230 m

40 m

Tab.: 4.5-1

Parameter to be Recorded

It would be advantageous if for all drillings the drill progress would be recorded to identify strata hardness and faults. The highlighted drillholes are to be understood as the minimum for the first inspection of the future field.

Page 58 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-2

Location of the Planned Drillhole SW-1

Fig.: 4.5-3

Location of Planned Drillholes SW-2 und SW-5

Page 59 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-4

Location of Planned Drillholes SW-3 und SW-9

Fig.: 4.5-5

Location of Planned Drillholes SW-4, SW-6, SW-7 and SW-8

Page 60 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

5 Soil-mechanical Parameters 5.1 General Main task of the soil-mechanical activities within opencast operations comprises the assessment of the static stability of the slopes and slope systems. Mining and dump slopes must be distinguished. Whereas the mining slopes represent cuts into the naturally grown subsoil, dump soils are produced from loose rock influenced by excavation-, transportation and dumping processes. Another soil-mechanical aspect is the ensuring of bearing capacity of working levels and transport routes. The soil-mechanical assessment of the above mentioned problems is made on the basis of soil-physical parameters by integrating geological, hydrological and technological boundary conditions. Information regarding the following important aspects is therefore inevitable for a reliable soil-mechanical work: -

Geological deposit conditions

Hydrological conditions

Technological boundary conditions

Soil-physical properties of all layers contributing to the rock and dump set up

Site-specific features.

5.1.1 Geology A stable and geotechnical safe management of an opencast mine requires detailed information about the geological conditions of the deposit. It is necessary to develop and continuously update a geological model describing the deposit. The information is illustrated suitably in survey maps and characteristic sectional drawings as well as in describing reports. Due to the advancing slope system geological profiles shall be continuously prepared and updated according to the mine position. Further sections have to be prepared in advance due to the planned head slope systems of the mine. An existing precise geological model allows to react appropriately to possibly occurring special geological conditions by adjusting the opencast mine technology. Subjects of the exploration are thicknesses, location and dipping of the rock layers from the surface level to the deeper lying bottom layers. Geological fault zones, slide zone to be overexcavated or underground caverns from old mining activities and/or coal fires require an increased exploration expense in any case.

5.1.2 Hydrology Parallel to the geological information hydrological condition shall be analysed, e.g. the formation of aquifers or the discharge behaviour of rainfalls. The hydrological information shall also be adjusted to the respective state of opencast mine development. Control and monitoring of the hydrological situation requires a network of level gauges and flow Page 61 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

measurements. The information is illustrated in form of hydrological maps. The hydrological information are not only included in the soil-mechanical calculations for static stability of the slopes but are also basis for a functioning drainage system in the opencast mine and the direct vicinity.

5.1.3 Technology Slope angles and height are geometrical marginal conditions for the soil-mechanical calculations of static stability. In principal the opencast mine technology must be adjusted to the soil-mechanical requirements to ensure stable slopes and slope systems. Whereas geological and hydrological conditions as well as the soil-physical parameter of the explored layers are considered to be fixed marginal conditions, opencast mine technology has to be optimised to enable a safe and at the same time economic opencast mine management.

5.1.4 Soil-mechanical Parameter The soil-physical parameter specific weight, angle of friction and cohesion are the most important input parameter ort he soil-mechanical calculations. The parameters of potential areas of weakness in the overburden structure are of special interest. Experiences show that sliding surfaces may establish in cohesive soils due to stress release by excavation activities and/or geological and tectonic processes. Their shearing strength is partly lower than 30 % of the intact soil layers and is called residual shear strength. The residual shear strength is determined in laboratory by means of a circular shear test apparatus in case of large sliding amounts. The following picture illustrates the formation of a sliding surface with reduced shearing strength.

Page 62 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 5.1-1

Sliding Surface with Reduced Shearing Strength

Special importance shall be attached to the properties of the dump material. Owing to excavation-, transportation- and dumping processes the soil material in-situ is subject to considerable. Therefore special examinations have to be carried out for the dump materials. The following figure shows the shearing surfaces of slides in a dump massive.

Fig.: 5.1-2

Dump with Formation of Shearing Areas

Page 63 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

At present, the available data base for the planned Sibovc SW field does not contain any verified soil-physical parameters. In view to a safe and efficient opencast mine management it is urgently required to establish a soil-physical data base. To carry out the static stability calculation within the framework of this study experiences made in the fields of Mirash and Bardh are used due to the missing data base. It is expected to have analogue marginal conditions owing to the close location to the partial fields. The static stability calculations to be carried out base therefore on the soil-physical parameters from the partial fields of Mirash und Bardh. The results can therefore be characterised as first assessment and have to be revised if new information are available.

5.1.5 Soil-mechanical Calculation Methods Depending on the marginal conditions (geology, hydrology, soil-physical parameter, technology) to be integrated in the soil-mechanical model, failure scenarios shall be developed. Such scenarios could for example describe slope failures on circular cylindrical test areas or slope failures due to sliding on an existing weak area. The form of failures on circular cylindrical and existing, polygonal sliding surfaces are schematically illustrated in the following figures. Further scenarios shall be derived and investigated in dependence of sitespecific characteristics, as for example demonstrated by fault zones or fracture formations. VG: Released sliding surface

yellow clay KZP

KZP: circular sliding surface

gray clay

VG coal seam operating floor

VG KZP

Fig.: 5.1-3

green clay

Failure Scenarios to be Examined

In accordance with the failure scenarios to be examined suitable calculation methods shall be selected. Wide experiences made in more than 40 years of application of such calculation methods are available in Germany and in particular in the Lusatian lignite mining area. The calculation methods most commonly in use are shown in the following table including an allocation to the respective failure.

Page 64 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Calculation method

Form of failure

BOROWICKA

circular cylindrical sliding surfaces

BOROWICKA

polygonal sliding surfaces

BLOCKVERFAHREN

polygonal sliding surfaces

BISHOP

circular cylindrical sliding surfaces

KREY/BRETH

circular cylindrical sliding surfaces

Tab.: 5.1-1

Calculation Methods for the Respective Form of Failure

From the table is becomes clear that the calculation method according to BOROWICKA is universally useable for the calculation of circular cylindrical as well as specific polygonal sliding surfaces. Moreover, wide experiences are available so that it can be ensured that the achieved results reflect the real conditions very well. For special tasks and for reasons of comparison the following methods can be used: BLOCK METHOD, and the methods according to BISHOP and KREY/BRETH.

5.1.6 Necessary Safety Coefficients In general the safety coefficient bases on the relationship of the powers/moments (depending on the chosen calculation method) preventing or favouring the failure mechanism. If preventing powers/moments are named with H and favouring with T the safety coefficient can be characterized as follows: Si = H / T In case of a determined safety coefficient of Si = 1.0 the powers/moments preventing or favouring the failure mechanism are in a balance. The selection of the required safety coefficient Sierf. depends on the following influences: -

Knowledge/experiences,

Economic consequences of failure (objects, equipment, personnel to be protected) and

Lifetime of the examined slope.

Principally it has to be considered that the selection of the required safety coefficient is decisively determined by the state of knowledge and the experiences regarding the geological and hydrological situation as well as the soil-physical experiences. The level of the necessary safety coefficient to be selected can be reduced with increasing knowledge. It has to be verified if increased exploration extent can be justified by a safe and economic operation result. Furthermore, economic consequences which are always connected with an occurring failure case shall also be taken into account whereby the required safety coefficient has to be raised with increasing scope of potential damage. The lifetime of the examined slopes must also be taken into consideration when selecting the safety level to be maintained. In case of very short lifetimes, for example for the advancing mining and dump slopes, the safety coefficients chosen can be lower than for head slopes with a long lifetime. Page 65 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

To guarantee both a geotechnically safe and economic opencast mine operation the safety coefficients included in the following table are regarded necessary from the point of view of soil-mechanics. Sierf.

Tab.: 5.1-2

Single Slope

≥ 1.05

Partial slope systems

≥ 1.20

Entire slope systems

≥ 1.20

Objects to be protected

≥ 1.30

Proposal for Necessary Safety Coefficients

More information about the geological, hydrological marginal conditions and the soil-physical parameters would allow a more differentiated consideration of the required safety coefficient.

5.2 Soil-mechanical Investigations – Mine Sibovc SW 5.2.1 General The following soil-mechanical investigations are of estimating character because of the lack of information regarding geology, hydrology and the low state of knowledge about the soilphysical parameter of the geological layers. If further information from a regional and operational geological exploration will be available the soil-mechanical considerations shall be revised and intensified. Further exploration stages are urgently required for a geotechnically safe operational management. This especially applies to the sporadically occurring interburden in the massive coal seam and the voids in the advancing opencast mine operation resulting form old mining activities and/or possible uncontrolled coal fires.

5.2.2 Geology A detailed description of the geological extension of the partial field Sibovc SW was already made in chapter 4 of this study. Therefore the explanations made in the available chapter are only concentrating on important specific soil-mechanical issues. The deposit Sibovc SW is in the central part of the Kosova Basin. The lignite seam has a thickness of 70 m and is bedded within tertiary clay layers. Interburden in the seam is only occurring sporadically. The overburden thickness varied between only a few meters and 125 m. The structure of the overburden can be differentiated from the surface level into the layers yellow and/or grey clay. The layers of green clay are occurring in the bottom of the coal seam.

5.2.3 Hydrology Because bottom and roof horizons are exclusively made of clay layers there does not exist any aquifer with soil-mechanical effects. The in-situ clay tends to strong plastic behaviour when charged with water under so that soil-mechanical and technical as well as technological problems may occur in case of long rainfall, heavy rainfalls or during thaw.

Page 66 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

5.2.4 Soil-mechanical Parameters As already mentioned earlier there are not available any safe statistical soil-mechanical parameters for the planned Sibovc SW field. Within the framework of this study there are used the experiences made with the Mirash and Bardh fields for this reason. The neighbourhood of the partial fields promises analogue marginal conditions so that the adaptation of the parameters is justified. In addition to the available experiences laboratory test were carried out by GMB and KEK which results verifying the previous parameter approach. The following table documents the soil-physical parameters forming the basis for the following calculations. The parameters of the weak zones at the margins between overburden and/of bottom clay and coal seam are of relevance for soil-mechanics. It shall be referred to that the in-situ cohesive materials show a behaviour strongly depending on the water content so that the shearing strength may be reduced under extreme weather conditions like for example heavy rainfalls or during thaw. The parameters included in the following table shall be regarded as mean values for shearing strength. Soil-physical Parameter ϕ‘

c‘

γ [kN/m³]

ϕR [°]

cR [kN/m²]

[°]

[kN/m²]

Gray and yellow Clay – Overburden

14.3

16.2

17.5

8.0

5.0

Coal Seam

40.0

50.0

12.2

Green Clay - Floor Strata

14.0

16.0

17.5

8.0

5.0

Dump Material

14.0

10.0

17.5

Geological Layers

Tab.: 5.2-1

Soil Mechanical Parameter

5.2.5 Necessary Safety Coefficients The static stability investigations concentrate to principle examinations of static stability of the advancing winning slopes in overburden operation, head slope systems as well as information about the dump geometry. It is regarded necessary to maintain the following static stability coefficients: Single slopes in advancing system

1.05

Advancing slope system

1.20

Head slope system

1.20

Objects to be protected

1.30

Page 67 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

5.2.6 Investigations of Static Stability 5.2.6.1 Single Slopes Single slopes in the advancing slope system are stable depending on the slope height with the following slope angles. Height of slope

Slope angle

0 ≤ hBö ≤ 10

65°

1.05

10 ≤ hBö ≤ 15

40°

1.05

15 ≤ hBö ≤ 20

30°

1.05

Tab.: 5.2-2

Slope Angles for Single Overburden Slopes

Under certain circumstances it may be possible that greater slope heights and steeper slope angles are stable. The static stability coefficient is then Si=1.0. In those cases persons and equipment shall be protected by special measures. These exceptions shall only be valid for temporary single slopes with short lifetimes.

5.2.6.2 Slope Systems The following map gives a survey on the cross section lines being important for the static stability of the head slope systems.

Fig.: 5.2-1

Layout Plan Sibovc-SW Including the Cross Section Lines

Page 68 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The following shows an example for total slope system and partial overburden system in the cut EAST_1.

Fig.: 5.2-2

Cross Section EAST 1

Calculation example

Sliding surface between overburden and consideration of the overburden slope system

coal,

≥ 1.30

Sliding surface between overburden and coal, consideration of the overburden slope system with reduced shearing strength

≥ 1.10

Sliding surface between coal and consideration of the total slope system

≥ 1.30

bottom

clay,

Sliding surface between coal and bottom clay, consideration of total slope system with reduced shearing strength Tab.: 5.2-3

≥ 1.30

Results of Static Stability Calculations for the Cross Section EAST_1

The above table illustrates that most of all the overburden slope system reacts sensitive to a reduction of the strength. Due to the high shearing strengths of the local layers the total slope system is stable even if reduced shearing strengths are assumed. A hypothetical investigation is made to investigate the dependence of static stability from a possible dipping of a predetermined sliding surface. Dipping of the sliding surface in the overburden is assumed variably between 0 ≤ ε ≤ 5. The calculation model is schematically illustrated in the following Figure.

Page 69 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 5.2-3

Calculation Model with Variable Dipping of the Sliding Surface

The following figure illustrates the dependency of the static stability coefficients from dipping angle of the considered sliding surface between overburden and coal seam. Whereas the blue curve bases on the proposed residual shearing strengths, the red curve was calculated on the basis of the reduced parameters.

Fig.: 5.2-4

Static Stability Coefficient in Dependence from Dipping of Sliding Surface

The hypothetic example illustrates the necessity of a continuous regional and operational exploration. Detailed geotechnical investigations are urgently required due to the non-linear dependencies between static stability and dipping angle as well as the existing uncertainty in view to the available parameters and object-related geological information. According to the present state of knowledge the following general inclinations shall be kept for the bank slope systems to be planned.

Page 70 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 5.2-5

General Inclinations for Coal and Overburden Cuts

Due to the longer lifetime the head slope system are subject to weather influences to a large extent. Under certain circumstances this may lead to a reduction of the soil-physical parameters. Depending on the objects to be protected in the influencing area of the head slopes general inclinations between 6 und 8°are recommended for the overburden cut.

5.2.6.3 Dump Slopes For dump slopes the following explanations shall be taken into consideration. By excavation and following transport on belt conveyors up to the spreader the overburden masses undergo changes of the soil-physical properties. Table 5.2-1 contains the changes of soil-physical calculation parameters for the material to be dumped as against the natural overburden. Based on these data the following can be concluded: -

During dumping a slope angle of approximately β ≈ 30° is yielded; with a dump height of ca. 12 m the static stability coefficient is Si=1.0.

This means that the dump slope is in limit equilibrium. Any further increase in height leads to formation of shearing surfaces and therefore to fracture.

Due to the residual strength slope angles between 6 and 8° result.

The figure illustrates the described occurrences during spreader operation. During practical operation the results have to be taken into account for dump direction.

Page 71 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 5.2-6

Dump Slide and Resulting Slope Angle

5.2.7 Conclusion The following can be concluded from the above soil-mechanical investigations: -

Single slopes on the mining side are stable with the slope angles and slope heights summarized in table 5.2-2. Steeper and higher single slopes are possible but are in a limit equilibrium (Si=1.0) so that corresponding safety measures for persons ad equipment are necessary.

For the exemplary investigated head slope system EAST_1 (cut nearby Hade) it was possible to verify the static stability both with the existing and a reduced parameter approach.

The variant calculation on the dependence of static stability from dipping angle of the predetermined sliding surface demonstrates that object-related geotechnical investigations are essential for a safe and economic opencast mine management. Regional and operational explorations are bases for further detailed analyses.

Resulting from the calculations for advancing winning slope systems the general inclinations shall not exceed 22째 for the coal- and 10째 for the overburden slope system.

Flatter slope angles (6 to 8째) are recommended for head slopes due to longer lifetimes in the overburden slope system. Local steeper angles for example in case of low overburden thicknesses shall be investigated in detail in the operative operation. To avoid failure of single slopes they can be shaped later on by means of mobile equipment.

Page 72 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The clay material contained in the overburden tends to strong plastic behaviour under addition of water and resulting from this to a changed soil-mechanical behaviour which is principally reflected in a reduced shearing strength. For this reason dewatering measures to be carried out (producing and maintaining of drainage ditches, inclined working levels) have to be addressed specially.

Temporary greening is recommended to counteract erosions in the area of the head slopes. If necessary, use of geo-textiles has to be checked.

For the dump slope systems, slopes angles (6 to 8째) resulting from the residual shearing strength shall be taken into consideration when planning the dump geometry.

Furthermore specific geotechnical features like underground cavities resulting from coal fires and past mining activities, formation of fissures in fault zones or sliding masses have to be considered. In this connection the necessary regional and operational exploration shall be addressed once more.

5.2.8 Measures for a Safe Opencast Mine Management Finally, the measures required for a safe geotechnical opencast mine management shall be summarized again. -

A geological model approved by the responsible geologist must be available for the opencast mine in form of maps, cross sections and reports. This model has to be updated continuously.

The hydrological situation (i. e. position and course of aquifers) shall be documented and continuously updated analogue to the geological model

The opencast mine position shall be identified in a layout plan in regular periods.

Due to the advancing slope system at least three representative geological profiles shall be conducted where the achieved mining positions shall be registered in regular periods. These profiles shall be made right angled to the bench.

Position and course of the head slopes shall be planned forward-looking. The planned geometries have to be illustrated by at least one advancing cross section of the respective head slope. The cross sections shall be made right-angled to the respective head slope system.

The lines of all cross sections shall be illustrated in the layout plan.

Statistically verified soil-physical parameters are required for the decisive geological layers in the roof and bottom. These parameters shall be continuously verified and if necessary updated.

The soil samples shall be analysed in by a recognized soil-physical laboratory. The results shall be documented in written form.

Soil-mechanical investigations of static stability for all slopes and slope systems shall be principally carried out by qualified experts.

Page 73 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

In cooperation with the mine management targets resulting from the static stability calculations shall be used and definitely controlled during the running operation. Qualified personnel are required both for the theoretical soil-mechanical analyses as well as for the geotechnical control during the running operation.

A geotechnical expert shall visit the opencast mines in regular periods (at least twice or three times per week, and in case of demand). The visits shall be documented in minutes.

A control and monitoring schedule shall be worked out for the opencast mines. This document shall contain all specific operating points to be controlled and monitored continuously. Kind of monitoring and the required reactions in case of variations from the specific targets shall be documented.

The development of a geotechnically safe opencast mine technology with integration of the natural marginal condition from geology, hydrology and soil-physics shall be regarded at iterative process according to the scheme illustrated in the following figure.

Fig.: 5.2-7

Iterative Process for Developing a Geotechnical Safe Opencast Mine

Page 74 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

6 Main Mining Equipment 6.1 Technical Status of Existing Equipment 6.1.1 Technical Status of Excavators 6.1.1.1 SRs 1300 and SchRs 650 a) Mechanical Part Main bearing structure The main bearing structure is in a sufficient condition. Larger damage was not noticed. All machines have extensive starting corrosion which gives no cause for concern at the moment. It shall be considered that under the climatic conditions prevailing in Kosovo there will be an annual reduction in thickness of up to 0.1 mm caused by corrosion. Also the two-yearly safety inspection of steel construction has not been done. Therefore some larger defects could develop without knowledge. For a medium- and/or long-term deployment, a complete inspection of steel construction and a complete corrosion protection is therefore urgently necessary for each of the equipment. Auxiliary structure Auxiliary structures such as catwalks, stairs, leaders and platforms have partially substantial damages. These damages have no direct influence on the efficiency of the equipment but involve dangers for the service personnel. Mechanical engineering Very critical is the condition of wear parts and their insufficient stock reserve, like for example crawler base pads, ripper teeth and chains at the shovels, scrapers and side sealings. Also all discharge and charging chutes are not adapted at the typical bulk characteristics if the excavator has to work in overburden areas. The lubrication plants of the SRs 1300 were partly overhauled in the last years but are however in an unsatisfactory maintenance condition. This is particularly problematic in the under-carriage part of the two SchRs 650. The brake assemblies at different drives are out of function. Limit switch systems are essentially in function, but have defects due to a bad maintenance condition. Hereby, defects mainly occur at the system rope tearing and tensioning at the E9B, which cannot be activated due to unsatisfactory adjustment of the ropes "wheel boom hoist". A drive at the wheel belt of E8M is missing (broken shaft of the belt conveyor drum). Up to the implementation of a comprehensive mechanical reconstruction for medium- and/or long-term further deployment, a substantial restriction of the equipment availability shall be taken into account as well as substantially increased running costs for maintenance.

Page 75 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

b) Electrical Part The technical condition of the electrical equipment on the bucket wheel excavators of the type SRs 1300 and SchRs 650 is characterized by -

Year of construction,

Operation years in the mines/pits including maintenance and

Rehabilitation measures of selected electrical equipment in the years 2001 to 2005

The electrical equipment and electronic devices of the excavators as: -

6kV-bench cable and cable drums,

Medium voltage systems „6kV AC“ with battery plant 110V DC,

Logic control (relay- or PLC-Systems) and low voltage systems „230V/400V AC “including lighting technology;

Drive systems (400V AC-motors, travel- and slewing gear with rectifier DC),

Limit switches, buttons, local-control-boxes,

Cable and cable run and

Cabins and electric houses

correspond to the state of the art of the 80 years. The electrical equipment still in operation does not correspond any longer to the valid European standards. Especially preventive measures for persons and plants in accordance with the standard DIN VDE 0100 are in no way given, e.g.: -

The roofs and windows of the electrical houses are leaky during precipitation (rain and snow).

The electrical plants like for example switch cabinet cubicles and electrical operation rooms and terminal boxes of 6 kV-incoming supply and motors are not locked and/or not equipped with safe locking system.

The low voltage switch systems do not have shock protection.

The medium voltage switch systems are not sufficiently equipped with arc shield.

The 6 kV-high-voltage terminal boxes have no sufficient arc voltage protection and they are in a very bad technical repair.

Most of the high -voltage protective relays are defective.

Page 76 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The cables and cable routes have been strongly worn due to environmental impacts (e.g. ozone) and technical conditions (e.g. contamination, mechanical cramping and distortion of cables). The electrical drive units (starter, motor and thrustor), for example for conveyor belts, hoisting winches, tensioning devices, auxiliary motors and oil pumps, have a very limited availability and reliability. Motors can only be repaired with large expenses. Thrustors with the mechanical part of the brake are mainly not functioning and/or partly not reliable in their function. In line with this the electrical drives are not applicable for a safe operation. In the years 2000 to 2003, mainly material for the most urgent repairs in the opencast mines was purchased by the Consultants of the EAR, so for example high- and low-voltage cables, 6kV-protection relays and circuit-breakers, switchgears in container design for power supply and belt conveyors and spare motors. The bucket wheel excavators of the type SRs 1300 are distinguished according to the carried out retrofitting measures as follow: -

Main cabin new in ergonomic shape (to be accomplished in 2005)

travel gear drive and slewing gear drive with 3-phase current motors and frequency converter,

PLC (Programmable Logic Controller),

Limit switch (end position, lever arm, pull cord),

Lubrication plant;

The bucket wheel excavators of the type SchRs 650 (manufactured in 1986 and 1987) are equipped with a PLC System and rectifier (DC technology) and are mostly worn out. Original spare parts and building elements are not available for those obsolete machines.

6.1.1.2 SRs 470, SRs 400 and SRs 315 a) Mechanical Part Main bearing structure The main bearing structures of the devices are in an insufficient condition. There are particularly serious damages at the steel structure at the main superstructure of the E2B. The equipment is to be rehabilitated in a short-term or better taken out of operation and used for spare parts. Furthermore, tears are continuously occurring at all machines, particularly in the connecting sheets, in the undercarriage and slewing device of the loading boom, in diagonals of the superstructure as well as the bucket wheel head in nearly all devices. Pivot bearings at the tie bars are worn out. Corrosion caused material attenuation in the intersections. Also the two-yearly safety inspection of steel construction has not been done accordingly. Therefore some larger unknown defects could develop. This safety inspection shall be realized before the detailed plan of maintenance measures will be prepared. Auxiliary structures Auxiliary structures such as catwalks, stairs, leaders and platforms have partially substantial damages. These damages have no direct influence on the efficiency of the equipment, but they involve dangers for the operating and service personnel. Page 77 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Mechanical engineering Mechanical engineering can be evaluated similar to the condition of the main bearing- and auxiliary structure. Main assemblies such as pulleys and gearboxes are not grease- and/or oilproof. To a large extent the brake systems at the drives are missing and/or inefficient. Clutches are not covered. Wear parts like crawler base pads and buckets exceeded the wear limit. The central lubrication plants are not proper functioning. Side sealings and scrapers are ineffective and/or missing. Also all discharge and charging chutes are not adapted to the typical bulk characteristics if the excavator has to work in overburden areas. Due to the critical state of the e-plants numerous limit switches are not in function. Until decommissioning of these devices (devices will not be used in the new opencast mine field) continuous restrictions in the equipment availability have to be taken into account which are hardly calculable and incur high running maintenance costs. b) Electrical Part The condition of each of these excavators can be assessed as â&#x20AC;&#x17E;equally badâ&#x20AC;&#x153; because they are the oldest opencast mining machines (1965- 1978). Repairs and rehabilitation measures for the electrical equipment have not been carried out so far. These machines will not be used in the new opencast mine field. According to the present planning these opencast mine machines will be in operation until 2011 or will be replaced by released overburden excavators. The electrical equipment in the E-houses like the high- and low-voltage systems is in a bad condition. They do not comply with international standards and are a considerable danger for the personnel. The plants should be stabilized in short-term within the framework of running maintenance to such an extent that it will be possible to operate the devices with justifiable risk until decommissioning. The main components of the electrical equipment shall then be replaced within the scope of complex maintenance measures. Conclusion: Under consideration of the equipment condition, but mainly due to the too low capacity potential (regarding output quantity and stripping performance), it is not foreseen to use the excavators of the type SRs 470 / 315 or SRs 400 as high performance mine equipment but as excavators for sub benches and as floating machines.

6.1.2 Technical Status of Spreaders a) Mechanical Part Main bearing structure The main bearing structures of the A2Rs 4400 and the 5200 are in a satisfying condition. Except some bent diagonals in the discharge booms no signs of larger damage were found. In different places large areas with corrosion are visible, especially at the discharge booms, junctions, tie bars and the carrying rope of the discharge boom suspension of the A2RsB 4400.

Page 78 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Numerous bent diagonals, tears and large-area corrosion damages can be found at the A2RsB 2500. It shall be considered that under the climatic conditions prevailing in Kosovo there will be an annual reduction in thickness of up to 0.1 mm caused by corrosion. If disregarded, this leads to nicks and/or attenuations of the cross-sections as well as the reduction of the fatigue strength. For a medium- and/or long-term deployment, a complete corrosion protection is therefore urgently necessary for each of the equipment. Also the two-yearly safety inspection of steel construction has not been done accordingly. Therefore some larger unknown defects could develop. This safety inspection shall be made before the detailed plan of maintenance measures will be prepared. Auxiliary structures: Auxiliary structures such as catwalks, stairs, leaders and platforms have partially substantial damages. These damages have no direct influence on the efficiency of the equipment, but they involve dangers for the service personnel. Mechanical engineering The central lubrication plants of the machines (especially of the spreaders A2RsB 4400) are partly not functioning. This is especially dangerous for the area of the travelling gear and the slewing ball bearings. Almost all drives work without any functioning brake system. Crawler base pads are in a bad condition and reached the wear limit. Scrapers are ineffective and/or missing. Until a general mechanical reconstruction for a medium- and/or long-term deployment of these devices continuous restrictions in the equipment availability have to be taken into account which are hardly calculable and incur high running maintenance costs. b) Electrical Part The electrical equipment has been in operation since the 1980ies. It can be characterized as follows: The electrical equipment still in operation does not correspond any longer to the valid European standards. Especially preventive measures for persons and plants in accordance with the standard DIN VDE 0100 are in no way given, e.g.: -

The roofs and windows of the electrical houses are leaky during precipitation (rain and snow).

The low voltage switch systems do not have shock protection.

The medium voltage switch systems are not sufficiently equipped with arc shield.

The 6 kV-high-voltage terminal boxes have no sufficient arc voltage protection and they are in a very bad technical repair.

Most of the high -voltage protective relays are defective. Page 79 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

6.1.3 Technical Status of Belt Conveyors and Drive Stations a) Mechanical Part Except the newly reconstructed drive stations D1 and TP1, all other belt conveyor parts are in a deficient condition. The drives at the drive stations (ATS) are very sensitive due to their lifetime. Brake systems and protective covers are missing, lubrication systems are not functioning. Drums are highly worn out and mostly have no rubber coating. Catwalks, stairs, leaders and platforms have partially substantial damages and/or are missing. In the transfer and charging sections sealings are defective and/or missing. Scrapers are partly ineffective which causes considerable contamination. At the bearing steel structure large areas with corrosion are visible. The steel construction of about 20 % of the bearing frame sections is bended. In particular, ties show larger damages due to corrosion. The return rolls are worn to a great extent. Also all discharge and charging chutes have to be adapted at the typical bulk characteristics (green clay) to allow higher loading capacity for conveying overburden. Conveyor belts show considerable defects at the edges and a higher abrasion at the thickness of the rubber protecting layers. Resulting from misalignment and low maintenance, the belt edges are partly worn by more than 150 mm. The average length of belt parts is by far below half of the length for new belts. That means, a number of additional joints (distances partly only 12 - 30 m) have to be provided with all known disadvantages regarding reliability, higher running costs and uncertain plant availability and the knowledge of an average lifetime of two years for could vulcanised belt joints. b) Electrical Part The electrical equipment has been in operation since the 70ies and 80ies. It must be assessed that the condition of electrical equipment (except D1, TP1 and T1) is unsatisfactory on all belt conveyors.

Page 80 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The electrical equipment still in operation does not correspond any longer to the valid European standards. Especially preventive measures for persons and plants in accordance with the standard DIN VDE 0100 are in no way given e.g.: -

The roofs and windows of the electrical houses are leaky during precipitation (rain and snow).

The low voltage switch systems do not have shock protection.

The medium voltage switch systems are not sufficiently equipped with arc shield.

The 6 kV-high-voltage terminal boxes have no sufficient arc voltage protection and they are in a very bad technical repair.

Most of the high -voltage protective relays are defective.

The medium- and low-voltage systems at the bucket wheel excavators no longer correspond to the valid European Norms and therefore the latest state of the art. In addition, electrical as well as electronic safety equipment, buttons, synchros and local control boxes are worn out and partly no more in function for different reasons (missing spare parts, deficient maintenance). According to rough estimations, more than 40 to 55 % of the sensors are ready for operation. The sensors in the field area are an important prerequisite for indicating safe operating and status condition (monitoring in the excavator operator cabin. The cables and cable routes are mostly in a bad technical status. The electrical drive units (starter, motor and thrustor), for example for conveyor belts, hoisting winches, tensioning devices, auxiliary motors and oil pumps, have a very limited availability and reliability. Motors can only be repaired with large expenses. Thrustors with the mechanical part of the brake are mainly not functioning and/or partly not reliable in their function. In line with this the electrical drives are not applicable for a safe operation. The electrical equipment at the belt tripper car are totally worn out and do not correspond to the valid European standards. Especially preventive measures for persons and plants in accordance with the standard DIN VDE 0100 are in no way given. The electrical equipment on the belt conveyor and the mobile transfer conveyor should be stabilized in short-term within the framework of running maintenance to such an extent that it will be possible to operate the devices with justifiable risk until reconstruction and/or decommissioning.

6.1.4 Technical Status of Belt Wagons a) Mechanical Part Main bearing construction The main bearing structure of the belt wagons is in a bad condition. A number of damages were found at the bearing structure, e. g.: -

Pivot bearings of booms are worn out Page 81 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Twisted pin locks

Rusty guy ropes

Twisted and/or missing diagonal bars

Cracks of 2- and 4-wheel bogies

Booms are partly completely out of shape

Defective repair of steel construction

Large areas with corrosion are visible. Auxiliary structure: Auxiliary structures such as catwalks, stairs, leaders and platforms have partially substantial damages. These damages have no direct influence on the efficiency of the equipment, but they involve dangers for the service personnel. Mechanical engineering Lubrication systems at the equipment are partly not functioning. Drums and idlers are in a bad mechanical condition. The same applies for crawler base pads and tensioning devices at the belts and travelling gears. Contamination is due to missing scrapers and side sealings. Limit switches are partly ineffective or not in function. Until decommissioning of these devices continuous restrictions in the equipment availability have to be taken into account which are hardly calculable and which incur high running maintenance costs. b) Electrical Part The belt wagons „BRs 1600“ have been in operation since 1979 and/or 1982 and the belt wagons „BRs 1200“ since 1964 and/or 1974. Lifetime of the belt wagons and the imperfect maintenance and repair of the equipment resulted in the unsatisfactory technical condition of the electrical equipment. The building structures of the E-houses are completely worn (roofs, walls, doors), i.e. in case of precipitation like rain or snow they are leaky. The switch systems (MV, LV) and electrical equipment still in operation does not correspond to the valid European standards and involve considerable danger for the operating and service personnel. The electrical equipment on the belt wagons shall be stabilized for safety reasons so that it will be possible to operate these machines with a minimum justifiable risk until decommissioning. Conclusion: For the further application in the Sibovc SW field three belt wagons have been selected, one of them only as stand-by machine. The use of the belt wagons is planned in cooperation with the bucket wheel excavator types SRs 470 / 315 / 400. The main reason for

Page 82 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

this choice is the larger height of the discharge boom of the BRs 1200 compared to the BRs 1600.

6.1.5 Technical Status of Stacker / Reclaimer 6.1.5.1 Stockpile Separation Plant A a) Mechanical Part Reserve assemblies of mechanical engineering are missing for both of the devices Stacker/Reclaimer 1 and 2. In case of assembly breakdown downtimes have to be taken into account until completion of the repair. The main hydraulic equipment lifting the bucket wheel boom is worn and without spare parts. This will have also an influence to the safety and availability of the equipment in the future. For continuing a medium-term operation restrictions in equipment availability and high running costs for the maintenance are to be considered. At the drive stations of the belt conveyors the drives are highly susceptible to failure due to their lifetime. Brake systems and protective covers are missing; lubrication plants are partially not functioning. Drums are highly worn out and mostly have no rubber coating. A lot of idlers are worn. Continuous replacement is necessary. For continuing a medium-term operation restrictions in equipment availability and high running costs for the maintenance are to be considered. Due to their lifetime and continuous repair, crushers and vibration screens are in a condition ready for operation. Reserve assemblies are urgently required to reduce repair times and unexpected downtimes. Owing to their lifetime, a number of material guidance systems is to a great extend worn out; the most frequent occurring damage is leakage at the seam joints and transfer points. Almost all sealings at chutes, transfer points and material guidance systems are insufficiently effective. To continue long-term operation continuous replacement of sealing elements is necessary which have to be standardized according to installation places. A dust reduction system for all transfer points financed by EAR funds is planned at present. b) Electrical Part According to the present planning, the two machines will be in operation until decommissioning of Power Plant â&#x20AC;&#x17E;Kosova Aâ&#x20AC;&#x153;. The condition of the entire E-equipment of both Stacker/Reclaimer is to be assessed unsatisfactory. For a medium-term operation, restrictions in the equipment availability and high running costs for maintenance have to be taken into account. The electrical equipment still in operation does not correspond any longer to the valid European standards. Especially preventive measures for persons and plants in accordance with the standard DIN VDE 0100 are in no way given e.g.: -

The low voltage switch systems do not have shock protection.

The medium voltage switch systems are not sufficiently equipped with arc shield.

Page 83 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The 6 kV-high-voltage terminal boxes have no sufficient arc voltage protection and they are in a very bad technical repair.

Most of the high -voltage protective relays are defective.

The medium- and low-voltage systems at the bucket wheel excavators no longer correspond to the valid European Norms and therefore the latest state of the art. In addition, electrical as well as electronic safety equipment, buttons, synchros and local control boxes are worn out and partly no more in function for different reasons (missing spare parts, deficient maintenance). According to rough estimations, more than 40 to 55 % of the sensors are ready for operation. The sensors in the field area are an important prerequisite for indicating safe operating and status condition (monitoring in the excavator operator cabin). The electrical drive units (starter, motor and thrustor), for example for conveyor belts, hoisting winches, tensioning devices, auxiliary motors and oil pumps, have a very limited availability and reliability. Motors can only be repaired with large expenses. Thrustors with the mechanical part of the brake are mainly not functioning and/or partly not reliable in their function. In line with this the electrical drives are not applicable for a safe operation. According to information of personnel there are only rare spare parts available for the converters of slewing- and travelling gear. The E house is partly without isolation and air conditioning system which causes temperature problems during the summer season. The electrical locking system â&#x20AC;&#x17E;Excavator-Belt conveyorâ&#x20AC;&#x153; is also in a bad repair (cable drums defective) or partly not functioning. The 6 kV-incoming feeder is needed to be completely overhauled (strongly twisted feeder, cable drums are defective). The electrical equipment on the belt drive station should be stabilized in short-term within the framework of running maintenance to such an extent that it will be possible to operate the devices with justifiable risk until decommissioning. The expenses of Stacker/Reclaimer and belt conveyor system shall be within the following scope: -

Spare parts for MV- and LV-plants (e.g. protection relays, relays, circuit breakers, motors, electronic assemblies)

Control devices (e.g. limit switches, buttons, switches, terminal boxes, local control boxes)

Thrustors and parts of the mechanical brake

Cables and lighting equipment

Rehabilitation of the 6 kV-bench terminal boxes

Rehabilitation of E-houses at selected areas (e.g. roofs, doors)

6.1.5.2 Stockpile TPP B a) Mechanical Part The Stacker/Reclaimer A received a basic mechanical repair including a complete corrosion protection in 2004 and is in a mechanically good condition. The Stacker/Reclaimer B received a comparable basic mechanical repair including a complete corrosion protection in the year

Page 84 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2005 like equipment A. For both devices a low reserve of building groups of mechanical engineering is missing, so in cases of breakdown of assemblies downtimes have to be taken into account also after completion of the repair. At the drive stations of the belt conveyor plants the drives are strongly trouble-prone due to their lifetime. The drives at the drive stations of the belt conveyor plants are very sensitive due to their lifetime. Brake systems and protective covers are missing, lubrication systems are partly not functioning. Drums are highly worn out and mostly have no rubber coating. A lot of idlers are worn. Continuous replacement is necessary. For a long-term operation it is necessary to systematically replace the belt drives by a new generation. This replacement should be carried out parallel to an electrical reconstruction. Due to their lifetime and continuous repair, crushers are in a condition ready for operation. Reserve assemblies are urgently required to reduce repair times and unexpected downtimes. Owing to their lifetime, a number of material guidance systems is to a great extend worn out; the most frequent occurring damage is leakage at the seam joints and transfer points. Almost all sealings at chutes, transfer points and material guidance systems are insufficiently effective. To continue long-term operation continuous replacement of sealing elements is necessary which have to be standardized according to installation places. A dust reduction system for all transfer points financed by EAR funds is planned at present. b) Electrical Part: The electrical equipment of Stacker/Reclaimer A was completely rehabilitated in 2004 and has been in a good condition since then. A similar measure for rehabilitating the electrical equipment has been implemented for Stacker/Reclaimer B in May 2005. Reserve assemblies are available (stored) for both of the equipment so that in case of electrical failures a direct replacement of defective assemblies can be carried out. The electrical equipment on the belt conveyors are very frequently subject to breakdowns owing to their service life. The electrical equipment on the belt drive station should be stabilized in short-term within the framework of running maintenance to such an extent that it will be possible to operate the devices with justifiable risk until a necessary reconstruction.

6.2 Planned Short-term Rehabilitation Measures In this chapter the rehabilitation measures are described, which are planned for the main equipment in the next few years in the existing mines. The implementation of these measures has to be considered for the scope of refurbishment measures regarding the further application in the Sibovc SW field.

6.2.1 Measures for Excavators The following rehabilitation measures have been finished respectively planned for the next years. The measures of the complete refurbishment regarding the further application in the Sibovc SW field have not been considered in the following table.

Page 85 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type

Measures

Year

Replacement of hoisting ropes wheel boom E9M

Change of ball bearing race and gear rim

SchRs 650

Refurbishment of lubrication plants TG

Done 2005

Replacement of worn out assemblies Replacement of hoisting ropes wheel boom E10M

Change of ball bearing race and gear rim

SchRs 650

Refurbishment of lubrication plants FW

Plan 2006

Replacement of worn out assemblies Complete electrical refurbishment E8M SRs 1300

Complete mechanical overhaul including new uniform bucket wheel drive unit Replacement of worn out assemblies

Planned refurbishment KfW Project

Replacement of bucket wheel drive E9B SRs 1300

Replacement of worn out assemblies Replacement/Renewal of the Main Control Cabin and electrically drive for travel gear drive and slewing drive (with converter)

Done in 2005

Replacement of bucket wheel drive E10B SRs 1300

Replacement of worn out assemblies Replacement/Renewal of the Main Control Cabin and electrically drive for slewing drive (with converter)

Plan 2006

Replacement of bucket wheel drive E8B SRs 1300

Tab.: 6.2-1

Replacement of worn out assemblies Replacement/Renewal of the Main Control Cabin and electrically drive for slewing drive (with converter)

Plan 2006

Measures for Excavators

The expenses for running maintenance per excavator up to a complete reconstruction amount to average 0.380 MEURO per year. Necessary Expenses for Required Rehabilitation of Electrical Equipment A concept including the necessary demand for new technical equipment for the mentioned bucket wheel excavators was planned by the engineering personnel taking into account safety-

Page 86 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

and cost-relevant aspects. The budget should be available for these measures within the midterm period. The selected electrical rehabilitation measures for the excavators represent minimum requirements which are needed till the end of the operation. Spare parts according to priorities for excavators of the type SRs 1300 comprise: -

Spare parts for MV- and LV-plants (e.g. protection relays, relays, circuit breakers, motors, electronic assemblies)

Control devices (e.g. limit switches, buttons, switches, terminal boxes, local control boxes)

Thrustors and parts of the mechanical brake

Cables and lighting equipment

Rehabilitation of the cable drums and 6 kV-bench terminal boxes

Rehabilitation of E-houses at selected areas (e.g. roofs, doors)

Necessary expenses [related to 3 years]:

max. 0.60 MEURO

Spare parts according to priorities for excavators of the type SchRs 650 comprise: -

Exchange of the PLC Systems from type S 5 on S 7

Selected spare parts for MV- and LV-plants

Selected spare parts for control units

Cables and lighting equipment

Motors and thrustors

Necessary expenses:

min. 0.40 MEURO

6.2.2 Measures for Spreader Mechanic The spreaders can be operated until the planned shifting provided that the safety installations and the lubrication plants are maintained step-by-step and the running maintenance is carried out continuously. Based on the results from a safety inspection in 2001, the steel construction of the spreaders P1B, P2B and P3B was repaired and all limit switches were replaced. Except the running maintenance repairs, further necessary measures are not planned at present. The P3B will be refurbished in 2007. The running maintenance expenses per spreader until a complete reconstruction come to average 0.18 MEURO per year. Electric: The deployment of the spreaders in a new mining field requires a complete reconstruction of the electro-technical equipment. For the rest of the deployment of the spreaders until the

Page 87 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

closure of the opencast mines it is reasonable to carry out the necessary running maintenance measures in order to ensure equipment safety and availability to a great extend. The following priorities shall be made when planning the running maintenance: -

Selected spare parts for MV- and LV-switch gears as switchers, contactors, relays,

Motors and thrustors (complete),

The outdoor plants like lighting, limit switches, buttons and transmitter technology

Cables

Refurbishment of the electrical houses (as a makeshift).

The budget for the mid-term maintenance should be made available timely. Owing to the very bad technical condition of the steel construction, mechanical engineering and electrical equipment of this equipment class it is recommended to carry out the necessary running maintenance measures in order to ensure equipment safety and availability to a great extend. The budget for the spreaders shall be applied for as follows: -

Outside facilities

0.05 MEURO

Low-voltage plant

0.09 MEURO

High-voltage plant

0.10 MEURO

Slewing and travelling gear

0.08 MEURO

Necessary Expenses [related to 5 years]:

max. 0.32 MEURO.

6.2.3 Measures for Belt Conveyors and Drive Stations Mechanic: In 2004, the drive stations D1 and TP1 were mechanically repaired within the framework of a complete electrical reconstruction. Station T1 was repaired in April 2005. These mechanical repairs are only limited to repair of catwalks and the replacement of worn out mechanical assemblies. The rehabilitation of the mechanical engineering by drives of the new generation is not planned. Repairs at all the other stations and belt conveyor systems are limited to the running repairs. The running maintenance expenditures per 2,000 m conveying distance are on the average 0.28 MEURO per year. The refurbishment of a complete overburden line is planned for 2007 and includes three (3) belt conveyors of total 3 kilometres length, three (3) drive stations belt width 1,600 mm, the Excavator E10B and the Spreader P3B. The financing of 18 Million Euro will be done by European Agency for Reconstruction (15 MEURO and KTA 3 MEURO). Electric: For the rest of the deployment of the belt conveyors including the mobile transfer conveyor until the closure of the opencast mines it is recommended to carry out the necessary running maintenance measures in order to ensure the demanded reliability. The following priorities shall be made when planning the running maintenance:

Page 88 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Motors and thrustors (complete), see above listed

The outdoor plants like lighting, limit switches, buttons and transmitter technology

Refurbishment of the electrical houses (as makeshift).

A concept including the necessary demand for new technical equipment for the belt conveyors including the mobile transfer conveyor was planned for the mid-term period. Necessary expenses [related to 5 years]:

0.60 MEURO.

The budget for the necessary expenses of the mentioned equipment including the mobile transfer conveyor shall be applied for as follows: -

Outside facilities

0.08 MEURO

Low-voltage plant

0.12 MEURO

High-voltage plant

0.22 MEURO

Slewing and travelling gear

0.20 MEURO

6.2.4 Measures for Belt Wagons Mechanic Continuous maintenance is required to operate belt wagons until their decommissioning. Missing assemblies shall be dismounted from decommissioned devices and rehabilitated. Maintenance concentrates on removing damages at the steel construction, repair of lubrication plants and scraper system as well as replacement of crawler base pads. Two of the belt wagons in the Bardh mine were repaired as a result from a safety inspection in 2001. The running maintenance expenditures per belt wagon come to average 0.07 MEURO per year. Electric A concept including the necessary demand for new technical equipment for the belt wagons has been planned (please see Mid-Term Mining Plan). The budget for the belt wagons shall amount to the following: Necessary expenses [related to 5 years]:

0.13 MEURO.

6.2.5 Measures for Stacker / Reclaimer Till end of 2005 both of the Stacker/Reclaimer in Separation Plant B were rehabilitated. These measures include a basic mechanical maintenance including a complete corrosion protection and a complete electrical refurbishment. By means of these measures the equipment is in a good mechanical and electrical condition. For both of the Stacker/Reclaimer A and Stacker/Reclaimer B in Separation Plant A and B as well as the belt conveyor system reserve assemblies for the mechanical and electrical

Page 89 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

engineering are missing. Downtimes have to be taken into account in case of failure of assemblies which will last until completion of repair. The running maintenance expenses will amount to ca. 0.48 MEURO per year for Separation Plant A and 0.35 MEURO per year for Separation Plant B. The rehabilitation of the electrical equipment on the Stacker/Reclaimers in the Separation Plant A belongs to maintenance measures which are important in order to ensure equipment safety and availability to a great extent. A concept including the necessary demand for new technical equipment for the Stacker/Reclaimer shall be planned by the engineering personnel taking into account safetyand cost-relevant aspects. The planning document is to be provided until June 2006. The budget should be available before December 2007. The scope of expenditures for the Stacker/Reclaimer shall comprise the following: -

Spare parts for MV- and LV-plants (e.g. protection relays, relays, circuit breakers, motors, electronic assemblies)

Control devices (e.g. limit switches, buttons, switches, terminal boxes, local control boxes)

Thrustors and parts of the mechanical brake

Cables and lighting equipment

Rehabilitation of the 6 kV-bench terminal boxes

Motors

Necessary Expenses [related to 5 years]:

0.40 MEURO.

The scope of expenditures for the belt conveyor plants shall comprise the following: -

Spare parts for MV- and LV-plants (e.g. protection relays, relays, circuit breakers, motors, electronic assemblies)

Control devices (e.g. limit switches, buttons, switches, terminal boxes, local control boxes)

Thrustors and parts of the mechanical brake

Cables and lighting equipment

Rehabilitation of the 6 kV-bench terminal boxes

Motors

Necessary Expenses [related to 5 years]:

0.80 MEURO.

A dust reduction system for all transfer points to be financed by EAR is present under installation (year 2006). After decommissioning of Power Plant A in the future the dust reduction system can be dismounted and installed then at other necessary transfer points.

Page 90 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

6.3 Planned Refurbishment Measures for Sibovc SW Field SRs 1300 and SchRs 650 All bucket wheel excavators of the size classes SRs 1300 and SchRs 650 can be taken into consideration for a further operation in the follow-up field due to their condition and capacity parameters. Within the framework of a complex repair the following measures have to be implemented (please see table below). Type

Measures

Year

Complete corrosion protection; Reconstruction bucket wheel head; E9M complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable (reel); SchRs 650 Replacement of travel gear units; Rehabilitation of steel construction, scraper- and sealing systems and belt conveyor system; Complete corrosion protection; Reconstruction bucket wheel head; E10M complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable (reel); SchRs 650 Replacement of travel gear units; Rehabilitation of steel construction, scraper- and sealing systems and belt conveyor system; Complete corrosion protection; Reconstruction bucket wheel head; E8M complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable (reel); SRs 1300 Replacement ball bearing race and gear rim of excavators superstructure; Rehabilitation of steel construction and scraper- and sealing systems and belt conveyor system; Complete corrosion protection; complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable (reel); E9B Replacement ball bearing race and gear rim of excavators superstructure; SRs 1300 Rehabilitation of steel construction and scraper- and sealing systems and belt conveyor system; Complete corrosion protection; complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable (reel); E10B Replacement ball bearing race and gear rim of excavators superstructure; SRs 1300 Rehabilitation of steel construction and scraper- and sealing systems and belt conveyor system; Complete corrosion protection E8B complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable (reel); SRs 1300 Rehabilitation of steel construction and scraper- and sealing systems and belt conveyor system Tab.: 6.3-1

I/2008 up to IV/2008

I/2009 up to IV/2009

III/2007 up to II/2008

III/2009 up to II/2010 III/2007 up to II/2008 II/2011 up to II/2012

Measures for Main Excavators for Sibovc SW

SRs 470 / 400 and SRs 315 Page 91 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The bucket wheel excavators SRs 470, SRs 400 and SRs 315 are hardly applicable as main mine equipment for a long-term operation. The two-yearly safety inspection of steel construction has not been done accordingly. Therefore some larger unknown defects could develop. This safety inspection shall be realized before the detailed plan of maintenance measures will be prepared. Owing to existing damages at the steel construction and the condition of the mechanical and electrical assemblies, respectively, these excavators shall be decommissioned step-by-step until 2012. The excavators E5M, E7M and E1B may be used in sub benches regarding as floating machine. Belt Wagon Only three belt wagons of the type BRs 1200 are planned for operation in the Sibovc SW field. Belt Conveyor Because of the output capacities of the heavy opencast mine machines, only lines with 1,600 or 1,800 mm belt width will be used in the new mine. To ensure the necessary availability of the plants, the following are the minimum measures to be carried out: -

Complete reconstruction of the drive stations as there are electrical equipment, corrosion protection, steel construction, gears and drums and discharge chutes to adapt these to the typical bulk characteristics (green clay) to allow higher loading capacity for conveying overburden

Replacement and/or repair of defective frame sections using available reserves

Replacement of ca. 50 % of the idlers superstructure

Replacement of ca. 70 % of the idlers substructure

Replacement of 100 % of the belts

Complete electrical and mechanical reconstruction of the feeding hopper car;

Complete electrical and mechanical reconstruction of the belt tripper car ;

Spreader It is intended to use only three spreaders with a capacity of 4400 / 5200 lcm/h in the new mine. The other spreaders can be scrapped. Before the spreaders are used in Sibovc, they have to be rehabilitated with the following key issues: -

Complete electrical reconstruction

Complete corrosion protection

Steel construction refurbishment

Refurbishment of travelling gears

Overhaul of conveyor systems

Replacement of belt cleaner and sealing systems

Page 92 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Complete electrical reconstruction including crawler-mounted cable reel car

6.4 Time Schedule for Rehabilitation Measures The next figure illustrates a schematic rehabilitation milestone plan for an excavator of the size SRs 1300. The decisive element when rehabilitating an equipment line is the excavator. All other rehabilitations, i.e. spreader and belt conveyor system, can be realised in shorter periods. As illustrated in the below figure a period of ca. 35 months will be required for one equipment line starting from the KEK-budget-plan until to capacity operation of the rehabilitated plant. The downtime of the equipment for the implementation of the measures is ca. 9 months. The remaining time is needed for the preparatory measures (f. e. preparation of technical specifications, tendering, contract negotiations and engineering). The transfer from the existing opencast mine to the Sibovc SW mine is a complex technical process which is mainly influenced by the following factors: -

Coal production in the existing mine has to be guaranteed according to the aims. Apart from the coal production overburden operation has to be developed. It shall be considered here, that not only exposure overburden has to be removed but also overburden from the widening up of the rim slop systems (please see Mid Term Plan for existing Coal Mines). These widening operations are urgently required for the safe continuation of the opencast mine operation. A delay in time for these works and/or failure in meeting the planned performance targets will automatically lead to delayed release dates for the machines. A basic precondition for the envisaged performance level of the main equipment within the mid term period is the provision of the necessary investments for the required maintenance measures.

To secure coal production from the Sibovc SW mine according to the time schedule the selected equipment shall be put into operation in the new mine as soon as possible. Here also, a delay directly affects the coal production. Before commissioning a complex rehabilitation of the main equipment will become necessary to allow the performance targets (partly more than 4 mbcm/a per line in the overburden operation).

This means that only a limited period of time will be available for the required refurbishment measures. The following figure illustrates the rehabilitation schedule for the single lines. It can be seen that the 35 month long total duration of the refurbishment process cannot be ensured for all lines. In those cases time has to be shortened especially for the preparatory processes. Otherwise more costly compensations will result due to a delayed commissioning of the main equipment in the Sibovc field â&#x20AC;&#x201C; provided that the planned coal output is ensured.

Page 93 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

X-1 1

X 8

9 10 11 12

X+1 7

9 10 11 12

X+2 8

9 10 11 12

KEK Budget Plan KEK or Donor Budget Approval TOR Consultant Tender Consultant Contract Sign Consultant Technical Specifications Inviatation to Bid Tender Contract Sign Contractor Engineering Ordering of Material and Delivery Decommissionning Transport to Erection Yard, Cleaning Repair of Steel Construction Disassembly of electrical and mechanical Components Corrosion Protection Mechanical and electrical Installations Functional Tests Transport to Site of Operation Performance Test Commissionning regular Operation

Fig.: 6.4-1

Schematic BWE-Rehabilitation Milestone Plan

Page 94 of 150

9 month standstill

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2006 I

2007 III

2008 III

E 10B + P3B + 1.6m Conv.

2009 III

2010 III

2011 III

2012 III

III

E 9M + P 4M + 1.8m Conv.

E 10M + P3M + 1.8m Conv.

T T

E 5M BRs 1200

T T

E 8M

E 9B + 1.6m Conv.

E 8B + 1.6m Conv. E 7M

BRs 1200

Fig.: 6.4-2

Terms of Reference

Specification

Rehabilitation

Corrosion Protection

Tendering T Transport

Linewise Refurbishment Activities for Main Equipment

Page 95 of 150

Engineering Commissionning

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

6.5 Investment and Cost Calculation of Main Mine Equipment The following table lists a survey of excavators, spreaders and conveyor belts which are planned to operate in Sibovc SW. BWE E10B SRs 1300 E10M SchRs 650 E9M SchRs 650 E5M SRs 470 E8M SRs1300 E9B SRs 1300 E8B SRs 1300 E7M SRs 400 E1B SRs 315 Belt Wagon 1st BRs 1200 2nd BRs 1200 3rd BRs 1200 Spreader P3B A2RsB 4400 P3M A2RsB 5200 P4M A2RsB 5200 Stacker / Reclaimer MK 1 (TUSLA) MK 2 (TUSLA) MK A (MAN TAKRAF) MK B (MAN TAKRAF) Belt Conveyor System Drive Stations (up to 2012) Belt Conveyor Lines [km] Tab.: 6.5-1

Overburden 4 1 1 1 1

Coal 4

Stockpile -

Other/Res. 1

1 1

1 -

1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1

3 1 1 1 -

12 12 14.3

20 20 18.9

4 1 1 1 1 14 14 4.5

Total 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 46 46 37.7

Survey of Mine Equipment

Page 96 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Investment BWE

52.09 6.99 8.7 7.7 3.5 7.2 7.5 7.5 3.0

E10B SRs 1300 E10M SchRs 650 E9M SchRs 650 E5M SRs 470 E8M SRs1300 E9B SRs 1300 E8B SRs 1300 E7M SRs 400 E1B SRs 315 Belt Wagon 1st BRs 1200 2nd BRs 1200 3rd BRs 1200 Spreader P3B A2RsB 4400 P3M A2RsB 5200 P4M A2RsB 5200 Stacker / Reclaimer MK 1+2 (TUSLA) MK A+B (MAN TAKRAF) Belt Conveyor System Drive Stations Belt Conveyor Lines Total

1) 3.0 1.5 1.5 1) 14.49 4.39 4.8 5.3 7.4 4.7 2.7 81.4 41.04 40.36 158.38

1) Standby machines: maintenance covered by opex

Tab.: 6.5-2

Amount for Refurbishment and Investment

The elaboration of technical specification is included in the prices above. The table below presents the expenditures required for the new mine. Year Investment/Refurbish

‘06 0.6

‘07 28.62

‘08 45.47

‘09 47.8

‘10 11.91

‘11 16.19

‘12 7.79

SUM 158.3

Refurbishment Plant Drive Stations Belt Conveyor Lines

Tab.: 6.5-3

Yearwise Cost for Refurbishment and Investments in MEURO

Page 97 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The subdivision of costs is described in the following tables. No.

Measure

[MEURO]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8.1 8.2 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Corrosion protection Steel construction Hoisting drive and disc brake (bucket wheel boom) Belt conveyors (belts, gearboxes, drive-drums, side boards) Drive units for travelling drives (6 pieces) switch gears [MV; LV; transformer; battery plant] PLC system and interlocking system Variable frequency drives all auxiliary drives with motors (> 11kW) bucket wheel drive with motor Main belt drives in conventionally technique with "dual principle" Outdoor installation [lighting system; sensors; cable and run; button; ...] Refurbishment the e-rooms or partly with new container Operator cabin (2x) Crawler-mounted cable drum [M+E] Tripper car [M+E] Miscellaneous Technical specification Total

0.750 0.700 0.400 0.700 0.550 0.450 0.420 0.700 0.250 0.100 0.400 0.400 0.080 0.450 0.250 0.700 0.200 7.5 *

* E10B only 7.00 MEURO

Tab.: 6.5-4

Costs for E8B, E9B and E10B

No.

Measure

[MEURO]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9.1 9.2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Corrosion protection Steel Construction Hoisting drive and disc brake (bucket wheel boom) Belt conveyors (belts, gearboxes, drive-drums, side boards) New bucket wheel ring Bucket wheel gearbox (inclusive motor) Switch gears [MV; LV; transformer; battery plant] PLC system and interlocking system Variable frequency drives all auxiliary drives with motors (> 11kW) bucket wheel drive with motor Main belt drives in conventionally technique with "dual principle" Outdoor installation [lighting system; sensors; cable and run; button; ...] Refurbishment the e-rooms or partly with new container Operator cabin (2x) Crawler-mounted cable drum [M+E] Tripper car [M+E] Miscellaneous Technical Specification Total

0.650 0.500 0.350 0.600 0.190 1.030 0.410 0.380

Tab.: 6.5-5

0.630 0.190 0.170 0.360 0.280 0.160 0.400 0.200 0.500 0.2 7.2

Costs for E8M

Page 98 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

No.

Measure

[MEURO]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9.1 9.2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

New bucket wheel head Corrosion protection Steel Construction Belt conveyors (belts, gearboxes, drive-drums, side boards) Drive units for travelling drives (6 pieces) New bucket wheel Switch gears [MV; LV; transformer; battery plant] PLC system and interlocking system Variable frequency drives all auxiliary drives with motors (> 11kW) bucket wheel drive with motor Main belt drives in conventionally technique with "dual principle" Outdoor installation [lighting system; sensors; cable and run; button; ...] Refurbishment the e-rooms or partly with new container Operator cabin (2x) Bracket-type cable drum (reel) [complete M+E] Tripper car [complete M+E] Miscellaneous Technical Specification Total

1.200 0.800 0.550 0.700 0.550 0.200 0.500 0.400 0.700 0.250 0.250 0.400 0.300 0.200 0.250 0.250 0.800 0.400 8.7 *

* E9M only 7.7 MEURO

Tab.: 6.5-6

Costs for E9M and E10M

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Measure

[MEURO]

Steel Construction Belt conveyors (belts, gearboxes, drive-drums, side boards) Drive units for travelling drives (2 pieces) Electrical System Switch gear system [LV] PLC system Drive units conventionally technique Outdoor installation [lighting system; sensors; cable and run; button; ...] Miscellaneous Total

0.180 0.300 0.250 0.140 0.150 0.100 0.100 0.080 0.200 1.5

Tab.: 6.5-7

Costs for Belt Wagons

Page 99 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

No.

Measure

[MEURO]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Complete corrosion protection Steel construction refurbishment Refurbishment of travelling gears Overhaul of conveyor systems Replacement of belt cleaner and sealing systems Switch gears [MV; LV; transformer; battery plant] PLC system and interlocking system Variable frequency drives: all auxiliary drives with motors (> 11kW) Main belt drives in conventionally technique with "dual principle" Outdoor installation [lighting system; sensors; cable and run; button; ...] Refurbishment the e-rooms or partly with new container Crawler-mounted cable drum (reel) [M+E] Operator cabins (2x) Miscellaneous Total

0.450 0.300 0.250 0.650 0.200 0.400 0.400 0.550 0.300 0.400 0.300 0.400 0.200 0.500 5.3 *

* P3B only 4.39 MEURO and P3M only 4.8 MEURO

Tab.: 6.5-8

Costs for Spreader

No.

Measure

[MEURO]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Steel Construction Corrosion Protection Travelling drives Slewing drives Lubrication and hydraulic system Switch gears [MV; LV; transformer; battery plant] PLC system and interlocking system Variable frequency drives: all auxiliary drives with motors (> 11kW) Main belt drives in conventionally technique with "dual principle" Outdoor installation [lighting system; sensors; cable and run; button; ...] Refurbishment the e-rooms or partly with new container Bracket-type cable drum (spiral) [complete m+e] (for 6kV and control cable) Operator cabins (2x) Miscellaneous Technical Specification Total

0.100 0.090 0.100 0.100 0.090 0.300 0.200 0.200 0.300 0.300 0.140 0.100 0.080 0.200 0.050 2.35

Tab.: 6.5-9

Costs for Stacker / Reclaimer TPP A

Page 100 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Measure Complete electrical Reconstruction Steel Construction Corrosion Protection Travelling drives Slewing drives Lubrication and hydraulic system Miscellaneous Technical Specification Total

Tab.: 6.5-10

[MEURO] 0.550 0.100 0.100 0.150 0.150 0.100 0.150 0.05 1.35

Costs for Stacker / Reclaimer TPP B

Page 101 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7 Power Supply System and Electrical Equipment 7.1 Future Energy Demand 2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Coal

3.40

6.00

9.00

Overburden by Main Equipment

mbcm

1.5

5.8

8.48

12.03

11.57

13.23

Number of Excavators

piece

Number of Spreaders

piece

Number of Drive Stations

piece

Tab.: 7.1-1

Planned Requirements of Technological Systems

The 110/35/6 kV Power Substation "Sibovc" shall guarantee a safe supply of electric energy for the described mining concept for Sibovc SW. In the Sibovc mine a large part of the currently available mining equipment will be reused. It is important to consider that the equipment shall be rehabilitated and that the future annual capacity will be much higher than in the present Mirash and Bard mines. The following will be supplied in the Sibovc SW opencast mine: a) Overburden operation in three main overburden levels with the following equipment: -

1 excavator SRs 1300

2 excavator SchRs 650

1 excavator SRs 470

1 belt wagon BRs 1200

2 spreader A2Rs B 5200

1 spreader A2Rs B 4400

1 dragline 10/70

b) Coal operation in three main levels with the following equipment: -

3 excavators SRs 1300

1 excavator SRs 400

1 belt wagon BRs 1200

1 excavator SRs 315 as float machine

Page 102 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

c) Overburden belt conveyor system -

3 Systems

d) Coal belt conveyor system (benches and long-distance conveyors) -

3 Systems on benches including 2 inclined conveyors and 2 connecting conveyors

2 long distance conveyor to TPP A and B

e) Mine Office -

New Office Buildings

f) Workshop and Warehouse -

Substitution for necessary electrical power supply in the territory of Bardh Mine.

Page 103 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The required installed power for the opencast mine systems are estimated as following: Operating Time

Installed Power per Machine

Year

E7M SRs 470

2012 – 2024

1,200

E8B SRs 1300

2012 – 2024

2,690

5,000

E9B SRs 1300

2010 – 2024

2,690

5,000

E8M SRs 1300

2009 – 2024

2,770

5,000

E1B SRs 315

2010 - 2024

840

3,000

P4M A2Rs B-5200

2008 – 2024

1,600

5,000

P3B A2Rs B-4400

2008 – 2024

1,400

5,000

P3M A2Rs B-5200

2009 – 2024

1,600

5,000

E5M SRs 470

2009 – 2024

1,200

5,000

E9M SchRs 650

2008 – 2024

2,700

5,000

E10M SchRs 650

2009 – 2024

2,860

5,000

E10B SRs 1300

2008 – 2024

2,690

5,000

Belt Conveyor Systems [1800]

2008 – 2024

16,200 (1,800)

5,000

Belt Conveyor Systems [1600 ]

2008 – 2024

21,420 (1,260)

5,000

ESch 10/70

2009 – 2024

1,500

4,000

Mine Office

2008 – 2024

250

3,500

Workshop

2008 – 2024

500

6,000

Warehouse

2008 – 2024

200

4,000

Other

2010 – 2024

250

4,000

Description

Tab.: 7.1-2

Number of Equipment

Operating Hours

Required Installed Capacity

The long-term demand of installed electric energy is about 64 MW.

Page 104 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7.2 Measures and Time Schedule Summarizing, the following measures for a 110/35/6 kV Power Substation are assumed: The capital expenditures for the 110/35 kV Power Substation "Sibovc" [or "Palaj" or "Hade" possibly referred to] including the necessary demand for energy for the opencast mine system "Sibovc" shall be planned, designed and erected including commissioning tests. The punctual provision of the power substations (availability and reliability) will be of highest priority during the investment activity for the new opencast mine system. The investment activity for the power substation shall be organized in three phases as follows: 1. Phase [period 2007 / 2008] Contents of the planning phase and tender description are: -

planning,

technical specification and tendering,

announcement,

offer and evaluation phase and

contractual agreement with contract signature till end of November 2007

The following main items should be considered during the planning and in the tender description of the power substation: 1.

Territorial arrangement and local development as: -

Location;

Road connection;

Public water supply;

Drainage of rainwater;

Drainage;

Fire protection;

Water protection;

Noise protection

Fencing of the area.

Industrial building -

Industrial building with a floorspace (ca):

length of 24,000 mm; width of 12,000 mm and height of 4,200 mm.

The industrial building shall contain

Page 105 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

6 kV switchgear room of (17x12) m, control room of (6.5x 4.2) m, anteroom and sanitary room of (6.5x2,1) m, engineering room of (6.5x2.7) m, battery room of (6.5x3) m. -

The windows should be arranged in a height of 2 m (above the wall).

Complete equipment of the building with sanitary facilities and electrical equipment

Necessary electrical equipment for power substation:

3.1

110 kV outdoor switchgear -

110 kV overhead line (powered from Power Plant B);

Disposition of the outdoor switchgear with * power switch’s, * current and voltage transformer’s, * disconnector, * supporting insulators, * over-voltage arresters.

110 kV Earth-Fault Current Compensation Plant * 110 kV Earth-fault current quenching coil, * neutral point plant.

3.2

35 kV outdoor switchgear -

Disposition of the outdoor switchgear with * power switch’s, * current and voltage transformer’s, * disconnector, * supporting insulators, * over-voltage arresters.

35 kV Earth-Fault Current Compensation Plant * 35 kV Earth-fault current quenching coil, * neutral point plant.

3.3

6 kV indoor plant * SF6-insulated, * operator panel on switch panel,

Page 106 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

* interlocking function, * secondary devices, 3.4

6 kV Earth-Fault Current Compensation Plant * 110 kV Earth-fault current quenching coil, * neutral point plant with disconnector, insulated support and cable;

3.5

110/35 kV, 35 MVA transformer (3), 35/6 kV, 14 MVAtTransformer (4), 35/6 kV, 10 MVA transformer (5) and 35/0,4 kV/ 1,2 kVAtTransformer (1)

3.6

Station Service Plant [internal consumption] -

35/0,4 kV, 400 kVA transformer,

0,4 kV switchgear plant,

230V DC current plant,

230V DC switchgear plant,

battery plant with inverter modules.

3.7

Lightning Protection System and Grounding

3.8

Power System Management, Control and Protection

3.9

Protecting Device and Measurement

3.10

Counting of Electrical Energy

110 kV registering

30 kV registering,

6 kV registering.

central energy management

3.11

Cable and Lines

3.12

Supplementary Plants

air conditioning system

fire alarm system,

lighting systems (outside and inside),

Page 107 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Telecommunication,

Television monitoring.

2. Phase [period 2008 / 2009] Engineering design and implementation phase containing the scope as follow: A) Implementation of -

site development and earthworks including enclosure and building of roads,

construction and building â&#x20AC;&#x153;power substationâ&#x20AC;?,

B) Supply, Erection and Commissioning of Electrical Equipment -

110 kV overhead line (1. Station),

110/35 kV transformer including with 110 kV outdoors plants (two stations),

35/6 kV transformer including with 35 kV outdoors plants (four stations),

internal consumption plants,

6 kV switchgear systems,

C) Earthworks for 6 kV cable routes, supply of steel rack, 6 kV bench cable including 4 pieces static cable reels. 3. Phase [period of time 2009/2011] Completion of electrical equipment according to the technological development of the opencast mine: -

110/35 kV transformer including with 110 kV outdoors plants,

35/6 kV transformer including with 35 kV outdoors plants,

6 kV switch gear systems,

6 kV bench switch gears,

6 kV bench cable

static cable reels

Page 108 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW 2007 I

2008 III

2009 III

2010 III

2011 III

Central Remote Control System Coal Quality Management System Power Supply System

Specification

Fig.: 7.2-1

Tendering

Engineering and Completion

Time Schedule for Power Supply and Control System

An overview of the energy distribution system for the new mine Sibovc SW is shown in the figure below:

Page 109 of 150

III

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2x 110 kV

2x110/35kV, 35MVA

2x110/35kV, 35 MVA reserve

4x35/6kV, 14MVA

35/6kV, 10 MVA

6kV Switchgear [in SF6-technique]

switchgear room within the building

overburden

Internal consumption for power substation

6kV Switchgear [in SF6-technique]

coal extraction

6kV outgoing feeder

Fig.: 7.2-2

3x35/6kV, 10MVA

0,4 kV utgoing feeder for mine office, warehouse, workshop

6kV outgoing feeder

110/35 kV Power Substation “Sibovc” with 6 kV Distribution System

Page 110 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-3

6 kV Power Supply â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Coal Extraction

Page 111 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-4

6 kV Power Supply â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Overburden Removal

Page 112 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7.3 Investments for Power Supply System The below table shows the year-wise investment: MEURO

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

Total

Investments for Power Supply

0.3

7.0

1.6

1.8

1.0

11.7

1.Phase, see description above

0.3

2. Phase, see description above 3. Phase, see description above Tab.: 7.3-1

0.3 7.0

7.0 1.6

1.8

1.0

4.4

Investments for Power Supply

Page 113 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

8 Auxiliary Equipment 8.1 Assessment of Technical Status in Existing Mine A complete auxiliary equipment fleet is available in the existing mine. In 2000/2001 and 2004 an extensive rehabilitation of the auxiliary equipment fleet was realized with the help of KfW and EAR funds. Some of the old equipment have been commissioned in the 80â&#x20AC;&#x2122;s and is more than 20 years old. Nevertheless, the predominant part of the auxiliary equipment is in a strong technical status. From 2007 overburden production in the existing mine will considerably decline. First overburden lines will be put out of operation; the number of operation points will be reduced. In the existing mine, coal production will go on with full capacity until 2008 and in 2009 and 2011 with reduced capacity. Parallel with the decline in capacity, a part of the auxiliary equipment can be put out of operation. At the time of decommissioning a part of the auxiliary equipment will have exceeded its normative service life. Prolongation of the normative service life is not recommended due to the difficult conditions and the rather poor maintenance. Moreover, the further use of selected auxiliary equipment is intended for recultivation, securing and wrapping measures over the year 2011. Substitute investments for worn out auxiliary devices are not planned within the medium-term planning. The result is, that a take-over of auxiliary equipment from the existing fleet for a further use in the Sibovc mine will not be possible or only in to limited extent. The further plans for the Sibovc mine assume a complete new auxiliary equipment fleet.

8.2 Demand of Auxiliary Equipment 8.2.1 Maximal Demand of Auxiliary Equipment For ensuring the production processes in the pit, a whole number of auxiliary machines and equipment are necessary. The auxiliary equipment is attached to the different operational sections and operated in one up to three shift operation according to requirement. The following table illustrates the optimal stock on auxiliary equipment in case of maximum production. The given engine performance and number of equipment is based on the special application condition in the existing mines and the experiences from other mines with comparable deposit properties.

Page 114 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type Dozer Pipelayer Wheel Dozer Wheel Loader 17t Wheel Loader Excavator Loader Telescope Crane 90t Telescope Crane 60t Telescope Crane 45t Telescope Crane 30t Forklift 2t Forklift 5t Truck payload 12t, 3-axle Truck with hydraulic crane Truck with lifting Platform Dump Truck Cable reel Trailer Low Bed Trailer Fuel Truck Lubrication Truck Tractor Hydraulic Backhoe (crawler) Hydraulic Backhoe (wheel) Grader Trench Cutter Single Drum Roller Jeep Pick-up Jeep 12 seats Personnel Transporters (36 seats) Minibus Ambulance Fire Fighting Truck Drilling Machine Workshop Container Mobile Workshop Mobile Lightings Winding Support Drum Vulcanisation Set Diesel Generator Water Truck Spraying Galleries Pumps

Tab.: 8.2-1

[ kW ] 230 - 300 180 250 180 120

Overb. 7 2 2 1

340 270 270 200

130 130 230

60t 180

1 1

200 180 - 200

1 1 1 2

160

Number of auxiliary Equipment Coal Stockp Drain. Maint. 6 4 2 2 2 2 1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2

150 100 75 100 140

1 3 2 1 4 1 2 1 3

3 2 1 3 1

0.5

2 1

7 9

2 1 4 15

1 2 3 1 2 2

total 17 4 2 6 2 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 7 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 5 2 2 2 1 17 15 2 8 2 2 1 3 1 2 6 1 2 4 1 4 15

Number of Auxiliary Equipment

Page 115 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The calculation of the auxiliary equipment fleet bases on the following: Dozers

1 per working level in overburden, coal and dumping operation 4 for the stockpiles 2 for special works 2 as reserve in case of repair measures (corresponds 10% of fleet)

For levelling work which will not be carried out continuously it is not intended to use dozers. Such peak capacities shall be put out to tender and awarded to contractors for cost reasons (single lots and/or framework contracts). Personnel Transporters

2 for excavation site overburden 2 for excavation site coal 2 for dumping site and recultivation 1 for dewatering 1 as reserve in case of repair measures or breakdowns

In addition to these big personnel transporters (36 seats) smaller jeeps and microbuses are foreseen for the shift change and for the different departments for transportation. 4-WheelDrive is urgent necessary for all cars and busses under consideration of the heavy material properties particular in overburden operation.

8.2.2 Yearwise Development of Auxiliary Equipment Fleet The establishment of the auxiliary equipment fleet will be adjusted to the development of capacity in the opencast mine. The first auxiliary machines have to be put in operation already before the heavy-duty equipment will start work to prepare their starting position. In 2012, the full equipment capacity will be installed both in the overburden- and coal operation. This means that until this date the auxiliary equipment fleet shall be completed. From this period, a constant auxiliary equipment fleet will be in operation. The following table shows the development of the auxiliary equipment fleet up to a maximum size.

Page 116 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type Coal Output [mt] Overburden [mbcm] Dozer Pipelayer Wheel Dozer Wheel Loader 17t Wheel Loader Excavator Loader Telescope Crane 90t Telescope Crane 60t Telescope Crane 45t Telescope Crane 30t Forklift 2t Forklift 5t Truck payload 12t, 3-axle Truck with hydraulic crane Truck with lifting Platform Dump Truck Cable reel Trailer Low Bed Trailer Fuel Truck Lubrication Truck Tractor Hydraulic Backhoe (crawler) Hydraulic Backhoe (wheel) Grader Trench Cutter Single Drum Roller Jeep Pick-up Jeep (12 seats) Personnel Transporters (36 seats)

Minibus Ambulance Fire Fighting Truck Drilling Machine Workshop Container Mobile Workshop Mobile Lightings Winding Support Drum Vulcanisation Set Diesel Generator Water Truck Spraying Galleries Pumps Tab.: 8.2-2

2008

2009

2.56 3 1

6.40 9 2 1 3 1 2

1 0 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 2

1 2 1 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1

9 8 1 4 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 1 1 2

1 10

2 12

1 1 1

2010 3.4 9.09 15 4 2 5 2 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 6 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 5 2 2 2 1 15 13 2 7 2 2 1 3 1 2 5 1 2 4 1 4 13

2011 6.0 12.24 15 4 2 5 2 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 6 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 5 2 2 2 1 15 13 2 7 2 2 1 3 1 2 5 1 2 4 1 4 13

2012 9.0 11.88 17 4 2 6 2 3 1 1 1 3 2 2 3 7 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 5 2 2 2 1 17 15 2 8 2 2 1 3 1 2 6 1 2 4 1 4 15

Number of Auxiliary Equipment up to 2012

The mobile auxiliary equipment has a smaller economic service life compared to the main equipment. Depending on the type of equipment and the conditions of use this time varies between 3 and 12 years. Partly, longer service life may also be possible. Thereafter, the

Page 117 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

auxiliary equipment is technically worn out and shall be replaced. When using the equipment it shall be assumed that a new and technically improved generation may be available on the market. A technical specification of these equipments for the planning of Sibovc seems to be not useful. The following service life was assumed for the single auxiliary equipment classes: -

Pumps

3 Years

Cars and Busses

6 Years

Ancillary Equipment

6 Years

Dozer, Wheel Loader, Trucks

6 Years

Special Trucks, Drilling Machine

8 Years

Backhoes, Grader

8 Years

Temporarily used Equipment

10 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 20 Years

The following table illustrates the number of the auxiliary equipment to be purchased annually. The bold number show the initial purchased machine up to completion of the auxiliary equipment fleet; the other numbers (from 2013) are replaces equipments.

Page 118 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type Dozer Pipelayer Wheel Dozer Wheel Loader 17t Wheel Loader Excavator Loader Telescope Crane 90t Telescope Crane 60t Telescope Crane 45t Telescope Crane 30t Forklift 2t Forklift 5t Truck payload 12t, 3-axle Truck with hydraulic crane Truck with lifting Platform Dump Truck Cable reel Trailer Low Bed Trailer Fuel Truck Lubrication Truck Tractor Hydraulic Backhoe (crawler) Hydraulic Backhoe (wheel) Grader Trench Cutter Single Drum Roller Jeep Pick-up Jeep (12 seats) Personnel Transporters Minibus Ambulance Fire Fighting Truck Drilling Machine Workshop Container Mobile Workshop Mobile Lightings Winding Support Drum Vulcanisation Set Diesel Generator Water Truck Spraying Galleries Pumps Tab.: 8.2-3

‘08 3 1 1 1

1 1 1 1

‘09 6 1 1 2 1 1

1 1 1 1 3 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10

‘10 6 2 1 2 1 1 1 1

‘11

‘12 2

‘13

1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1

‘14 3

‘15 6

‘16 6

1 2 1

1 2 1 1

1 1

1 1 1

1 1 1 2

6 5 2 1

1 1 2

1 1 1 1

2 1 1 1 1 6 5 1 3 1 1

3 3 1 2

2 2 1

3 5 2 1

1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1

6 5 1 3 1

1 1

1 2

1 10

1 4

2 1

Annual Purchase of Auxiliary Equipment up to 2016

Page 119 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type Dozer Pipelayer Wheel Dozer Wheel Loader 17t Wheel Loader Excavator Loader Telescope Crane 90t Telescope Crane 60t Telescope Crane 45t Telescope Crane 30t Forklift 2t Forklift 5t Truck payload 12t, 3-axle Truck with hydraulic crane Truck with lifting Platform Dump Truck Cable reel Trailer Low Bed Trailer Fuel Truck Lubrication Truck Tractor Hydraulic Backhoe (crawler) Hydraulic Backhoe (wheel) Grader Trench Cutter Single Drum Roller Jeep Pick-up Jeep (12 seats) Personnel Transporters Minibus Ambulance Fire Fighting Truck Drilling Machine Workshop Container Mobile Workshop Mobile Lightings Winding Support Drum Vulcanisation Set Diesel Generator Water Truck Spraying Galleries Pumps Tab.: 8.2-4

2017 1

‘18 2 1

‘19

1 1

1 1 1 1

‘21 6

1 2 1

‘22 6 1 1 2 1

6 5

6 4 1

1 1

‘20 3

‘23

‘24

3 1

1 1

2 1 1

1 1 1 1

1 1 1 2

2 1 1 1 2 2 1

3 1

1 1

1 2

1 10

1 4

1 1

1 1 1

1 1 3 3 1 2

Annual Purchase of Auxiliary Equipment up to 2025

Page 120 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

8.3 Heavy Auxiliary Equipment for Sibovc SW Mine 8.3.1 Draglines For special works, linked with large mass movements, the application of draglines has been foreseen. These machines can be variably used at reasonable costs and they can be shifted within the mine with low expenses. The following works can be done by draglines: -

Cutting of overheights

Movement of sliding masses

Design of ramps

Cleaning of surface in the area of villages

Design of water collecting basins

It is proposed to use 3 draglines in the Sibovc mine as heavy auxiliary machines. After an appropriate rehabilitation these machines can be moved from the existing mine. There it will not be necessary to purchase new ones. At present 6 draglines are in operation in the existing mine. Except one ESch 10/70 which was technically overhauled, all draglines are in a bad repair. The overhauled ESch 10/70 has been selected from technical reasons for a further use in the Sibovc SW Mine. After 15 years of operation of the dragline in the Sibovc SW opencast mine it is planed to scrap this machine. Bucket Volume

10 m³

Boom Length

70 m

Max. Cutting Height

Max. Cutting Depth

Ground Pressure

34°

35 m

30°

30 m

26°

25 m

22°

20 m

17°

15 m

12°

10 m

Operation

0.94 kp/cm²

Transport

1.49 kp/cm²

Service Weight

767 t

Installed Power

1,460 kW

Time per Pass Tab.: 8.3-1

135°

54 s

Technical Data of Esch 10/70

Page 121 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 8.3-1

Scheme Esch 10/70

8.3.2 Transport Crawler A transport crawler is required for the shifting of the belt driving station and other heavy assemblies up to a weight of 350 t. Such a transport crawler is available in the existing mine. The transport crawler, financed by the EAR was delivered in 2003 and is in a good technical status. Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s why a general rehabilitation is not foreseen before re-commissioning in the Sibovc mine. Replacement within the period under review is not taken into consideration due to the discontinuous use of the transport crawler.

8.3.3 Derricks Large cranes will be needed for the assembly of the heavy equipment of the new opencast mine. Two Derrick cranes from the 70ies are still available on the assembly yard/stockyard nearby Bardh. It is not sure if the equipment is ready for operation. Parallel to mobile cranes for the assembly of the equipment to be purchased it will be required to use also Derricks or equivalent machines. The rehabilitation of the available Derricks shall be checked. Investments of at least 0.1 MEUR are necessary for each of the Derricks.

Page 122 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

8.4 Investment and Cost Calculation Based on the average prices of the single auxiliary equipment types (price basis 2006) and the annual number of machines, the investments were determined according to equipment type and year. The investments/reinvestments for auxiliary equipment amount to 60 MEUR until 2024. About 24 MEUR are for initial investments, a sum of 34 MEUR for replacement investments and about 2 MEURO for rehabilitation measures of heavy auxiliary equipment. A slight reduction of the investments within the developing phase can be achieved by a further use of selected auxiliary machines from the existing mine. At present it is assumed that the auxiliary equipment in the existing mine will be worn out at the time of the decommissioning and cannot be further used. A revision shall be made at a later date.

Investment 17.2 4.7 1.8 3.7 1.3 0.6 0.7 1.0 0.8 1.9 0.1 0.2 1.1 1.8 0.7 1.4 0.2 0.5 0.6 0.4 0.6 1.5 0.6

Type Grader Trench Cutter Single Drum Roller Jeep Pick-up Jeep 12 seats Personnel Transporters Minibus Ambulance Fire Fighting Truck Drilling Machine Workshop Container Mobile Workshop Mobile Lightings Winding Support Drum Vulcanisation Set Diesel Generator Water Truck Spraying Galleries Pumps

Investment 0.6 1.0 0.2 1.7 1.4 0.2 3.0 0.2 0.1 0.2 2.4 0.1 0.6 0.7 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.1 1.1

Dragline ESch 10/70 Reha Transport Crawler

1.5 0.4

Investments and Reinvestments for Auxiliary Equipment

Year Investments

‘08 5.9

‘09 7.0

‘10 9.6

‘11 0.3

‘12 1.6

‘13 0.2

‘14 3.7

‘15 4.6

Year Investments

‘17 2.4

‘18 5.0

‘19 2.6

‘20 3.4

‘21 4.1

‘22 3.8

‘23 -

‘24 -

Tab.: 8.4-2

‘16 5.3

Yearwise Investments for Auxiliary Equipment in MEURO

Page 123 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

For auxiliary equipment, the running cost for service fluids and maintenance shall be taken into calculation. These were determined on the basis of specific parameter. -

Energy for dragline

- 0.9 kWh / bcm overburden

Fuel and lubrication

- 30 % of costs for energy in the mines

Maintenance of auxiliary equipment

- 4 ct / bcm (overburden and coal)

Page 124 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

9 Infrastructure and Surface Facilities 9.1 General Remarks and Principles In principle it is not planned to install new surface facilities for various reasons; among others the available technical plants in Bardh/ Mirash, which are presently part of ongoing rehabilitation measures, the neighbourhood to Sibovc and the extensive investments, anyhow. It seems to be reasonable to use the available buildings and plants to a great extend also for the Sibovc opencast mine. The different buildings of the following departments of KEK were checked for a follow-up use: -

Office Gate 1

Mine „BARDH“

Mine „MIRASH“

Separation plant

Kosovamont

The following construction measures are required for preparing the development of the lignite opencast mines as well as for securing the auxiliary processes: Social facilities and administration -

change- and washrooms with sanitary facilities (wash places and toilets)

administration building

canteen

facilities for medical care

parking places

Supply and disposal -

transfer stations and switch plants for power supply of the opencast mine equipment and surface facilities

supply of drinking water, disposal of wastewater

data transmission

fire extinguishing ponds, building for fire brigade

roads (public roads, plant roads, roads on working levels of excavators spreaders)

assembly yards

Workshops and warehouses

Page 125 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

main mechanical workshop

main electrical workshop

central auxiliary equipment workshop

vulcanizing workshop

mechanical and electrical workshop (for immediate repairs)

petrol stations

wash places or vehicles

central warehouse and various small warehouses of the departments

9.2 Social Facilities and Administration 9.2.1 Mine Offices To centralise the administration (future head office) there are required about 150 office workplaces (planning departments like for example mine planning, geology, soil-mechanics, hydrology, construction planning, mine surveying, accounting and procurement department as well as other central departments). Therefore, it is planned to build a new three-floor office building with an investment amount of ca. 3.5 Mio. â&#x201A;Ź, because the available administration buildings and/or barracks are located decentral and partly are in a bad repair. The new building shall be erected at the site of the daily facilities of Bardh. The layout plan illustrated in the following picture is an example for an office building in modular design (lifetime ca. 30 years).

Page 126 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

14,18 m

reception

restrooms

secretary pool

25,00 m

washroom

10,82 m

Mine Office

canteen coffee shop

meeting room

10,82 m

27,72 m

10,82 m

49,36 m

Fig.: 9.2-1

Layout Drawing of New Mine Office

The following office buildings were examined for possible uses by the Sibovc SW opencast mine: Office building in Mirash

60 employees (office space ca. 600 m²)

Office building in Bardh

55 employees (office space ca. 550 m²)

KEK Gate 01

85 employees (office space ca. 730 m²)

Total

200 employees

Due to their bad repair as well as their spatial distance to the facilities in Bardh, the buildings of Gate 01 (light-weight timber construction, only partly solid) and Mirash are only applicable for a transition period of ca 5 years.

Fig.: 9.2-2

Mine Office Mirash

Page 127 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.2-3

Mine Office Gate 01

Fig.: 9.2-4

Mine Office Bardh

The office building of Bardh was reconstructed and extended during the past years and is presently in a very good repair. It comprises among others a canteen, a large-size meeting room as well as toilets and washrooms. This building is intended to be part of the administrative units of Sibovc SW. The requires office workplaces (mean-level management) for the work preparation of the production departments, workshops, stockyard and auxiliary equipment complexes are already available in these complexes and the constructions are in a good repair.

Page 128 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

9.2.2 Mine Control Centre

Fig.: 9.2-5

Current Mine Control Centre of Mirash Mine

For the Mirash opencast mine a new control centre was erected in the past years which cannot be used for the new opencast mine owing to its location.

Fig.: 9.2-6

Mine Control Centre of Bardh Mine

The operative control for the Bardh opencast mine is directly situated in the daily facilities of Bardh at the slope and shows multiple settlement cracks. This little building is only applicable for radiotelephony. A new operation control centre with adequate equipment shall be erected for the Sibovc SW opencast mine. This control centre shall be integrated in the new office building.

Page 129 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

A sum of ca. 150,000 € shall be planned for hard-and software.

9.2.3 Washrooms and Sanitary Facilities At present, wash and change rooms are attached decentralized to the respective operation unit. Central washing facilities exist in the mechanical workshop at Kosovomont, in the Separation plant as well as the daily facilities of the Bardh mine. Washing facilities (as far as existing) are mostly integrated in the changing rooms and have only cold water connection. Kosovomont and Separation plant have separate wash- and changing rooms. In 2006 a rehabilitation program is executed for the washing facilities. It comprises most of all the procurement of new lockers and smaller repairs (sum of 230,000 €). The following capacities base on the data of this program. Location

Designation

Capacity Worker

Kosovomont

Mechanical Workshop

480

Kosovomont

Electrical Workshop

134

Separation Plant A

Electrical and mechanical Workshop

140

Western slope Bardh

SH.T.-12

380

Western slope Bardh

Garage

384

CPD Gate I

For Engineers

Mirash

600

Total Tab.: 9.2-1

2.148 Capacity of Change Rooms and Sanitary Facilities

The two facilities in Bardh are below the daily facilities and have only changing places. The barrack is in bad repair and not suitable for the new opencast mine. The washing facilities in Kosovomont and Separation Plant with a total capacity of 754 places can be used for the Sibovc SW after reconstruction still to be carried out. The human resources concept for Sibovc SW demands approx. 1,350 wash room places for the people directly involved in the production. With regard to the wash room places further useable in Kosovomont and Separation Plant there is yielded a shortage of 600 wash- and change room places for Sibovc SW. The erection of a new facility in the daily facilities of Bardh for 600 places including a locker room area will meet the required capacity. The investment costs for such a facility amount to 1.8 Mio. €. The following picture shows a wash- and change room facility for 650 employees:

Page 130 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.2-7

Washroom and Sanitary Facility for 650 Workers

9.3 Supply and Disposal 9.3.1 Erection Yards South of the daily facilities of Bardh a central erection yard with ca. 75,000 m² will be built or Sibovc. Operative erection yards shall be envisaged for big repairs with the following requirements: -

Horizontal area

Effective size of the area: 100 m x 80 m

Basement:

25.00 cm

base gravel

0/56 mm

25.00 cm

antifreeze layer

0/32 mm

Ditch for installation: 0.5 m deep and 0.5 m wide

Drainage ditch around the repair place with connection to a river or a collection basin with pump

Connection to access roads

Connection to power and water supply

Use of mobile cranes

The containers are equipped for the management personnel of the repair (responsible for installation: contractor). The new erection yard costs ca. 1.2 Mio. € including media connection. An erection yard for a big repair costs ca. 100,000 €.

Page 131 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

9.3.2 Road Construction The relocation of public roads has been described in the chapter â&#x20AC;&#x153;Resettlementsâ&#x20AC;?. For the different types of roads the following design and parameters of road construction have been considered: Length of the road [m]

Width of the road [m]

Planned utilisation [years]

3,000

1,500

gravel

Head conveyor

2,000

asphalt with passing places

Main accesses intended for a long-term use

each 5,000m in 2008, 2011, 2014, 2017

asphalt

Connecting roads between the locations

Corresponding to the dislocation of locations

asphalt

Designation Mine operating roads, each on four working levels

Access roads Municipal roads Tab.: 9.3-1

Excavator bench Dump bench

Type of road gravel

Road Construction

9.3.2.1 Plant roads Parallel to the belt conveyor systems on the single working levels, construction of plant roads 4 m wide are planned as gravel roads. In case of a lifetime greater than 3 years these roads will be furnished with an asphalt cover. The roads constructed in Macadam-design (first layer 16 cm chippings with grain size 60-90 mm; second layer 9 cm chippings with grain size 30-60 mm) in the Bardh and Mirash mines in 2004 have not proved successful on the existing subsoil (clay) and the difficult dewatering conditions.

Page 132 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.3-1

Mine Road in Mirash in Spring 2006

Therefore, the gravel roads in cohesive soils shall be constructed as follows: 10.00 cm

gravel base

0/32 mm, sand washed

20.00 cm

gravel base

0/56 mm

30.00 cm

antifreeze layer

0/32 mm

1 layer

Geovlies-mats

60.00 cm

Sum

A unit price of 12.00-16.00 €/m² shall be calculated for the cost determination of the gravel roads. If a share of 50% of the gravel material can be recovered the unit price can amount to 12.00 €/ m². The following system of plant roads will be required in the opencast mine (depending on bench lengths): -

Excavator bench on 4 working levels, ca. 1.5 km long and 4 m wide (gravel)

Dump bench on 4 working levels, ca. 1.1 km long and 4 m wide (gravel)

Head conveyor belt on 4 working levels, ca. 2 km long and 4 m wide with passing places (asphalt)

Owing to the opencast mine advance and the connected changing operating conditions about ca. 15.6 km of gravel roads have to be built every year (until 2024). The main access roads along the head conveyors are made of asphalt. At the beginning of opencast mines operation a distance of about 6 km has to be constructed. During regular operation these roads will be extended on each working level by 150 m (totally 0.5 km per year).

Page 133 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

9.3.2.2 Access Roads Roads and main accesses intended for long-term use (lifetime >3 years) are furnished with asphalt with the following layers: 4.00 cm

Bitumen cover

0/11 mm

4.00 cm

Bitumen binder layer

0/16 mm

8.00 cm

bituminous base

0/32 mm

20.00 cm

gravel base

0/56 mm (compaction EV2 > 180 MN/m²)

44.00 cm

antifreeze layer

0/32 mm

1layer of

Geovlies-mats

80.00 cm

Total

Due to opposing traffic the roads shall be 6 m wide. To determine the costs a unit price of 70.00 €/m² is used (construction mainly with local contractors). The main access road to the Sibovc opencast mine (asphalt) is built parallel to the coal belt conveyor to the power plant – from the working level of the pit operation to the coal distribution point of Kosovo A/B. It has a length of ca. 2.5 km and a width of 6 m and has to overcome a height difference of ca. 20 m. For road construction the existing building materials (limited availability of broken brick, ash concrete) can be used. In any case a geotextile and a drainage layer shall be used in the upper layers because it can be water-absorbing depending on the firing temperature.

9.3.3 Fire Department The building of the fire department in the south of the Separation Plant is in a good repair and can also be used for the Sibovc SW opencast mine. Until the beginning of the regular operation the mine surveying department will also have its seat in this building.

Page 134 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.3-2

Building of the Fire Department

9.4 Workshops and Warehouses 9.4.1 Principles The mining company KEK owns a number of decentralized located main-and operating workshops and warehouses which can be used owing to the low distance to the new opencast mine field of Sibovc Currently the following infrastructure elements support the maintenance process. Auxiliary equipment workshops (totally 5 sites): -

Workshop (small) and yard Bardh (south-western slope Bardh), also the vulcanizing facility of the Bardh operation is located here

Workshop and yard Mirash (Northern slope Mirash West, surface site of old underground mine)

Workshop and yard Kosovomont (Mirash Brand Field)

Rubber tired vehicles yard (Mirash gate)

Workshop separation plant

Main equipment workshops (totally 7 locations): -

Mechanical workshop Bardh (South of Bardh village, large construction cranes for main mine equipment on site), also the idler repair facility of the Bardh operation is located here

Page 135 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Electrical workshop Bardh, also a second building for electrical rehabilitation is at the same location (Western slope Bardh)

Mechanical workshop Mirash (Northern slope Mirash West)

Electrical workshop Mirash (Northern slope Mirash West)

Mechanical workshop Kosovomont

Electrical workshop Kosovomont

Electrical and mechanical workshop separation plant, idler repair

Warehouses: -

Warehouse electrical Bardh (Western slope Bardh)

Warehouse mechanical Bardh (Western slope Bardh)

Warehouse protective equipment Bardh (Western slope Bardh)

Warehouse aux equipment Bardh (Western slope Bardh)

Fuel station Mirash (Northern slope Mirash West)

Warehouse electrical Kosovomont

Warehouse mechanical Kosovomont

Fuel station separation plant

Warehouse idler and vulcanization separation plant

Warehouse mechanical and electrical temporary Mirash at the gasification plant

Warehouse office supply at gate 01

There is a new warehouse under construction at the Mirash office building

Basing on the prepared maintenance concept for the Bardh and Mirash opencast mines the following available capacities will be rehabilitated and made available for Sibovc. From these 24 locations with support functions in a first business reengineering effort 11 locations will remain. These are: Auxiliary equipment workshops: (1)

New Central Auxiliary equipment workshop including warehouse (Bardh Southwestern slope) - completion in 2005

Main equipment workshops: (1) Mechanical workshop Intervention (South of Bardh village) (2) Electrical workshop Intervention (Western slope Bardh) (3) Electrical workshop Kosovomont (4) Mechanical workshop Kosovomont (5) Workshop separation plant

Page 136 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Warehouses: (1) Warehouse Bardh (Western slope Bardh) (2) Fuel station Mirash (Northern slope Mirash West) (3) New warehouse Mirash (currently under construction at the Mirash office building) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; completion in 2005 (4) New central warehouse at Kosovomont (5) Idler repair workshop separation plant For implementing an effective maintenance, a central inventory management including an EDP-system for acquiring, keeping and managing the inventory is planned. For registering the material it will be necessary to introduce a code system. The following table summarizes all existing buildings of the single departments of KEK which will be used in future. Building

Designation

Departments of CPD KEK

Auxiliary Equipment Workshop

New central aux. Workshop

M.S. "BARDHI"

Mechanical Workshop Intervention

M.S. "BARDHI"

Electrical Workshop Intervention

M.S. "BARDHI"

Electrical Workshop

MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT "KOSOVAMONT"

Mechanical Workshop

MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT "KOSOVAMONT"

Electrical & Mechanical Workshop

SEPARATION DEPARTMENT

New Warehouse

M.S. "MIRASHI"

Warehouse idler and vulcanization

SEPARATION DEPARTMENT

Warehouse electrical Bardh

M.S. "BARDHI"

Warehouse mechanical Bardh

M.S. "BARDHI"

New central Warehouse

MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT "KOSOVAMONT"

Warehouse for Workshops

MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT "KOSOVAMONT"

Mine Control Centre

M.S. "BARDHI"

Mine Control Centre

M.S. "MIRASHI"

Office Building

M.S. "MIRASHI"

Office Building

M.S. "BARDHI"

Mining Office

KEK Gate 01

Main Equipment Workshops

Warehouses

Mine Control Centre Mine Offices

Page 137 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Mechanical & Electrical Workshop

MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT "KOSOVAMONT"

Petrol Station /

Petrol Station

M.S. "MIRASHI"

Fuel Depot

Petrol Station

SEPARATION DEPARTMENT

Mechanical Workshop Intervention

M.S. "BARDHI"

Electrical Workshop Intervention

M.S. "BARDHI"

Mechanical Workshop

MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENT "KOSOVAMONT"

Electrical and mechanical Workshop

SEPARATION DEPARTMENT

Washrooms and Sanitary Facilities

Tab.: 9.4-1

Further Use of Buildings for Mine Sibovc SW

The planned sites of the workshop- and warehouse complexes are illustrated in the following picture:

Fig.: 9.4-1

Survey Workshops and Warehouses

9.4.2 Workshops New Central Auxiliary Equipment Workshop The future new auxiliary equipment workshop is at the territory of the daily facilities of Bardh Western slope. The massif hall with portal crane is a new building and will be completed in 2006. The workshop contains the required office space for the preparatory management as well as areas for equipment and a warehouse for auxiliary equipment.

Page 138 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.4-2

New Central Auxiliary Equipment Workshop Bardh

Mechanical workshop intervention The mechanical workshop intervention (South of Bardh village) is presently used as mechanical workshop for the Bardh opencast mine and responsible for all mechanical repairs. The workshop is among other equipped with lathes and drilling machines.

Fig.: 9.4-3

Mechanical Workshop Intervention

Page 139 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

For a later use as workshop for the Sibovc SW mine it is necessary to install the already planned heating and to reconstruct the sanitary facilities. The outside area of the workshop includes a large unpaved storage area with 2 large Derrick-cranes. The maintenance of these cranes is too expensive so that they can be scrapped. Electrical Workshop Intervention The electrical workshop intervention (South of Bardh village) is used as electrical workshop for the Bardh opencast mine. In the eastern part of the building, the metrological department is located. The 3-nave hall consists of a reinforced concrete skeleton construction with wall made of brickworks and/or large glazing at the long sides. The floor is made of a wooden pavement. The individual workshops are accessible form the central corridor. The building is equipped with heating. The toilets were reconstructed in 2005. The building is in a good repair.

Fig.: 9.4-4

Electrical Workshop Intervention Bardh

Electrical Workshop Kosovomont The workshop complex Kosovomont is 3 km away from the opencast mine nearby the place of Palaj. At present the village road is used as access to the Bardh and Mirash opencast mines. The access road to the Sibovc SW mine shall be developed basically. The Electrical workshop Kosovomont belongs to the future Central Workshop of the opencast mines. In 2004, the existing hall was extended by a built-on structure for expanding the repair capacities. In the same year, the entire heating system of the hall including the heating pipelines from Kosovo B power plant were overhauled and/or refurbished

Page 140 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.4-5

Electrical Workshop Kosovomont

Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont It is intended to extent the mechanical workshop of the Kosovomont site as future Central workshop for the opencast mine Sibovc. On an area of ca. 10,000 mÂ˛ the necessary departments for the central workshop are located in 3 naves; among others metal cutting, (lathing, milling, drilling), grinding shop, welding shop, hardening shop. Since 2002, considerable investments have been made for modernising the machine park (a. o. CNC-control for milling machines, drilling equipment and gear milling machine).

Fig.: 9.4-6

Layout Plan for Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont 1

Page 141 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.4-7

Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont 1

The building condition is assessed well. The heating of the halls was overhauled and/or completely renewed in 2004. The internal transportation in the hall is made via floor-controlled hall cranes and two railway tracks which are connected to the separate warehouse and the building for sandblasting/corrosion protection. The hall complex has a massive three-floor extension with office workplaces for the technical work preparation and administration. In the ground floor there is the changing room for ca. 200 employees

Fig.: 9.4-8

Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont 2

Page 142 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

In front of the office extension of the hall complex there is a gravel-paved parking area (ca. 35 m x 50 m) for 2 new workshop mobiles, 2 new workshop trailers as well as 1 Unimog and one 90t-crane. Outside the building of the mechanical workshop there is a storage ground with portal crane. The blasting plant (including corrosion protection) is not in operation at present. Electrical and mechanical Workshop Separation Plant

Fig.: 9.4-9

Electrical and Mechanical Workshop

In 2004, the production capacities of electrical and mechanical maintenance of Kosovo A and B were brought together and concentrated in the electrical and mechanical workshop at the site of the Separation plant. Here, repair capacities are concentrated for idlers and vulcanization as well as the refurbishment of old gears and couplings of the mines and power plants. The massive building (length 49.4 m x width 23.0 m x height 6.2 m) with overhead light is heated and in a good repair. In this building there are the electrical and mechanical workshops as well as changing facilities for originally 500 employees with separate washing facilities as well as 20 shower installations with warm water connection

9.4.3 Warehouses New Warehouse Mirash The new warehouse at Mirash (area ca. 1,800 mÂ˛) is located in the area of the daily facilities of Mirash at the road Hade-Obiliq. The outdoor facilities and a paved access road are included in the plan of KEK for 2006.

Page 143 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.4-10

New Warehouse Mirash

Warehouse idler and vulcanization separation plant The Warehouses idler (length 60.4 m, width 12.2 m, height 4.0 m) and vulcanization (length 15 m, width 9.3 m, height 2.6 m) are in the direct neighbourhood of the mechanical and electrical workshop Separation plant. The warehouses are in a good repair. It is envisaged that this will be the central warehouse for idlers. The outside facilities are paved.

Fig.: 9.4-11

Warehouse Idler and Vulcanisation

Page 144 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

New central warehouse Kosovomont In the concept it is intended to use a massive building complex nearby Kosovomont which is completed to 70 % as central warehouse. The building was erected before 1990 and is only partly roofed at present. Completion of the building to be used for Sibovc SW shall be planned and realised. About 2 mâ&#x201A;Ź have to be planned to complete the building.

Fig.: 9.4-12

New Central Warehouse

Warehouses for Workshops Kosovomont The building complex of the mechanical workshop comprises a warehouse (ca. 15 m x 110 m), of which only ca. 1/3 is roofed incompletely (only roof without walls). The size of the storage areas is considered sufficient. The storage capacities of the electrical workshop are within the building complex of the workshop as well as on an open storage place. The size of the paved storage space is regarded sufficient. Electrical Warehouse in Bardh The electrical warehouse is on the territory of the daily facilities. Directly besides the building there is a paved storage ground. The single-floor massive warehouse has a roofed ramp. The building also contains the warehouse for protective clothing. The required financial means for the maintenance of the building were already planned in the Mid Term Plan.

Page 145 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.4-13

Electrical Warehouse Bardh

Mechanical Warehouse in Bardh The mechanical warehouse (length 72.4 m, width 24.0 m, height 5.0 m, area 1,775 m²) of the Bardh mine is an unheated two-nave hall consisting of a steel construction lined with aluminium sheet. Inside the hall there are two heated massive installations (ca. 35 m²) for the ware-housemen. The warehouse complex also contains a warehouse (ca. 700 m²) for car service. The required financial means for the maintenance of the building were already planned in the Mid Term Plan.

Page 146 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 9.4-14

Mechanical Warehouse Bardh

9.4.4 Petrol Station At present, there are two petrol stations in the Mirash opencast mine and in the Separation Plant.

Fig.: 9.4-15

Petrol Station Mirash

The Mirash petrol station has three tap connections, the tanks having a content of (total content 126,038 l):

Page 147 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

47,721 l

47,804 l

30,513 l

Daily consumption is ca. 6,000 l Diesel for vehicles of Bardh and Mirash opencast mines as well as Kosovomont. A petrol station and a lubricants warehouse belong to the Separation plant and supply all vehicles and auxiliary equipment of Separation plant and Kosova B. The three available tanks have a content of: V1

10,000 l

20,000 l

10,000 l

Fig.: 9.4-16

Petrol Station Mirash

Both of the petrol stations do not meet the environmental requirements (no oil separators, missing tank pits) and will not be refurbished for Sibovc SW. Instead a new petrol station shall be planned and installed in the area of the new central auxiliary equipment workshop in Bardh. The sum to be calculated for this is ca. 250,000 â&#x201A;Ź. The new petrol station shall have two pieces of tanks each with a content of 50,000 l for Diesel fuel and petrol. The investment appraisal contains: roof for petrol station, building, and foundation working for site pavement, canalization with separation units, and automatic tank appliance with card reader, telephone connection, power supply and lightning protection

Page 148 of 150

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

9.5 Time Scheduling for Infrastructure Measures 2006 I

2007 III

2008 III

2009 III

2010 III

New Office Building with Mine Control Centre New Central Warehouse Kosovomont Mechanical Workshop Intervention New Petrol Station and Fuel Depot New Washroom and Sanitary Facility Erection Yard Refurbishment Road Mirash-Obiliq (Palaj) Road Palaj-Kosovomont Main Road Mine Sibovc Specification

Fig.: 9.5-1

Tendering Process

Construction

Commissionning

Time Schedule for Infrastructure Measures

9.6 Investment and Cost Calculation for Infrastructure Infrastructure measures in connection with the relocation of the villages of Hade, Miren, Shipitulla and Konxhul are already considered in the chapter Resettlement. This chapter includes also new roads which will become necessary due to the resettlement. The investment costs for the infrastructure of the new Sibovc opencast mine include rehabilitation of the existing opencast mine facilities of the Bardh opencast mine as well as the workshops and warehouses in Kosovomont. The investment costs furthermore contain the planned new buildings for administration and changing and washing facilities at the site of the Bardh daily facilities as well as the roads necessary for operating the opencast mine. The following table summarizes all investment costs for the period 2007 to 2012.

Page 149 of 150

III

Part I Basic Investigations Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Infrastructure and Surface Facilities

Total

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

[MEURO]

0.365

2.010

1.125

0.050

0.150

0.800

0.050

Mine Offices New Office Building Bardh

3.500

Mine Control Centre Bardh (Hard- and Software)

0.200

Workshops and Warehouses New Central Warehouse Kosovomont

2.000

0.150

1.000

Mechanical Workshop Intervention Bardh

0.550

0.200

0.350

Electrical Workshop Intervention Bardh

0.030

Mechanical Workshop Kosovomont

0.500

0.100

Electrical Workshop Kosovomont

0.030

Electrical and mechanical Workshop SP

0.050

New Petrol Station and Fuel Depot Bardh

0.250

New Washroom and Sanitary Facility Bardh

1.800

0.200

0.775

0.825

Total buildings

8.910

0.780

1.740

4.265

2.075

0.050

0.100

Erection Yard Bardh Refurbishment

1.200

Assembly Yards for General Repair

0.500

0.100

0.126

0.100

0.300

Washrooms and Sanitary Facilities

Roads and places Area pavement daily facilities of Bardh

Erection Yards

Access Roads Road Mirash-Obiliq (incl. village road Palaj) 1.5km*5.5m

0.580

0.290

Road connection to Kosovomont - 1.0km*5.5m

0.385

0.185

0.200

Main access to mine – 2.5km*6m

1.050

0.650

0.400

1.124

0.480

Mine operating roads (4 working levels) Head conveyor – Asphalt, 6km

1.680

Extension of Head Conveyor – Asphalt, 0.45 km/a

0.378

Excavator and Dump Benches – Gravel, 15.6 km/a

3.745

Total roads + places

9.618

Total Infrastructure

18.528

Tab.: 9.6-1

0.076

0.749

1.851

3.113

1.729

0.975

2.631

4.853

5.994

3.050

1.025

0.975

Investment Calculation for Infrastructural Measures

Page 150 of 150

European Agency for Reconstruction PREPARATION OF A COMPLEMENTARY MINING PLAN FOR THE SIBOVC SOUTH WEST LIGNITE MINE CONTRACT 02/KOS01/10/021

DRAFT FINAL REPORT Complementary Mining Plan for Sibovc SW

Part II - Technical Planning

April, 2006

prepared by: STEAG Consortium

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Key Experts of Project Team

Hans J端rgen Matern Team Leader

Thomas Suhr Senior Expert Computer-Aided Mine Planning Applications

Stephan Peters Senior Expert Geology

Helmar Laube Senior Expert Soil Mechanics

Joachim Gert ten Thoren Senior Environmental Expert

Page 2 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Table of Contents 1 1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5

SUMMARY (PART II) .......................................................................................... 12 Objective .................................................................................................................. 12 Tasks and Outputs of the Project.............................................................................. 13 Part I: Basic Investigations ....................................................................................... 13 Part II: Technical Planning....................................................................................... 13 Part III: Environmental Impact Study....................................................................... 14 Part IV: Economic and Financial Analysis............................................................... 15 Results under Part II – Technical Planning .............................................................. 15 Mining Technology and Mine Development ........................................................... 15 Dewatering ............................................................................................................... 19 Mine Closure and Recultivation Planning ............................................................... 20 Resettlement and Relocation .................................................................................... 21 Manpower................................................................................................................. 22

2 2.1 2.2

INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................. 23 Background .............................................................................................................. 23 Approach / Methodology.......................................................................................... 23

COAL DEMAND ................................................................................................... 26

4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.1.1 4.3.1.2 4.3.1.3 4.3.2 4.3.2.1 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.3 4.3.3 4.3.4 4.3.4.1 4.3.4.2 4.3.4.3 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.2.1 4.4.2.2 4.4.2.3 4.4.3 4.4.4 4.4.5 4.4.5.1 4.4.5.2

MINING TECHNOLOGY OF THE SIBOVC SW MINE................................. 28 General Remarks / Preconditions ............................................................................. 28 Technological Equipment Parameter ....................................................................... 29 Capability / Capacity Calculation for MME ............................................................ 32 Capability of Excavators .......................................................................................... 32 Load Factor – Expression of the hourly Capacity .................................................... 34 Time Factor .............................................................................................................. 37 Capability of Excavators .......................................................................................... 39 Capability of Belt Conveyors ................................................................................... 41 Overburden Belt Conveyor System.......................................................................... 42 Coal Belt Conveyor System ..................................................................................... 43 Dependencies and Conclusions ................................................................................ 43 Capability of Spreaders ............................................................................................ 45 Capability of Mobile Equipment.............................................................................. 45 Mass-calculation for Mobile Equipment.................................................................. 45 Selection of Mobile Equipment................................................................................ 46 Calculation of Capacity and Equipment Fleet.......................................................... 47 General Mining Development in Sibovc SW........................................................... 50 Excavation Boundary/ Boundary Line ..................................................................... 50 Bench Design ........................................................................................................... 51 General Bench Design.............................................................................................. 51 Division of Cuts in Overburden Operation .............................................................. 54 Division of Cuts in Coal Operation.......................................................................... 55 Main Strategies for Mining Development................................................................ 56 Mass Calculation ...................................................................................................... 56 Stockpile Operation.................................................................................................. 59 Stockpile TPP A ....................................................................................................... 59 Stockpile TPP B ....................................................................................................... 60 Page 3 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5 4.5.1 4.5.2 4.5.2.1 4.5.2.2 4.5.2.3 4.5.3 4.5.3.1 4.5.3.2 4.5.3.3 4.5.3.4 4.5.4 4.5.4.1 4.5.4.2 4.5.4.3 4.5.4.4 4.5.5 4.5.5.1 4.5.5.2 4.5.5.3 4.5.5.4 4.5.6 4.5.6.1 4.5.6.2 4.5.6.3 4.5.6.4 4.5.6.5 4.6 4.6.1 4.6.1.1 4.6.1.2 4.6.1.3 4.6.1.4 4.6.2 4.6.2.1 4.6.2.2 4.6.2.3 4.6.2.4 4.6.3 4.6.3.1 4.6.3.2 4.6.3.3 4.6.3.4 4.6.4 4.6.5 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.9.1 4.9.2

Opening-up Operation.............................................................................................. 62 Preparatory Works in the Year 2007 ........................................................................ 62 Mining Development in the Year 2008.................................................................... 62 General Development............................................................................................... 62 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 63 Production Figures ................................................................................................... 65 Mining Development in the Year 2009.................................................................... 66 General Development............................................................................................... 66 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 67 Coal Operation ......................................................................................................... 69 Production Figures ................................................................................................... 69 Mining Development in the Year 2010.................................................................... 71 General Development............................................................................................... 71 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 72 Coal Operation ......................................................................................................... 74 Production Figures ................................................................................................... 75 Mining Development in the Year 2011.................................................................... 77 General Development............................................................................................... 77 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 78 Coal Operation ......................................................................................................... 80 Production Figures ................................................................................................... 80 Mining Development in the Year 2012.................................................................... 82 General Development............................................................................................... 82 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 83 Coal Operation ......................................................................................................... 85 Coal Quality Management........................................................................................ 86 Production Figures ................................................................................................... 87 Regular Operation .................................................................................................... 89 Mining Development in the Period 2013 – 2017 ..................................................... 89 General Development............................................................................................... 89 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 90 Coal Operation ......................................................................................................... 93 Production Figures ................................................................................................... 94 Mining Development in the Period 2018 – 2022 ..................................................... 96 General Development............................................................................................... 96 Overburden Operation.............................................................................................. 97 Coal Operation ....................................................................................................... 100 Production Figures ................................................................................................. 101 Mining Development in the Period 2023 – 2024 ................................................... 103 General Development............................................................................................. 103 Overburden Operation............................................................................................ 104 Coal Operation ....................................................................................................... 105 Production Figures ................................................................................................. 106 Remarks to a Continuation of Mining Development after 2024 ............................ 108 Remarks to Interactions with other Projects........................................................... 108 Compilation of Production Figures ........................................................................ 110 Belt Conveyor Balance........................................................................................... 115 Time Schedule........................................................................................................ 117 Main Equipment Activities .................................................................................... 117 Main Mining Activities .......................................................................................... 118 Page 4 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.10

Consequences for Development in Existing Mines ............................................... 119

5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.1.1 5.3.1.2 5.3.2 5.3.2.1 5.3.2.2 5.3.3 5.4

MINE DEWATERING........................................................................................ 120 Hydrological Conditions ........................................................................................ 120 Drainage Areas ....................................................................................................... 121 Dewatering Measures ............................................................................................. 122 Surface Dewatering ................................................................................................ 122 Drainage Area Bardh / Mirash West ...................................................................... 122 Sibovc SW Mining Area ........................................................................................ 122 In-Pit Dewatering ................................................................................................... 126 Drainage Area Bardh / Mirash West ...................................................................... 126 Sibovc SW Mining Area ........................................................................................ 127 Time Scheduling for Dewatering Measures ........................................................... 129 Investment and Cost Calculation for Dewatering .................................................. 129

6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.4.1 6.4.2 6.4.3 6.4.4

MINE CLOSURE AND RECULTIVATION PLANNING.............................. 131 Principles................................................................................................................ 131 Area Balance .......................................................................................................... 131 Mine Closure Plan.................................................................................................. 133 Concept of Post-Mining Utilization ....................................................................... 135 Principles and Preconditions for Reclamation Planning ........................................ 135 Soil Improvement Measures................................................................................... 136 Interim Greening and Erosion Protection Measures .............................................. 136 Irrigation and Dewatering Measures ...................................................................... 137

7 7.1 7.1.1 7.1.2 7.1.3 7.1.4 7.1.5 7.1.6 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.3

RESETTLEMENT AND RELOCATION......................................................... 138 General Remarks .................................................................................................... 138 Situation ................................................................................................................. 138 General Conditions................................................................................................. 138 Legal Resettlement Regulations ............................................................................. 139 Property Situation................................................................................................... 139 Valuation of Compensation.................................................................................... 143 Resettlement Procedure.......................................................................................... 144 Communities affected by Resettlement.................................................................. 145 Settlements in the Partial Field of Sibovc .............................................................. 145 Locations for Resettlements ................................................................................... 149 Time Scheduling for Resettlement Measures......................................................... 151 Investment and Cost Calculation for Resettlement ................................................ 152

8 MANPOWER DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANISATION............................. 161 8.1 Actual Situation...................................................................................................... 161 8.2 Proposed Improvement / Benchmark ..................................................................... 164 8.3 Employment and Organisation in Sibovc SW........................................................ 167 Year ........................................................................................................................................ 169 9

LICENSE FOR COAL EXTRACTION ............................................................ 171

Page 5 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1.3-1 1.3-2 1.3-3 4.3-1 4.4-1 4.4-2 4.4-3 4.4-4 4.5-1 4.5-2 4.5-3 4.5-4 4.5-5 4.5-6 4.6-1 4.6-2 4.6-3 4.9-1 5.1-1 5.3-1 5.3-2 6.4-1 7.1-1 7.1-2 7.2-1 7.2-2 7.2-3 7.2-4 7.2-5 7.2-6 7.2-7 7.2-8 7.2-9 7.2-10 7.3-1 8.1-1 8.1-2 8.1-3

Typical Cross Section with Main Equipment Application Main Measures and Activities for Mine Development Manpower Development Principle Calculation Scheme of Effective Capacity Cross Section with Main Equipment Application Sectors of Mass Calculation Scheme of Stockpile TPP A Scheme of Stockpile TPP B Mining Position at the End of Year 2008 Mining Position at the End of Year 2009 Mining Position at the End of Year 2010 Mining Position at the End of Year 2011 Mining Position at the End of Year 2012 Coal Transport and Distribution System in the Year 2012 Mining Position at the End of Year 2017 Mining Position at the End of Year 2022 Mining Position in the Year 2024 Main Mining Activities Catchment Areas of the Sibovc SW Mine Catchment Areas and Surface Dewatering Channels Time Schedule for Dewatering Measures Plant Scheme for Wind Erosion Protection Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW Land Acquisition for the Mine Sibovc SW Hade-North (View from Mirene) Hade-North (View from North) Mirene (in the Village) Mirene (View from South) Shipitulla East (View from South) Hade West 1 Hade West 2 Konxhul (View from Hade-North) Possible Site for Resettlements West of Bardh Time Scheduling for Resettlement Measures By-pass of Hade-Bardh CPD Structure until 2005 New CPD Structure to be introduced Age Structure of CPD Employees and Qualification (Source KEK)

16 18 22 33 53 57 59 60 63 67 72 78 83 86 90 97 104 118 120 125 129 137 141 142 145 146 146 147 147 148 148 149 150 152 156 162 163 163

Page 6 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 8.2-1 Fig.: 8.3-1

Proposed Structure of Macroorganisation of the CPD Development of Employees in CPD

166 169

Page 7 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1.3-1 1.3-2 2.2-1 4.2-1 4.2-2 4.2-3 4.2-4 4.2-5 4.2-6 4.3-1 4.3-2 4.3-3 4.3-4 4.3-5 4.3-6 4.3-7 4.3-8 4.3-9 4.3-10 4.3-11 4.3-12 4.3-13 4.3-14 4.3-15 4.3-16 4.3-17 4.3-18 4.3-19 4.4-1 4.5-1 4.5-2 4.5-3 4.5-4 4.5-5 4.5-6 4.5-7 4.5-8 4.5-9

Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW Number of Personnel Coal Demand Basic Geometry of the Bucket Wheel Excavators Cutting Heights and Block Width of Excavators [m] Maximum Inclination of Working Levels and Curve Radii of Excavators Technical Data of Spreaders Technical Data of Belt Wagon Technical Data of Dragline ESch 10/70 Principle Equipment Application Theoretical Digging Capacity in lcm/h Theoretical Capacity in bcm/h and t/h Effective Capacity of Excavators - Overburden Effective Capacity of Excavator - Coal Planned Working Time of Single Equipment Normal and Maximum Capacity - Overburden Capability of BWE in Overburden Operation [mbcm/a] Capability of Excavators in Coal Operation Nominal Capacity of Coal Excavators Bulk Density, Angel of Repose and Inclination of Belt Conveyor Factor fi for Considering the Inclination Possible Conveying Capacity for Overburden Belt Conveyors Possible Conveying Capacity for Coal Belt Conveyors Loading Utilisation of Overburden Systems Loading Utilisation of Coal Systems Utilisation of Spreader Capacity Maximum Capacity of Dragline ESch 10/70 Capacity of Shovel & Truck Fleet Results of Mass Calculation Planned Production in the Year 2008 Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2008 Planned Production in the Year 2009 Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2009 Planned Production in the Year 2010 Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2010 Planned Production in the Year 2011 Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2011 Planned Production in the Year 2012

21 22 26 29 29 30 30 31 31 32 34 35 36 36 38 39 39 40 40 42 42 42 43 44 44 45 47 48 58 65 65 69 70 75 76 80 81 87

Page 8 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.:

4.5-10 4.6-1 4.6-2 4.6-3 4.6-4 4.6-5 4.6-6 4.7-1 4.7-2 4.7-3 4.7-4 4.7-5 4.7-6 4.8-1 4.8-2 4.8-3 4.9-1 5.2-1 5.3-1 5.4-1 6.2-1 6.2-2 7.1-1 7.2-1 7.2-2 7.2-3 7.3-1 7.3-2 7.3-3 7.3-4 7.3-5 7.3-6 7.3-7 8.2-1 8.3-1 8.3-2 8.3-3

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2012 Planned Production in the Years 2013 – 2017 Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2017 Planned Production in the Years 2018 – 2022 Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2022 Planned Production in the Years 2023 – 2024 Belt Conveyor System in the Year 2024 Lignite Production and Overburden Removal Benchwise Production in Overburden Systems [mbcm] Overburden Removal 1st Bench Overburden Removal 2nd Bench Overburden Removal 3rd Bench Bench-wise and Equipment-wise Production in Coal System Available Belt Conveyor Material in Existing Mine Existing and Planned Overland Belt Conveyors to TPP’s Belt Conveyor Balance for the new Sibovc SW Mine Release Time for Main Mine Equipment in Mid Term Period Maximum Drainage Areas Elements of Surface Dewatering Investments for Dewatering Measures Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW [ha] Area Balance [ha] Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW Communities Affected by Resettlement Cost Estimation for a new Settlement near Bardh Principle Timetable for Resettlement Procedure Cost Calculation for Resettlement of Properties with constructed Buildings Resettlement of Households and Land Claim Substitution Measures Infrastructure inside the Village and other Costs Substitution Measures for Infrastructure outside the Village Claim of Farmland Provisional Estimation of Resettlement Cost of Resettlement – Schedule Productivity Benchmarks in international Coal Industries Employees in the Bardh / Mirash Mine Employees in the Sibovc SW Mine Number of Employees

88 94 95 101 102 106 107 110 111 112 112 113 114 115 115 116 117 122 126 130 132 133 140 145 150 151 153 154 155 157 157 159 160 166 168 169 170

Page 9 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Annexes 4–1

Overview Map with Mine Positions

1 : 10 000

4–2

Mining Position at the End of 2008

1 : 10 000

4–3

Mining Position at the End of 2009

1 : 10 000

4–3

Mining Position at the End of 2010

1 : 10 000

4–5

Mining Position at the End of 2011

1 : 10 000

4–6

Mining Position at the End of 2012

1 : 10 000

4–7

Mining Position at the End of 2017

1 : 10 000

4–8

Mining Position at the End of 2022

1 : 10 000

4–9

Mining Position at the End of 2024

1 : 10 000

4 – 10

Cross Sections through the Rim Slope Systems

1 : 5 000

4 – 11

Cross Sections through the Advance Slope System

1 : 5 000

4 – 12

Working Level for mobile Equipment Services

1 : 10 000

4 – 13

Working Level 1st Overburden Bench

1 : 10 000

4 – 14

Working Level 2nd Overburden Bench

1 : 10 000

4 – 15

Working Level 3rd Overburden Bench

1 : 10 000

4 – 16

Working Level Overburden Bench 3a

1 : 10 000

4 – 17 4 – 18

1 : 10 000

Working Level 1 Coal Bench Working Level 2 Coal Bench

4 – 19

Working Level 3 Coal Bench

1 : 10 000

4 – 20

Working Level Coal Bench 3a

1 : 10 000

Page 10 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Abbreviations a

year

bcm/h

bank cubic meter per hour

BWE

bucket wheel excavator

CPD

Coal Production Division

GCV

gross calorific value

GWh

gigawatt-hours

hydraulic conductivity

kilometre

km²

square kilometres

thousand tonnes

kilovolt

kilowatt

l/min

liter per minute

meter

m²

square meter

m³

cubic meter

mbcm

million bank cubic meters

mcm

million cubic meters

mlcm

million loose cubic meters

millimetre

MME

main mining equipment

mMSL

meter above main sea level

million tonnes

m/min

meters per minute

m³/min

cubic meter per minute

m/s

meters per second

NCV

net calorific value

OCM

open cast mine

TPP

thermal power plant

`000 bcm

thousand bank cubic meters

`000 lcm

thousand loose cubic meters

Page 11 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1 Summary (Part II) 1.1 Objective The Complementary Mining Plan for New Sibovc South West Mine consists of the following reports: -

Part I

Basic Investigations

Part II

Technical Planning

Part III

Environmental Impact Study

Part IV

Economic and Financial Analysis

to define the technical measures and the timeframe to be followed to open-up the new mine and develop it up to the scheduled capacity of about 9 million tons per annum;

to guide the focus on the necessary investments and operating costs;

to include the necessary measures and information for licensing applications.

Page 12 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1.2.2 Part II: Technical Planning The consultants prepared detailed mine development plans/annexes for the first five years of operation and mine phase documentation for the end of each year, continuing with next five years periods (end of periods) up to 2024. The outputs of this task are the detailed mine development plans as set out above.

Page 13 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1.2.3 Part III: Environmental Impact Study The mining activities will have a large effect on the environment. The Environmental Study serves as a baseline description for the expected effects. Alternative locations are discussed for coal extraction prior to the implementation of the Complementary Mining Plan resulting in the location of “D-field”, east of the river Sitnica, to be an equally favourable alternative to supply the existing power plants from the environmental point of view. Among the other alternatives a development of the “Sibovc field” from the south to the north ranked second best. Subject of the Complementary Mining Plan is the excavation of overburden and lignite, developing from the existing opencast mines to the north. Mining activities will start from the existing mines using already exploited areas for dumping the overburden material. The anticipated environmental effects concern, first of all, the removal of soil resulting in a loss of surface area and living space. With this extension an enlarged void will be visible, compared to the existing mines. As the backfill of already exploited areas goes on parallel in time, it will be possible to return recovered areas to agricultural use in a landscape with changed appearance. Surface waters to be affected are mainly small and of non perennial flow. The rivers Sitnica and Drenica will not be directly affected, as clayey sediments with sufficient thickness protect them from the mine. Indirect effects can result from the outlet of mine drainage water with enlarged contents of Chloride and Sulphate as well as suspended solids. Because of the characteristics of the overburden the impact on groundwater will be minor. Significant groundwater utilization is not known in the area. Influences on neighbouring utilizations can be excluded. Dust emissions as well as noise emissions will shift from the current to the future working points with an equal or, based on used technologies, even minor extend of emissions. The Environmental Study attempts to follow in general the applicable EU directives on environmental impact assessment, mainly Directive 85/337/EEC. However, there is a general lack of baseline studies, local experts’ opinions, pertinent documents or other information, e.g. allowing any specific assessment on influences on fauna and flora. Regarding this aspect additional investigations are needed to describe the floral and faunistic inventory of the mining field. In case of proper operation and a coal demand adequate to the mining technology the mine will stay one of the most important employers of the region with up to 1,500 employees. Upon completion of backfilling areas farmable land can be returned to the inhabitants, which mitigates the effects of required resettlements. Resettlement will be needed as a consequence of the development of the mine. Approximately 870 persons representing some 109 households will have to be moved in the years 2007 to 2024. Resettlement refers to single houses and small settlements and it will not be needed to resettle significant villages. With the objective to improve knowledge on the environment and to allow control on the environmental impact, adequate monitoring activities shall be set up concerning air and water

Page 14 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

quality measurements as well as the purification of drainage water and the utilization of humus enriched top soil layers.

1.3 Results under Part II â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Technical Planning 1.3.1 Mining Technology and Mine Development The planning was made to directly follow up mining operations of existing mine. The planning basis for development of existing mine is the Mid Term Mining Plan, which has been finished in March 2005. The main task of the study is the fuel supply of the existing Thermal Power Plants up to the end of their lifetime (2024). This corresponds to a coal delivery of about 160.7 mt, beginning from 1st January 2007 onwards. The following main topics for the mine development have been considered:

Page 15 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Opening-up of the Sibovc SW OCM shall be made from the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mine. The existing inside dump of P3B shall be taken into account.

A coal pillar shall remain between the existing Bardh mine and the new Sibovc mine field in order to stabilize the masses of the inside dump of the Bardh opencast mine.

The overburden masses will preferably be dumped in the mined-out area of the existing OCM in order to stabilize the slope south of Hade and to establish final dump surfaces as soon as possible.

The mined-out bottom in Sibovc SW shall be covered by dumps and as far as possible also the final coal rim slope systems in order to prevent coal fires.

The residual pit of Mirash-Brand remains as reserved area for the disposal of municipal waste.

It is envisaged to flush the power plant residues from TPP B in the residual pit of Mirash-East.

Regarding minimum investment costs for the new mine, the further use of the existing main equipment has been planned. The following main equipment has been selected. Coal operation

3 excavators SRs 1300 1 excavator SRs 400 + belt wagon

Overburden operation

1 excavator SRs 1300 + 1600 mm belts + spreader 2 excavator SchRs 650 + 1800 mm belts + spreaders 1 excavator SRs 470 + belt wagon

Fig.: 1.3-1

Typical Cross Section with Main Equipment Application

An extensive capacity calculation for the main mine equipment have been provided. The capacity calculation bases on the estimation of the principle capability of the equipment under the conditions of the Sibovc SW deposit considering the impact of:

Page 16 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Different digging materials in overburden removal

Climate / weather conditions (snow, fog, rain)

Skills and motivation of employees

The performance required can be performed only with rehabilitated equipment. After rehabilitation the capacity for overburden (BWE) complexes shall be 3.6-5.4 million cubic meters per annum each. In coal operation was considered that selective mining / quality management will slightly reduce the excavation effect. While the predominant part of the overburden removed in the Sibovc SW opencast mine is handled by means of 3 excavator-belt conveyor-spreader systems it is suggested to use mobile equipment in areas with local excess heights. Based on the mass calculation and after careful consideration of different criteria a combination of dragline and Truck & Shovel operation was chosen. The consultant calculated the capacity requirements and needed number of equipment. The mine boundaries have been selected under consideration of: -

Course of old concession line

Permissible approach to villages

Thickness of minable coal seam at the boundary

Necessary general inclination from geotechnical point of view

Requirements to bench lengths and straight rim slope systems

Altogether the excavation boundary or the technological depletion boundary represents a compromise between the criteria mentioned above. Deviations between the available terrain data and the actual situation were determined during visits along the western rim slope system. This area has to be surveyed by KEK as soon as possible. On this basis both the geological model and the technological planning of the western rim slope system shall be updated. The mass calculation has been realised with MicroStation-Programs as well as specialised programs developed by Vattenfall on the basis of triangulation. As basis have been used the digital deposit model. Based on the current stockpile design and the future supply demand have been considered an optimal stockpile level of -

400,000 tons in Kosovo A and

350,000 tons in Kosovo B.

The opening up of the Sibovc SW opencast mine starts from the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mine. The overburden thickness in the opening up area is only 30m and the coal layer is partly more than 70m thick. The opening-up technology have been planned under consideration of the dump operation in the Bardh mine in this area.

Page 17 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

After having executed the first preparatory measures in 2007, the opening up activities will start in 2008. Directly after the end of the winter season the first mass movements by means of Shovels and Trucks are planned. The year-by-year mine development and equipment operation is described in detail from 2008 until 2012. A detailed time schedule of main measures and activities required for mine development was given: 2006 II III IV

2007 I

II III IV

2008 I

II III IV

2009 I

II III IV

2010 I

2011

III IV

2012

III IV

Foundation of a Project Development Group

Engineering

Development Engineering (KEK) Project Support and Training Business and Annual Mining Plans Detailed Surveying of Opening up Area Additional Geological Exploration and Modelling Special Geological Investigations (f.e. Seismic)

Dewatering

Environment Impact Assessment Drainage of Water Ponds Construction of Box Culvert Construction of Channels

Resettlement

Landaccquisition

74 ha

22 ha

Establishment Local Resettlement Office Resettlement of Hade West

Preparation

Resettlement of next Villages

Preparation

Road from Hade to Grabovc Infrastructure

Construction of Erection Yard Main Roads Warehouse, Workshop and Petrol Station Washroom and Sanitary Facilities New Office Building and Mine Control Centre

Mechanic, Electric & Communication

Rehabilitation E10B; Belt Conveyors; P3B Rehabilitation E8M Rehabilitation E9M; Belt Conveyors; P4M Rehabilitation E10M; Belt Conveyors; P3M Rehabilitation E9B; Belt Conveyors Rehabilitation E5M, BRs Rehabilitation E8B; Belt Conveyors Rehabilitation E7M, BRs Power Supply System

Central Remote Control System Coal Quality Management System

Mining

Application of mobile Fleet Commissioning of Overburden Systems Commissioning of Coal Systems Rearrangement of Overburden Belt Connections Specification

Fig.: 1.3-2

Tendering Process

Realisation

Main Measures and Activities for Mine Development

Page 18 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

In the 5-year period 2013-2017 the mine will develop into northern direction. After passing of the village Hade operation switches to slewing operation for a short period. From 2016 total cutting thickness will increase so that mobile operation for removing the excess heights shall be re-installed. During that period the overburden masses are dumped in the residual pit of Bardh/Mirash. In this period will be resettled the communities of Mirene and Shipitulla East. Within the period 2018-2022 the overburden thickness increases along the whole mining face. The 3rd overburden cut will changeover to inside dumping in the Sibovc SW mine. The other two overburden lines will continue dumping in the residual pit of Mirash / Bardh. Aim is the producing of large final dump surface areas. Parts of Hade North must be resettled in 2019. In the period 2023-2024 the mine will further develop into the north until it reaches the preliminary final position. The regular overburden systems will continue parallel operation into northern direction whereby the great cutting heights from the previous operating period will remain. The dumping system will also be maintained. Complete closure of the residual space of the former Mirash/Bardh mines cannot be achieved until 2024. In 2023 parts of the community of Konxhul have to be resettled. Ceasing of coal mining operations in 2024 would result in a number of negative aspects which would incur expensive subsequent work at the residual pits. Continuation of the mining is recommended and offers the following advantages: -

Continuing mining activities would lead to an improved overburden : coal ratio.

The residual pit of the former Bardh / Mirash mine could be closed finally.

Continuation of dumping in the Sibovc SW mine improves the safety in the long-run.

Some consequences for the development of the existing mines have been described with regard to an optimization of the mining development in the Sibovc SW mine. These adaptations are necessary for a smoothly opening-up of the new mine. In this context the Mid Term Plan for the existing mines has to be revised.

1.3.2 Dewatering The Kosova Basin forms a smoothly shaped plain that is bordered by hills and mountains. This basin includes a developed hydrological network with the Sitnica river as main collector. Based on the survey of drainage areas and expected water flow a detailed surface water catchment system was designed. Drainage of surface water via the active bench of the Sibovc SW mine shall be excluded except residual rainwater quantities. It is suggested to install a dewatering system in the valley from which the collected surface water is pumped into the higher located channel(s) by means of sewage pumps. According to the OCM advance the dewatering shall be shifted several times to the North.

Page 19 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The first surface dewatering measure in the field Sibovc SW must be the drainage of the water ponds in the opening-up area beginning from summer 2006. The quantity of water to be pumped directly from the Sibovc SW mine will continuously increase with progressing opencast mine development. Drainage ditches shall be installed on all working levels and along the access roads. The water pumped from the main dewatering plants shows increased contents of chloride and sulphate as well as clear contents of suspended matter, consisting of dust or organic matter. When discharging the water, special attention shall be drawn to separate the suspended materials. It will be necessary to install additional sedimentation basins on the surface level before feeding the water into the rivers.

1.3.3 Mine Closure and Recultivation Planning The proposed main principles are: -

The areas occupied by mining shall be recovered in such a way that the later use will be rather better than the original one.

Areas which are no longer needed for mining activities shall be recultivated as soon as possible.

Financial means will be reserved already during the active mining operations to ensure the proper closure of the mining field.

Authorities and the concerned people (later users) are integrated in the process of planning and detailed shaping of the post-mining areas.

The area claimed for mining will come to 5 kmÂ˛ within the period until 2024. Until 2024 totally 383 ha final dump areas can be shaped, completely situated in the Bardh/Mirash mine. This balance does not include: -

the former outside dumps of the Bardh and Mirash mines;

the reserved area for ash dumping in the Mirash East area;

the reserved area for sanitary landfill in the Mirash Brand area incl. slope systems.

According to the Mid Term Plan the former outside dumps shall be prepared for a future use and sale by the existing opencast mines. For the operating period until 2024 a total sum of 325 ha land have to be purchased. After closure of the residual area of the Bardh/Mirash mine by spreading the overburden material from the Sibovc mine, the areas shall be intended for agricultural use to provide substitute areas for claimed ones. Main aim for shaping the post-mining field is to provide a high share of areas which allow for an agricultural use. In general, the dump area shall represent a high-value landscape element in which agricultural use and habitat for local fauna and flora will exist in parallel. Principle measures for achieving these goals are defined.

Page 20 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1.3.4 Resettlement and Relocation The land swaps affected by resettlement are mainly private property. The opencast mine of Sibovc will claim the following areas: Claim of Land for Sibovc Digging

Safety Zone

Total

Property of KEK

Land Acquisition

[ha]

2006-2010

128

179

105

2011-2012

2013-2017

133

149

2018-2022

102

116

122

2023-2024

Total

412

501

172

329

Year

Tab.: 1.3-1

Channel Infras structure [ha]

Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW

The following resettlement and relocation measures shall be executed for the claim of land: -

Land purchase

Resettlement of properties of the settlement with scattered buildings of Sibovc (Hade West, Hade North (extension), Mirene, ShipitullaEast and Konxhul)

Compensation of property

New construction of a by-pass from Hade to Sibovc

New construction of a by-pass from Sibovc to Grabovc

At present, the old resettlement law dating back to the Serbian era is still applicable. A new law is only available in a draft version. To ensure the legal bases of lignite extraction and the required land purchase in the future Sibovc field it is necessary to declare this area as reserved mining area. To prepare the resettlement and/or compensation, the residents of the concerned communities shall be informed as soon as possible and questionnaires shall be offered regarding the desired kind of compensation. Recommendations for the resettlement procedure based on the wide experience of the consultant have been provided. The options for providing properties for a joint and/of separate resettlement of the household shall be checked by KEK on the basis of land owned by KEK currently. A democratic socially acceptable resettlement procedure compliant to EU law would take at least 8 years.

Page 21 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The resettlement of Hade West must be completed by the end of the year of 2009. It is necessary to have a tight project organisation with responsibilities and freedom of action for the head of the project. The total costs for resettlements and compensations amount to approx. 32 MEURO.

1.3.5 Manpower The manpower of the Sibovc SW mine will be recruited mainly from the personnel of KEK. The following table gives a survey on the staffing requirements: Year

2007

Existing mines per 01.01. - Fluctuation / Redundancy Staff transfer

3500

2009

2010

2011

2012

490

3000 415

2100 300

1300 100

900 470

350 260

485

500

300

1380

1420

Sibovc SW per 31.12. Tab.: 1.3-2

2008

500

1000

1300

Number of Personnel

Staff for the new mine will be employed mainly from redundant staff of the existing mines.

Employees 3500

Staff in Sibovc SW 3000

Staff in Mirash/Bardh

2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 2007

Fig.: 1.3-3

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Manpower Development

Page 22 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2.2 Approach / Methodology According to the existing situation and pursuant to the TOR the project work has been mainly focused on the following activities: 1)

Assumption of the future coal demand

Revision of geological model including - Analysis of available borehole and other exploration data - Localization of cracks and geological faults, - Calculation of minable reserves

Calculation of mining development and equipment application including Page 23 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Revision of environmental investigations

Financial calculations

Page 24 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Within the first years 236 mâ&#x201A;Ź (real) will be required. The most important and crucial part of the investment is the refurbishment of main mine equipment (MME), which amounts to 158 MEURO. The consultant points out that without a timely refurbishment of the MME the fuel supply from Sibovc to the existing TPPâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s can not be provided as planned.

Page 25 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Existing Mines

Sibovc SW

Total

2006

6.8

2007

7.2

2008

7.9

2009

7.8

2010

4.6

3.4

8.0

2011

3.0

6.0

9.0

2012

9.0

2013

9.0

2014

9.0

2015

9.0

2016

9.0

2017

9.0

2018

9.0

2019

9.0

2020

9.0

2021

9.0

2022

9.0

2023

9.0

2024

6.0

Total

37.3

123.4

160.7

Tab.: 2.2-1

Coal Demand

Page 26 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The following principles / assumptions have been made: -

Generating electricity from Sibovc SW pursues the goal to meet domestic needs mainly.

After depletion of the existing mines the new Sibovc SW mine supplies the existing power plants Kosovo A and B. The coal supply from the new mine has to start in 2010.

The life time for Kosovo B is about 40 years, which means end of operation in 2023/24.

Hence the life time of Sibovc SW will be defined from 2008 to 2024, which means 17 years. Preparatory work will be required in 2007.

Three of five units of Kosovo A (200/210 MW) started production between 1970 and 1975. These units do not fulfil normal technical standards. Opinions to refurbish these units (capital refurbishment or major overhaul) differ a lot. However it is assumed that the coal supply to Kosovo A will last for the time being (amounting to 2.5 - 4.7 mt). In case Kosovo A will be out of operation before 2020/24 the new mine will deliver the coal to the TPP replacing Kosovo A. At least the fuel supply is calculated with 9 mt in total for Sibovc SW.

It is assumed that the investment needed for opening-up the new mine will be made available timely.

Page 27 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4 Mining Technology of the Sibovc SW Mine 4.1 General Remarks / Preconditions The planning was made to directly follow up mining operations of existing mine. The planning basis for development of existing mine is the Mid Term Mining Plan, which has been finished in March 2005. The main task of the study is the fuel supply of the existing Thermal Power Plants up to the end of their lifetime (2024). This corresponds to a coal delivery of about 160.7 mt, beginning from 1st January onwards (thereof 37.3 mt from existing mine and 123.4 mt from the new Sibovc SW mine). Being the most efficient mining field the south western part of the coal field Sibovc has been selected, considering an annual output of about 9 mt. Basic investigations and a ranking of different future mining fields has already been done in the Main Mining Plan for the new Sibovc Mine in 2005. Regarding minimum investment costs for the new mine, the further use of the existing main equipment has been planned. Considering the technical state and the annual mass volume the following main equipment has been selected. Coal operation

3 excavator SRs 1300 (E8M, E9B, E8B) 1 excavator SRs 400 (E7M) + belt wagon

Overburden operation

1 excavator SRs 1300 (E10B) + 1600 mm belts + spreader (P3B) 1 excavator SchRs 650 (E10M) + 1800 mm belts + spreader (P3M) 1 excavator SchRs 650 (E9M) + 1800 mm belts + spreader (P4M) 1 excavator SRs 470 (E5M) + belt wagon

The partly refurbished excavator E1B has been considered as float machine for the mine Sibovc SW. He is suitable for operation in overburden to a limited extent only.

Page 28 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.2 Technological Equipment Parameter The basic technology is among others determined by the constructive parameters of the available main mine equipment. For planning purposes the following parameters has been used: Type

SchRs 650 (E9M, E10M) SRs 1300.24 (E8B, E9B, E10B) SRs 1300.26 (E8M) SRs 470.20/3.0 (E5M) SRs 400.14/1.0 (E7M) SRs 315.15/3.5 (E1B) Tab.: 4.2-1

SchRs 650 (E 9M, E10M) SRs 1300.24 (E8B, E9B, E10B)

(E8M) SRs 470.20/3.0 (E5M) SRs 400.14/1.0 (E7M) SRs 315.15/3.5 (E1B) Tab.: 4.2-2

Width of machine

Height of machine

Bucket wheel diameter

Mid of bucket wheel to mid of excavator

Mid of excavator to mid of discharge chute

141

10.56

125

36.5

82.5

135

36.96

15.5

22.5

6.7

7.5

14.5

22.5

15.5

6.3

23.2

22.5

Basic Geometry of the Bucket Wheel Excavators

Type

SRs 1300.26

Length of machine

Max. cutting height

Max. cutting depth

Block width

45 (2 times)

26 (24)

37 / 45

30.6

3.5

Cutting Heights and Block Width of Excavators [m]

Page 29 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type

Smallest curve radius

Max. longitudinal inclination

Max. cross inclination

Admissible inclination for transport

1 : 25

1 : 20

1 : 33 or

1 : 20 or

1: 20

1 : 33

1 : 33 or

1: 20 or

1 : 20

1 : 33

1 : 20

1 : 33

1 : 30

1 : 50

1 : 20

1 : 30

SchRs 650 (E9M, E10M) SRs 1300.24 (E8B, E9B, E10B) SRs 1300.26

(E8M) SRs 470.20/3.0 (E5M) SRs 400.14/1.0 (E7M) SRs 315.15/3.5 (E1B) Tab.: 4.2-3

1 : 20

Maximum Inclination of Working Levels and Curve Radii of Excavators

A2Rs-B 4400.60

A2Rs-B 5200.55

(P3B)

(P3M, P4M)

Length of Spreader

115

110

Width of Spreader

Height of Spreader

Length of Receiving Boom

Length of Discharge Boom

Max. Dumping Height

Block Width

Smallest Curve Radius

Max. longitudinal Inclination

1 : 33

Max. cross Inclination

1 : 33

Adm. Inclination for Transport

Tab.: 4.2-4

1 : 33

1 : 20

1 : 33

1 : 20

Technical Data of Spreaders

Page 30 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

BRs 1200.29/32 Theoretical Capacity

lcm/h

1,800

Length of Machine

Width of Machine

Height of Machine

Length of Receiving Boom

Length of Discharge Boom

Max. Dumping Height

Smallest Curve Radius

Max. longitudinal Inclination

1 : 33

Max. cross Inclination

1 : 33

Adm. Inclination for Transport

Tab.: 4.2-5

1 : 33

1 : 20

Technical Data of Belt Wagon

ESch 10/70 (A10) Bucket capacity

mÂł

Boom Length

Radius of Digging and Discharging

66.5

Max. Height of Discharging

27.5

Max. Cutting Depth

Cycle Time (135Â°)

sec

52.5

Ground Pressure (Working)

MPa

0.097

Ground Pressure (Transport)

MPa

0.166

Transport Velocity

km/h

0.2

Tab.: 4.2-6

Technical Data of Dragline ESch 10/70

Page 31 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.3 Capability / Capacity Calculation for MME The following equipment application scheme is foreseen. The overburden will be extracted by 3 equipment lines. While the upper benches are working with one excavator in high cut operation, in the coal uncovering cut will be use 2 excavators in a main cut and a deep cut for cleaning the coal. For local excess heights the application of a mobile fleet has been planned. In coal operation there will be used also three equipment lines with 1,600 mm belt conveyor lines. The three bench belt conveyors are linked with 2 head belt conveyor systems of the same width. On the surface the coal can be distributed to both power plants, via two longdistance belt conveyor lines each, with different belt width. The following table illustrates the principle equipment application.

Coal

Overburden

Local application of mobile equipment E10B

SRs 1300

1,600 mm belt conveyor line

Spreader P3B

E10M

SchRs 650

1,800 mm belt conveyor line

Spreader P3M

E9M

SchRs 650 SRs 470

1,800 mm belt conveyor line

Spreader P4M

E5M E8M

SRs 1300

E9B

SRs 1300

E8B

SRs 1300

E7M

Tab.: 4.3-1

SRs 400

Bench belt conveyors

1,600 mm 1,600 mm 1,600 mm

Head belt conveyors

1,600 mm

Overland belt conveyors

1,800 mm

Stockpile A

1,200 mm 1,400 mm 1,400 mm

Stockpile B

Principle Equipment Application

4.3.1 Capability of Excavators The capacity calculation and/or assessment of excavator capacities bases on the estimation of the principle capability of the equipment under the conditions of the Sibovc SW deposit, whereby a tolerance range is taken into account (lower and upper limit). This range describes the practical capacity considering the impact of: a)

Different digging materials in overburden removal

Climate / weather conditions (snow, fog, rain)

Skills and motivation of employees

All relevant influencing parameters are considered when determining the overburden and coal capacities. These influencing parameters are split into two columns. Firstly, the influencing factors, which determine the filling and the emptying of the excavator buckets. Resulting from this the load factor (and/or excavator effect ÎˇB) is yielded, thus the hourly capacity and secondly, the time factors [time factor ÎˇT], which determine the annual output capacity. The following scheme gives an overview of the calculation method.

Page 32 of 171

Tb = TbA - Ts

VE = Ve * Tb

Tb = TbA * EtaTA Ve = Vth * EtaB

EtaB = fbu * fload

Subdivision of Tb

Tb = Tk - Tp -Ts

Tb = Tk * EtaT

Ve = Vtheo * fload

Vtheo = Vth * fbu

Vth = Vbu * nbu* 60

Ts = Tb * s Ts = TbA * sA

TbA = Tk -Tp Tb =Tb1+Tb2+Tb3+Tb4

Tb1

planned

not planned

High Cut

Tp = Tp1 +Tp2 +Tp3

Ts = Ts1 +Ts2 +Ts3+Ts4+Ts5

Tb2 Deep Cut

Tp1 Working time regime (shift use)

Tb3 special operation (reduced performance) Tb4 double removed masses

Tp2 Transport

Tp3 Planned Maintenance

Fig.: 4.3-1

Principle Calculation Scheme of Effective Capacity

Ts1 technical breakdowns on BWE Ts2 standstill, operational reasons on BWE Ts3 standstill caused by conveyor system Ts4 standstill via mining system / Environm. Ts5 other standstills

4.3.1.1 Load Factor â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Expression of the hourly Capacity Basis of the calculation is the theoretical capacity of the single machines which is determined by the construction/mechanical engineering. This theoretical digging capacity (Vth in lcm/h) is determined from the bucket size (Vbu) and the bucket discharges (nd). In most cases, the manufacturer specifies it as round value and it includes a volume portion of the cell space of the bucket wheel. The theoretical digging capacity (Vth in lcm/h and Vtheo in bcm/h or t/h) Vth = Vbu * nd * 60 Theoretical Capacity

Bucket capacity

Number of buckets

Rotation bucket wheel

Number of discharges

Calculated

According documentation

Vbu

nbu

Ubu

Vth(calc)

Vth

lcm

1 / min

lcm/h

0.65

5.15

108

4,212

(E8B, E9B and E10B) original

0.52

7.14 /5.857

128.6

4,011

4,000

currently

0.52

7.5

157.5

4,914

original

0.52

5.857

134.7

4,203

currently

0.52

7.5

172.5

5,382

0.47

7.5

1,692

1,690

0.52

5.83

2,184

2,200

Typ

SchRs 650 (E9M, E10M) SRs 1300.24

SRs 1300.26 (E8M)

4,200

SRs 470 (E5M) SRs 400 (E7M) Tab.: 4.3-2

Theoretical Digging Capacity in lcm/h

The minable solid and compact masses are of special practical interest. In order to take this into account the loosening of the excavated material (overburden or coal) inside the digging tool (bucket) has to be considered. This value mainly depends from the excavated material itself and to a certain extent from the form of the cut (kind of excavation) and the bucket form. For the conditions in Sibovc SW the following can be applied:

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Type

Material

Overburden (Clay)

SchRs 650

Theoretical digging Capacity

Loosening in Bucket

Theoretical Capacity

Vth

fbu

Vtheo

lcm/h

lcm/bcm

bcm/h

4,212

1.55

2,700

t/h

(E9M,E10M) Coal Overburden (Clay)

SRs 1300.24

1.7 4,000

1.55

2,800 2,580

(E8B,E9B,E10B) Coal Overburden (Clay)

SRs 1300.26

1.7 4,200

1.55

2,680 2,700

(E8M) Coal Overburden (Clay)

SRs 470

2,800

1.7 1,690

1.55

1,090

(E5M) Coal Overburden (Clay)

SRs 400

1,130

1.7 -

(E7M) Coal Tab.: 4.3-3

2,200

1.7

1,475

Theoretical Capacity in bcm/h and t/h

The effective capacity Ve: Ve = Vth * fbu * fload Ve = Vtheo * fload Considerations of the effective capacity focus on the present capacity level for reasons of comparison. It has to be born in mind when considering these figures that the previously realised capacities were negatively influenced by the insufficient technical state and the inadequate organisation and lack of motivation. This realized capacity level which is considered too low shall be raised by means of implementing several measures. One example for the reduced capacity in the existing mine was the fact that excavation was not continuously carried out in full block operation (partly due to instable and failing slopes). Moreover, the discharging system (belt conveyor and spreader) cut down the possible excavator capacity. Further reductions were caused by the excavation of slide masses. Before their use in Sibovc SW, all machines will be refurbished. This measure aims at improving the realisable load factor directly.

Page 35 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The human factor has also decisive influence on the actual result (effective capacity). In order to allow for this fact and the specific conditions, a maximum bucket filling (load factor) is indicated. Theoretical Capacity Type

2,700 bcm/h

(E9M, E10M)

SRs 1300.24

2,580 bcm/h

(E10B)

SRs 470

1,090 bcm/h

(E5M)

Tab.: 4.3-4

Effective Capacity

fload

bcm/h

Currently

23%

615 bcm/h

Plan Mid Term

27%

740 bcm/h

Max Sibovc SW

37%

1,000 bcm/h

Currently (2004)

18%

470 bcm/h

Plan Mid Term

22%

575 bcm/h

Max Sibovc SW

33%

850 bcm/h

Currently

23%

250 bcm/h

Plan Mid Term

28%

300 bcm/h

Max Sibovc SW

28%

300 bcm/h

Vtheo bcm/h

SchRs 650

Load factor

Validity

Effective Capacity of Excavators - Overburden

Further capacity increases cannot be assumed for the conditions in Kosovo within the period under review. Additionally, a relatively high portion of ramp excavation is to be accomplished in Sibovc SW which lowers the excavator effects. It was considered that selective mining / quality management will slightly reduce the excavator effect in the coal operation too. Type

SRs 1300.24

Theoretical Capacity

Validity

Load factor

Effective Capacity

Vtheo

fload

t/h

2,680 t/h

Max Sibovc SW

45%

1,200 t/h

2,800 t/h

Max Sibovc SW

43%

1,200 t/h

1,475 t/h

Currently

20%

295 t/h

Plan Mid Term

30%

440 t/h

Max Sibovc SW

35%

515 t/h

(E8B,E9B)

SRs 1300.26 (E8M)

SRs 400 (E7M)

Tab.: 4.3-5

Effective Capacity of Excavator - Coal

Page 36 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The human factor plays an important role for the load factor. For the long-term planning it is assumed that -

qualified / experiences personnel is employed,

the personnel is better motivated than presently and

losses due to missing spare parts will be reduced.

4.3.1.2 Time Factor The annual capacity (VE) achievable is determined by the actual operating hours (Tb) depending primarily on the chosen operation regime (planned working and maintenance time) and the unscheduled stops (down-times). VE = Ve * Tb VE = Ve * Tk * ηT Tk = Tb + Ts + Tp VE = Ve * (Tk-Tp) * ηTA VE…effective annual capacity

in bcm/a

Ve …effective hourly capacity

in bcm/h

Tb…operating time

in h

Tk…calendar time

in h

ηT…time factor regarding calendar time

in %

Ts …time for unscheduled standstills

in h

Tp….time for planned standstills

in h

ηTA .time factor regarding available working time

in %

The table below which contains the range of planned operating time assumes the following premises: a)

The calendar time of 8,760 h per year is assumed as potential working time

An annual 3-weeks general repair is scheduled

2 shifts per week are reserved for short maintenance / function tests and shifting

Unscheduled stops are taken into account with 5% - 7% of the possible working time

Page 37 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Handing over of shifts is performed on the equipment

It is furthermore differentiated between a so-called normal and maximum capacity. This enables consideration of influencing factors like: a)

Meteorological conditions (stop due to fog, continuous rain, extreme freeze and wind)

Utilization of shift working time (usual rate is 80% -90%)

Time needed for auxiliary works / smaller shifting operations and transports

Human factor (efforts of personnel / work organisation) and

Reserve time.

All these influences are also taken into account for the so-called maximum capacities. In case of a lot of unfavourable factors occurring exceptionally in one year, the achievable operating time reduces towards the normal value. The following table includes the absolute efficient working time: Validity

Normal-daily capacity

Calendar Time

Operating Time

Time Factor

ÎˇT

19.2

21.6

110.4

65.7

128.2

76.3

385

52.7

484

66.3

4,266

48.7

5,474

62.5

Maximum daily capacity Normal weekly capacity

168

Maximum weekly capacity Normal monthly capacity

730

Maximum monthly capacity Normal annual capacity

8,760

Maximum annual capacity Tab.: 4.3-6

Planned Working Time of Single Equipment

Page 38 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.3.1.3 Capability of Excavators Basing on the above mentioned down-times / operating times the following normal and maximum capacities result for the planning of Sibovc SW: Operating Time

SRs 470

SchRs 650

SRs 1300

300 bcm/h

1,000 bcm/h

850 bcm/h

‘000 bcm

Normal daily capacity

19.2

5.7

19.2

16.32

Max. daily capacity

21.6

6.5

21.6

18.36

Normal weekly capacity

110

Max. weekly capacity

128

109

Normal monthly capacity

385

115

385

327

Max. monthly capacity

484

145

484

411

Normal annual capacity

4,266

1,280

4,266

3,626

Max. annual capacity

5,474

1,640

5,474

4,653

Tab.: 4.3-7

Normal and Maximum Capacity - Overburden

There is only a low interdependence between the systems due to the relatively low number of machines and the mine development planned in detail resulting in a very low reduction of the overall of capacity (low system interdependence). The long-term planned overall capacity for the overburden operation is shown in the table below: Reliable VE

Maximum VE

SRs 1300 (E10B)

3.6

4.6

SchRs 650 (E9M)

4.3

5.4

SchRs 650 (E10M)

4.3

5.4

SRs 470 (E5M)

1.3

1.6

Total

13.5

17.0

Tab.: 4.3-8

Capability of BWE in Overburden Operation [mbcm/a]

The listed excavators are therefore in principle capable of meeting the required coal uncovering of 9 mt per year (Ratio Overburden to Coal is 1.7 : 1 m³/t).

Page 39 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Operating Time

SRs 1300.24

SRs 1300.26

SRs 400

1,200 t/h

515 t/h

Normal daily capacity

19.2

23.0

9.9

Max. daily capacity

21.6

25.9

11.1

Normal weekly capacity

110.4

132

Max. weekly capacity

128.2

153

Normal monthly capacity

385

462

198

Max. monthly capacity

484

580

249

Normal annual capacity

4,266

5,120

2,190

Max. annual capacity

5,474

6,560

2,810

Tab.: 4.3-9

Capability of Excavators in Coal Operation

Regarding the foreseen excavators in the coal operation (3 * SRs 1300 and 1 * SRs 400) it would be theoretically possible to extract up to 22.3 mt coal. The before mentioned data are annual specifications which are only valid for the single excavators without consideration of the connected belt conveyor system and requirements to coal quality management.

Reliable VE

Maximum VE

SRs 1300 (E8M)

5.1

6.5

SRs 1300 (E9B)

5.1

6.5

SRs 1300 (E8B)

5.1

6.5

SRs 400

2.2

2.8

Total

17.5

22.3

Tab.: 4.3-10

Nominal Capacity of Coal Excavators

Page 40 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.3.2 Capability of Belt Conveyors For the Sibovc SW project belt conveyors will be used with a width between 1,800mm and 1,400mm. The capacity of such conveyor belts depends on: -

Belt width

Belt troughing

Belt speed

Utilization ratio of belt width

Inclination and

Bulk density of material

Further the following factors should be considered in order to define the effective capacity of the conveyor belt: -

Climatic conditions (especially rain)

Skills and motivation of employees

The capability of the belt conveyor with a belt troughing of 36° is determined according to the following relation: me = Ve * ρl Ve = A * vc * fi * 3600 Ve = we * we * (390 + 725 * tan φ) * vc * fi we = 0.9 * wc - 0.05 ρl … density of the conveyed material, loose

in t/lcm

Ve …effective conveying capacity on the belt

in lcm/h

A … bulk surface of the conveyed material

in m²

vc …speed of the belt conveyor

in m/s

fi … factor considering belt inclination

we …effective belt width

in m

wc …belt width

in m

φ …. angle of repose

in °

Density and maximum belt inclination for the conveyed material:

Page 41 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Bulk density

Angle of repose

Maximum inclination

t/lcm

Overburden, dry

1.6 – 1.7

Overburden, wet

1.7 – 1.8

10 - 15

0.75

18 - 20

Material

Coal Tab.: 4.3-11

Bulk Density, Angel of Repose and Inclination of Belt Conveyor

Inclination βc

0°

12°

15°

18°

20°

22°

25°

0.97

0.93

0.89

0.85

0.84

0.78

Tab.: 4.3-12

Factor fi for Considering the Inclination

Example for determining capacity of the 1,800 mm belt conveyor: Effective belt width

we = 0.9 * 1.8m + 0.5 = 1.57 m

Vc … 4.5 m/s φ … 10° conveying capacity (φ = 10°) Ve = 1.572 * (390+725 tan 10°) * 4.5 fi = 5,743 * fi lm³/h

4.3.2.1 Overburden Belt Conveyor System Summarizing, the following volume streams (bold figures) for a 1,800mm respectively 1,600mm belt conveyor has been calculated. Basis of the calculations were the following technical conditions. -

Angle of repose

10°

Belt inclination

10°

Velocity of belt conveyor

4.5 m/s

Width

Bulk surface

Belt inclination

m²

4.5 m/s

5.24 m/s

1,600

0.3017

0°

4,502

5,243

10°

4,412

5,138

15°

4,187

4,876

0°

5,744

6,688

10°

5,629

6,554

15°

5,342

6,220

1,800

0.3545

Tab.: 4.3-13

Conveying capacity in lcm/h

Possible Conveying Capacity for Overburden Belt Conveyors

Page 42 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.3.2.2 Coal Belt Conveyor System Summarizing, the following volume and mass streams (bold figures) for a 1,600mm respectively 1,400mm belt conveyor has been calculated. Basis of the calculations were the following technical conditions. -

Angle of repose

15°

Belt inclination

10° / 0°

Velocity of belt conveyor

3.5 m/s respectively 4.65 m/s

Width

Velocity

Bulk surface

Belt inclination

m/s

m²

lcm/h

t/h

1,600

3.5

0°

3,950

2,965

10°

3,870

2,900

20°

3,360

2,518

0°

3,975

2,983

10°

3,900

2,924

20°

3,380

2,536

1,400

4.65

Tab.: 4.3-14

Conveying capacity

Possible Conveying Capacity for Coal Belt Conveyors

4.3.2.3 Dependencies and Conclusions When determining the quantity throughput of the planned overburden conveyor systems, two different cases were distinguished: -

Loading with the respective main winning equipment on the bench

Simultaneous loading of 2 excavators to one belt conveyor

It was assumed that loading with only one excavator can achieve a maximum of 100 % of the theoretical performance for a short period. In case of using a second excavator for loading and homogenization of the two conveyed material flows, a maximum of 85% of the theoretical conveying capacity will be achieved. The following tables summarize the results of the calculation:

Page 43 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1st Bench

Bench

Max Load Factor Max. Veff

3rd Bench

E10B

E10B + SRs 470

E10M

E9M

E9M + E5M

[lcm/h]

4,000

4,000 1,690

4,212

4,212 1,690

[%]

100

[lcm/h]

4,000

4,840

4,212

5,015

Excavator Type Vtheor

2nd Bench

Belt Width

[mm]

1,600

1,800

Belt Velocity

[m/s]

4.5

[째]

[lcm/h]

4,412

5,629

Angle of Side Idler Volume Stream Capacity Reserve Tab.: 4.3-15

[%]

-10

Loading Utilisation of Overburden Systems

Loading of the envisaged belt conveyor lines by the respective excavator (SRs 1300 and/or SchRs 650) is possible without restrictions. The full theoretical capacity of the excavators can be achieved with capacity reserves of the belt conveyor to the amount of 10% (1,600 mm) and/or 33% (1,800 mm). Additional charging of the 1,600 mm belt conveyor by an excavator SRs 470 is not applicable. A deep stage in the 3rd overburden system has to be carried along to uncover the coal. The excavator SRs 470 (E5M) used here and the main extraction machine can operate at the same time. The capacity reserve of the 1,800 mm belt conveyor reduces with simultaneous loading to 12%. 1st Bench

2nd Bench

E8M

E9B

E8B

E8B + E7M

[lcm/h]

4,200

4,000

4,000 2,200

[%]

[lcm/h]

3,780

3,600

4,650

Belt Width

[mm]

1,600

Belt Velocity

[m/s]

3.5

[째]

[lcm/h]

3,870

[%]

Bench Excavator Type Vtheor Max Load Factor Max. Veff

Angle of Side Idler Volume Stream Capacity Reserve Tab.: 4.3-16

3rd Bench

- 17

Loading Utilisation of Coal Systems

Page 44 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The capacity of the coal belt conveyors is determined especially by the connecting belt conveyor system to the power plant and the installations on the Stockpile. The theoretical capacity of the 1,400 mm connecting belt conveyor systems amounts to 2,983lcm/h in case of horizontal conveying. The belt velocity of the bench- and inclined belt conveyors was adjusted to 3.5 m/s to handle mass throughput. The above table illustrates that the excavators SRs 1300 working in the coal cuts can charge the belt with full capacity. The capacity reserves at full output still amounts to 2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 7%. A deep stage in the 3rd overburden system has to be carried along to uncover the coal. The capacity of the belt conveyor system is not sufficient for a parallel operation of the SRs 400 and the E8B operated in this cut. Both excavators have to work with reduced output or at different times. Another dependency results from the charging of 2 head belt conveyor systems by 3 bench belt conveyors. A mass transfer from 2 bench belt conveyors to one head belt conveyor is also not possible due to capacity reasons. This means, that only 2 pit systems can be operated simultaneously. This fact does not have any influences to the required annual output capacity since the pit operation is over-dimensioned with regard to the installed excavators to 100 %.

4.3.3 Capability of Spreaders The following spreaders are envisaged to be employed in Sibovc SW. -

P3M A2RsB-5200

P4M A2RsB-5200

P3B A2RsB-4400

Vth

1st Bench nd

2 Bench rd

3 Bench

Ve peak, estimated (15 min)

Spreader

Nominal Capacity

Reserve

lcm/h

SRs 1300 (E10B)

4,000

3,600

P3B

4,400

SchRs 650 (E10M)

4,212

3,800

P3M

5,200

SchRs 650 (E9M)

4,212

3,800

SchRs 650 (E9M) + SRs 470 (E5M)

5,900

4,425

Tab.: 4.3-17

27 P4M

5,200 15

Utilisation of Spreader Capacity

In contrary to the excavator side, the capacity reserve of the spreaders ranges between 15 and 27%. Therefore full load operation is also guaranteed from the spreader side.

4.3.4 Capability of Mobile Equipment 4.3.4.1 Mass-calculation for Mobile Equipment The predominant part of the overburden removed in the Sibovc SW opencast mine is handled by means of 3 excavator-belt conveyor-spreader systems. Despite ramp excavation the large

Page 45 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

cutting heights in the area of the hills can not be mastered with these equipment systems. It is suggested to use mobile equipment in the areas with local excess heights. The mass calculation yielded a volume of 14.03 mbcm to be removed by means of mobile equipment. The use mainly concentrates to the opening-up phase but also to the last operating years. The annual volume to be removed achieves in the maximum 1.6 mbcm. The result of the mass calculation is included in chapter Mass calculation.

4.3.4.2 Selection of Mobile Equipment The mobile equipment was selected with regard to transport distance and soil types but also considering the capacity utilization of the first regular cut in the overburden. After careful consideration of the different criteria a combination of dragline and Truck & Shovel was chosen. This equipment use offers the following advantages: -

The excavator SRs 1300 (E10B) in the first regular overburden system is not used to capacity over a number of years. Because the use of a draglines ESch 10/70 is envisaged in the Sibovc SW opencast mine this machine can remove part of the masses (up to 0.4 mbcm/a) and replace the E10B. Due to the low operating costs of the draglines this variant will be cost-effective.

The remaining mass portion (up to 1.4 mbcm/a) will be removed by Shovel & Truck. The transport distances lying between 3 and 4 km in the first operating years will allow an efficient operation of the Trucks. The closure of the mining operations in the Bardh / Mirash mines will reduce the transport distances.

The Shovel- and Truck operation enables a high mobility which is of enormous importance with regard to the dumping space problem until 2012.

Compared to other mobile equipment the use of Shovels and Trucks in the mainly cohesive material causes the least operating problems.

In case of need Shovel- and Truck operation is also capable of selectively removing the top soil layer and distribute this layer on areas with lower soil quality.

The above mentioned dumping space problem is a significant factor for the opencast mine operation in the opening up phase. Upon complete exhaustion of the Bardh / Mirash opencast mines in 2011 dumping space will be limited in this opencast mine. This is mainly due to the fact that the seam further dips within the pillar area and therefore the lowest dumping slice can only be developed under certain conditions. Enough dumping space will be immediately available after decommissioning and disassemblage of the plants in 2012. It is suggested to dump the masses of the mobile equipment operation in the inside dump area of the Mirash mine in the first operation years. The transport distances are between 3 and 4 km, here. This alternative serves to easing the dumping space problem in the western part of the opencast mine (Bardh). From 2012 the transport distance can be reduced to ca. 2 km. For this period it is suggested to use the masses for covering the coal rim slope systems in order to prevent the danger of self-ignition.

Page 46 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.3.4.3 Calculation of Capacity and Equipment Fleet Unit ESch 10/70 Material Type Clay Bucket Capacity cbm 10 Swell Factor 1.50 Fill Factor 0.80 Dipper Load per Pass bcm 5.33 Slewing Angle 째 120 Cycle Time sec 49 Cycles per Hour No. 73 Production per Hour bcm/h 390 Hours per Shift h 8 Preparation Time min 60 Break Time min 60 Break Time for Personnel Activities min 30 Production Time per Shift h 5.5 Job Efficiency 0.85 Production per Shift bcm/sh. 1,800 Shifts per Day No. 3 Days per Week No. 7 Public Holidays d 10 Weather Conditions d 14 Maintenance d 40 Non-planned Breaks d 60 Technological Breaks d 30 Shift Breaks d 10 Non-Working Days per Year d 164 Working Days per Year d 201 Coefficient for Climate 0.95 Coefficient for Reliability 0.90 Total Working Hours per Year h 4,120 Production per Year mbcm 0.940 Tab.: 4.3-18

Maximum Capacity of Dragline ESch 10/70

Page 47 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Unit

Production per Year

mbcm

0.66

1.4

Uncontinuous Factor

1.1

cbm

Swell Factor

1.3

Efficiency Dipper Using

0.9

bcm

1.38

2.08

3.46

1.38

2.08

3.65

Time per Pass

Job Efficiency Shovel

0.85

Truck Presentation Factor

0.9

Truck Capacity

12.3

20.0

30.8

12.3

20.0

30.8

Truck Capacity

cbm

No. of Passes

Truck Payload

bcm

6.2

10.0

15.4

6.2

10.0

15.4

0.9

Loading Time

min

3.3

Average Velocity

km/h

Transport Distance

3.5

2.0

Truck Reserve Factor

1.1

min

26.6

17.6

Operating Days per Year

200

Shift System

7/3

Shift Changing Time

min

Breaks

min

Truck Changing Time

min

Spot Time

min

mbcm

0.6

0.9

1.5

0.6

0.9

1.6

56.6

92.0

141.6

85.5

139.0

213.8

Trucks

Excavator

Dipper Capacity

Dipper Load per Pass

Truck Efficiency Factor

Operation Time

Cycle Time

Fleet

Annual Production Shovel Number of Shovels Annual Production Truck

tbcm

Number of Trucks Tab.: 4.3-19

Capacity of Shovel & Truck Fleet

Page 48 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

When calculating the necessary Shovel- and Truck-fleet 2 alternatives were considered (please see table above): 1

annual output capacity 0.66 mbcm with a transport distance of 3.5 km

annual output capacity 1.4 mbcm with a transport distance of 2.0 km

3 different equipment classes were calculated for the two alternatives: a

2 cbm Shovel and 8 cbm Trucks

3 cbm Shovel and 13 cbm Trucks

5 cbm Shovel and 20 cbm Trucks

For the calculation a continuous operation of 200 days per year was taken into account. The included downtimes and reserve factors are shown in the above table. Comparing the examined variants the equipment alternative with 2cbm Shovels and 8 cbm Trucks shall be preferred. The decision is justified in the following: -

Only one shovel is required for alternative c owing to the low annual capacity. Downtime of this excavator would accordingly lead to outage of the whole system. That is the reason why this alternative shall be rejected.

For a number of years the annual capacity of the mobile equipment operation is lower than expected. This would also lead to a reduction to one winning equipment for variant b.

A decisive advantage of variant a is the availability of this equipment in Kosovo so that the performances can be carried out at reasonable costs by companies from Kosovo.

Page 49 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.4 General Mining Development in Sibovc SW 4.4.1 Excavation Boundary/ Boundary Line The following was taken into consideration when the excavation boundary (upper edge of first level) was established: -

Course of old concession line

Permissible approach to villages

Thickness of minable coal seam at the boundary

Necessary general inclination from geotechnical point of view

Requirements to bench lengths and straight rim slope systems

Altogether the excavation boundary or the technological depletion boundary represents a compromise between the criteria mentioned above. The following applies to the single criteria: Course of old concession line Already in the past it was planned to excavate the Sibovc coal field. This area was defined by a limitation line. The limitation of the excavation area for the field Sibovc SW planned in the Complementary Mining Plan is within this area. Permissible approach to villages Despite the reduced coal demand, a partly relocation of villages within this field can’t be avoided. This applies to the villages of Hade and Shipitulle. A complete resettlement of these villages is not necessary. Between the mining boundary and the residential buildings a safety zone with a width of 100 m has been considered. Near the village of Shipitulle little coal losses have been accepted to keep the infrastructure. Thickness of minable coal seam at the boundary The thickness of the coal seam in the field Sibovc SW varies between 60 and 70m. In the southern part the seam thickness is a little bit higher and can reach locally 80m. Along the western boundary, where the seam is disturbed, the thickness goes back to 40 m. So there are no restrictions regarding the seam thickness. Necessary general inclination from geotechnical point of view All slope systems comply with the requirements regarding the stability required from a geotechnical point of view. i.e.: -

general inclination overburden system

< 8°

overburden (single slope)

< 45°

general inclination coal system

< 22°

Page 50 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

coal (single slope)

< 75Â° to 20m or < 70Â° to 25m

Requirements to bench lengths and straight rim slope systems The general opencast mine design is directly linked with the height of the planned output. Especially the annual progress of the opencast mine is of essential importance for geotechnical reasons. The lower the opencast mine advance, the higher the risks caused by slope failures ad coal fires. These dependencies are still more complex in the available case of the Sibovc deposit because the surface is strongly structured. This aspect has furthermore negative influences to the mine development with straight routes for the head belt conveyors systems. A bench length of ca. 900 m related to the coal benches was chosen for an annual output of 9mt. With an average coal thickness of 65 m this corresponds to an annual opencast mine advance of ca. 130m. An opencast mine similar to that of the Main Mining Plan including bench lengths of ca. 3000 m cannot be accepted since the annual mine advance will reduce to 40m. Another disadvantage of the long bench length arises due to the high investment and operating costs for the belt conveyor systems. Other alternatives will also be not useful because the mountain range with the Hade village is in the middle of the field. In addition to that it was taken into account that the head belt conveyors should be in more or less straight direction, with a justifiable number of single conveyors.

4.4.2 Bench Design 4.4.2.1 General Bench Design The Sibovc field shows a varying thickness and a varying inclination of the benches and of the roof and floor of the seam. The benches must follow these inclinations with the least possible mining loss. Overburden operation Taking both the cut height and the capacity of the machines into consideration, 3 main levels were provided for overburden removal and one additional level for following and cleaning the seam. The 3 main levels are equipped with excavator types SRs 1300 and SchRs 650. For these machines slope heights of about 20 m have been planned. During ramp excavation the main machines cuts a ramp of additional 8 m thickness above the level of the belt conveyor system. The ramp has to be excavated in a second block. In the lowest overburden bench the application of a SRs 470 with belt wagon has been planned. In some only locally spread areas, the total overburden thickness comes to about 120 m. In these parts the additional application of mobile equipment canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t be excluded. Coal operation Coal mining is also implemented in 3 main levels and one additional bench at the bottom of the seam. The main levels are equipped with excavator types SRs 1300 and SchRs 650, respectively. In the lowest cut an excavator SRs 400 will be in operation. The coal from this bench will be loaded to the next higher level by means of a belt wagon. The inclination possible to be managed by the machines is 1:33 for excavator operation. Inclinations of 1:40 were chosen for the benches in order to be able to follow the big gradients of the terrain, roof and floor. This maximum inclination puts very high demands to keeping Page 51 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

the heights of the benches which can only be achieved by continuous checks. In the direction of mining it is possible to achieve a greater decrease or increase of the bench using the step excavation which is used for moving the belt conveyor system. In the direction of the bench the inclination must always be kept. The minimum inclination should not be less than 1:150. This is necessary to enable drainage of the working levels. Drainage ditches must be provided on the benches and pump stations shall be provided in the deep positions of the benches.

Page 52 of 171

Fig.: 4.4-1

Cross Section with Main Equipment Application

Recommendation for more detailed planning Deviations between the available terrain data and the actual situation were determined during visits along the western rim slope system (area western and north-western of the shooting range). This area has to be surveyed by KEK as soon as possible. On this basis both the geological model and the technological planning of the western rim slope system shall be specified.

4.4.2.2 Division of Cuts in Overburden Operation The total overburden thickness in the field of Sibovc SW varies between 30 and 110 m. These strong variations are mainly caused by the terrain profile but also in the tectonic conditions of the seam. The largest cutting heights occur in the north of the mining field of Sibovc SW and along the eastern rim slope system. The lowest overburden coverage is in the south of the mining field along the northern rim slope system of the Bardh opencast mine. Therefore the design of the single cuts shall be adjusted according to the morphology and presents as follows: Mobile Equipment The use of Shovels and Trucks is envisaged in the sections with the largest cutting heights. The operational area covers a curved zone along the mountain range in the central and northern part of the mining field of Sibovc SW. The cutting depths in the overburden reach here partly up to 110 m. This cutting height cannot be handled with the help of the main equipment despite ramp excavation; therefore the use of mobile equipment is proposed. The separation level of the mobile operation is on a level of +625 mMSL n the central part and rises into the direction of the rim slope systems to +645 mMSL. The overall cutting height is maximum 20m. The thickness of the single cuts shall be ca. 6 m. 1st Overburden system Due to the terrain rising into northern direction the first overburden system will only begin immediately in the south of the outside dump of Shipitulla (shooting range). The bench runs from west to east on an average level of +595 mMSL. In the valley west of Hade (middle bench zone) this cut runs on the surface level during the first business years. There is practically no cutting. With progressing development the cutting depth increases continuously on the entire bench. At the end of the period under review ramp excavation will be necessary on large bench sections. 2nd Overburden system The starting position for this cut is on the present surface level at a height of +565 mMSL, too. This height corresponds to the present height of working level of spreader P3B. From this position on the 2nd overburden system will be developed into northern direction. During the first operating years this cut also works with reduced cutting heights in the valley location. With progressing development the cutting depth increases so that ramp excavation will become necessary. on large bench sections.

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

3rd Overburden system The 3rd overburden system is the cut exposing the coal seam. During the opening-up phase the eastern part of the bench can be developed rim the existing northern rim slope system. In contrast to this, an opening cut will be necessary the western part, because the bank rim slope system was overdumped. Recovering of the dump masses is not recommended. The working level is on a height of +550 / +535 mMSL and reaches the roof of the coal only at the western rim s lope system. Therefore a deep cut following the 3rd overburden system will be installed which will expose the roof of the seam continuously. In this cut, there will be used a SRs 470 with belt wagon and without own bench belt conveyor. The 3rd overburden system works continuously with maximum cutting height.

4.4.2.3 Division of Cuts in Coal Operation The coal seam in the field Sibovc SW has an average thickness of ca. 70 m. In the area of the opening-up the coal has local seam thickness of up to 80 m. In the tectonic fault zones along the western rim slope system the thickness reduces to partly below 40 m. The seam is more or less deposited flat whereby a general dipping into eastern and southern direction can be recognized. The dipping is mainly bound to geological faults (cracks); especially along the western field boundary they lead to larger differences in the seam levels. Therefore the seam is partly reaching the 3rd overburden system. Generally, it is envisaged to extract the seam in 3 cuts each being equipped with one excavator of the 1300-class. The design of the single cuts is illustrated in the following: 1st Coal Cut In the area of the opening up the working level of the 1st coal cut runs on a level between +525 and +515 mMSL. The working level is continuously dipping into eastern direction with a gradient of ca. 1 : 80. The cutting thickness of the 1st coal cut is 15 to 20 m. The dipping of the working level remains over the whole operating lifetime, the gradient increases to 1 : 40. At the same time the working level increases by ca 15 m into north in the first operating years. 2nd Coal Cut The second overburden system is mainly 20 to 25 m thick. Analogue to the 1st coal cut the working level is dipping into mining direction Compared with the 1st coal cut the dipping is lower. 3rd Coal Cut The 3rd coal cut is 25 m thick. Direction and dipping follow the 2nd coal cut. This working level can only reach locally the seam bottom. Therefore, a deep stage was planned for this cut. A SRs 400 (E7M) with belt wagon shall be used in this additional cut which excavates the coal to the technological bottom and loads it to the belt conveyor of the 3rd coal cut. The cutting depth in the deep stage is maximum 10 m.

Page 55 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

By means of single drillings, interburden containing clay was identified within the level of the 3rd coal cut. These interburden layers are of low thickness and are not spread regularly. These interburden layers occur only in the lowest coal cut; therefore they can be directly dumped to the bottom with low technological expense. The decision to separate the interburden should be made in case of need. In general layers greater 0.5 m shall be selectively extracted.

4.4.3 Main Strategies for Mining Development The following main strategies for the mining development have been considered in the Complementary Mine Plan: -

Opening-up of the Sibovc SW opencast mine shall be made from the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mine. In the western opening-up area the inside dump of P3B shall be taken into account.

For the coal operation, a coal pillar shall be considered in the opening-up figure between the mine fields of Sibovc and Bardh in order to stabilize the masses of he inside dump the Bardh opencast mine.

The masses are preferably dumped in the mined-out area of the existing opencast mines in order to stabilize the slope south of Hade and to establish final dump surfaces as soon as possible.

Moreover, the mined-out bottom in Sibovc SW shall be covered and as far as possible also the coal rim slope systems in order to prevent coal fires.

During the opening-up phase the overburden will be transported via the western rim slope system. After disassembling the equipment in the existing opencast mines there will be established a belt connection via the eastern rim slope system. This helps to reducing the transport distance and the quickest possible establishment of the slope system south of Hade.

The residual pit of Mirash-Brand remains as reserved area for the disposal of municipal waste.

It is envisaged to flush the power plant residues from TPP B in the residual pit of Mirash-East.

All in all is to be noticed, that the development of the new Sibovc SW mine is directly linked to the advance of the existing mine and therefore to the realisation of the Mid Term Plan.

4.4.4 Mass Calculation On the basis of the topographic isoline maps, the existing borehole data submitted by KEK and the results of additional exploration measures a digital deposit model were prepared for the purpose of computer-aided mass calculation. The technological mass calculation has been realised with MicroStation-Programs as well as specialised programs developed by Vattenfall on the basis of triangulation. The following data and criteria of mineability have been considered in the mass calculation: -

Density of coal 1.14 t/m続

Page 56 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Extraction of lignite from a thickness of at least 0.5 m

Separate excavation of intercalations from a thickness of more than 0.5 m

Consideration of a mining loss of 0.5 m at each strata boundary

Fig.: 4.4-2

Sectors of Mass Calculation

Page 57 of 171

Overburden Operation

Coal Operation

Total

Mobile E.

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level 3a

Coal

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Level3a

Overb.

Coal

Ratio

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[bcm/t]

1.836

4.986

0.684

0.464

0.375

8.361

0.839

9.96 : 1

0.031

19.135

10.773

1.78 : 1

0.855

1.105

1.112

6.230

8.434

2.223

0.352

5.488

4.835

0.099

0.415

7.109

11.208

8.708

1.847

1.840

6.341

9.658

5.376

1.071

0.554

29.841

24.286

1.23 : 1

0.175

5.018

10.522

8.308

1.777

0.824

6.291

9.166

5.860

1.184

0.373

26.173

23.324

1.12 : 1

2.521

7.358

13.341

9.238

1.920

0.905

6.130

8.240

5.974

1.827

0.396

34.774

23.076

1.51 : 1

4.644

11.393

13.781

10.804

1.945

0.161

6.374

8.641

6.680

2.009

0.447

43.014

23.865

1.80 : 1

6.773

16.126

15.078

11.006

1.226

0.072

6.096

6.060

5.850

1.427

0.375

50.584

19.506

2.59 : 1

7.807

15.569

16.265

11.256

1.291

0.067

6.164

5.553

5.637

1.883

0.369

52.557

19.304

2.72 : 1

2.399

12.388

16.164

11.891

1.294

0.612

6.565

5.258

5.502

2.039

0.411

44.547

19.976

2.23 : 1

Total

26.69

76.07

104.42

84.63

14.21

5.30

49.82

57.41

40.98

11.44

2.55

308.99

164.95

1.82 : 1

Tab.: 4.4-1

Results of Mass Calculation

4.4.5 Stockpile Operation To stock coal and blend a homogenous coal quality according to the power plant parameters stockpiles are installed upstream the power plants. These stockpiles are installed directly at the power plant sites and belong to the responsibility of the opencast mine department.

Blocks 3, 4 and 5

4.4.5.1 Stockpile TPP A

Separation A

TPP A

T Blocks 1, 2 and 3

SHT-2b

Mirash-West Mirash-Southeast SHT-15

SHT-5.13

MK 2

MK 1 T ..... Truck Loading Point ... Active Belt Conveyors ... Passive Belt Conveyors

Fig.: 4.4-3

Scheme of Stockpile TPP A

The stockpile provides the respective coal quantities and qualities for the power plant TPP A and other consumers (heating purposes). It consists of four parallel arranged stockpile sections (at surface) with a maximum total volume of 560,000 t. The total filling for a continuous handling amounts to 400,000 t. The stockpiles are equipped with 2 combined stacker-reclaimers of the company TUSLA (MK 1 and MK 2), whereby each of the machines operates 2 stockpile sections. The capacity of one machine is 1,800t/h both for stacking and reclaiming. Due to the combined stacker-reclaimer operation the following functions can be fulfilled: -

stacking

reclaiming

by-pass operation

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

mass stream separation (by-pass operation and stacking)

by-pass operation and reclaiming

The belt conveyor distribution system of Separation Plants A was very complex. In the past, a lot of connected consumers were supplied with different coal qualities via this distribution system. Parallel to the decommissioning of some of the consumers, belt conveyors and belt conveyor systems have also been put out of operation. In a first process, the coal is crushed in several steps down to a grain size of 30 mm. After the crushing, the coal can directly be transported to the power plant and the stockpile for stacking, respectively. It is recommended to blend a homogenous coal quality in three phases. -

Control of equipment use in the opencast mine by precise extraction and pre-blending of different coal qualities

Blending of mass streams from the various mining fields

Blending within the stockpile cross section by slice-wise stacking

In separation plant TPP A it is furthermore possible to produce and load pre-dried lump coal for sale (road transportation by trucks). The demand for TPP A and other consumer is planned with about 5.0 mt per year. The daily demand comes to 10 up to 15 kt. So in this case the normal filling level of 400 kt corresponds to a coal reserve of 26 up to 40 days (at most). This is regarded as sufficient.

TPP B

4.4.5.2 Stockpile TPP B The coal is transported via two stationery belt conveyors to the stockpile.

C t es -W sh ri a h M a rd B

MK B

MK A

C ... Crusher

Fig.: 4.4-4

Scheme of Stockpile TPP B

After crushing to a grain size of 30 mm the coal can be directly transported to the power plant and the Stockpile for stacking, respectively.

Page 60 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The Stockpile consists of four parallel arranged stockpile sections (at surface) with a maximum total volume of 500,000 t. The optimal total filling for a continuous handling amounts to 350,000 t. For a daily coal demand of ca. 10,000 t per block the coal reserves will last for 18 days in case of optimal filling level and a relatively high demand. According to the planned performance the yearly average coal demand for TPP B1+B2 in future is 5.3 mt or 15 kt per day. Hence on average the coal will be sufficient for 23 days. The stockpiles are equipped with 2 combined stacker-reclaimers of the company MAN (MK A and MK B), whereby each of the machines operates 2 stockpile sections. The capacity of one machine is 1,800t/h both for stacking and reclaiming. The two machines can supply coal to both of the blocks. Furthermore it is also possible to directly supply coal to the power plant blocks from the mine without intermediate stacking. In this process, too, the combined stacker-reclaimer equipment is integrated in the mass flow. So it will be possible to blend a homogenous coal quality in a sufficient manner.

Page 61 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5 Opening-up Operation 4.5.1 Preparatory Works in the Year 2007 In the calendar year 2007 the rehabilitation of the first overburden line will start, consisting of Excavator E10B, 1,600 mm belt conveyor system and spreader P3B. The start of the performance test is planned for end of February and the full load operation for end of March 2008 in the field Sibovc SW. The excavator will start on a level of +570/+555 mMSL on the surface. The necessary levelling works, to be done by dozers, should be realised in 2007 already. The grading is required for erection of frames and drive and return stations before finishing the refurbishment of the main equipment. At the same time the foreseen surface dewatering measures (drainage of water ponds and the box culvert) and the land acquisition have to be finished. The grading works have to be done by KEK own equipment.

4.5.2 Mining Development in the Year 2008 Illustration of technology see attachment 4- 2 4.5.2.1 General Development The opening up of the Sibovc SW opencast mine starts from the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mine. The overburden thickness in the opening up area is only 30m and the coal layer is partly more than 70m thick. Parallel with the rising terrain the overburden thickness is increasing into the mining direction. In the western area of the northern rim slope system spreader P3B has been distributing the masses of the first over the Bardh mine since 2003. In this zone the inside dump is directly and completely bordering the northern rim slope system up to reaching the surface level. Due to the low cutting height and the terrain increasing to the North first and second overburden system can be put into operation on the area and reach full cutting depth only with advancing extraction. Only the 3rd overburden system must produce a cut-in. The dumped inside dump masses will not be reclaimed. After having executed the first preparatory measures in 2007, the proper opening up activities will start in 2008. Directly after the end of the winter season the first mass movements by means of Shovels and Trucks are planned. These works concentrate on preparing the positions for the main equipment and the cutting of excess heights at the western bench end. The first overburden line (E10B, 1,600mm belt conveyor system, P3B) is planned to take up operation on 1st June. At year end (1st November) another overburden line (E9M, 1,800 mm belt conveyor system, P4M) will start operation. The masses are completely dumped in the existing residual pits of the Bardh / Mirash mines. Coal will not be exposed in this year.

Page 62 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-1

Mining Position at the End of Year 2008

4.5.2.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment In March 2008 overburden removal starts in the Sibovc SW field by means of mobile equipment. First, the use of this equipment is planned until 2012. It is suggested to assign these operations to a subcontractor. This will be the most economic alternative because the required output capacity varies from year to year. In 2008, mobile equipment operation will concentrate on producing the start positions for the overburden lines 1 and 3 which will start operation already in this year. The following working areas are resulting from this:

Page 63 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Start position for 1st overburden system

Start position for 3rd overburden system

Widening of highest overburden

level:

+565 / +555 mMSL

volume:

0.20 mbcm

completion:

May 2008

level:

+560 / +550 mMSL

volume:

0.10 mbcm

completion:

July 2008

level:

+595 / +580 mMSL

volume:

0.36 mbcm

completion:

Dec 2008

It is suggested to use the area east of the dump pillar to dump the overburden masses. The concrete determination of the dumping spaces shall be done according to the specific opencast mine situation in 2008. Transport distances will amount between 3.0 to 4.0 km. Road construction shall be planned and performed by the Subcontractor. 1st Overburden System The installation of the first overburden line (E10B, 1,600 mm belt conveyor system, P3B) will start in April 2008. On the winning side the bench belt conveyor line shall be established on the route prepared by the mobile equipment (+565 / +555 mMSL â&#x20AC;&#x201C; later working level of the 2nd overburden bench). The connection to the dump is made along the western field margin. The former bench of P3B in the Bardh mine will be continued as dump bench (+552 / +546 mMSL). Therefore this system will reach a total bench length of only 3,000 m using 3 single belts in the start position. Test operation and performance tests are planned for May 2008; continuous operation will start on 1st June. Extraction is performed in parallel operation first with low cutting heights. The maximum cutting heights (10 m) are reached at the western bench end. Totally 1.0 mbcm of overburden have to be removed until the end of the year. This production considers a moderate capacity development in the first operating months (3 months with 50% of the maximum capacity and further 3 months with 70 % of the maximum capacity). The dump will first be developed in high dumping with maximum dumping height 12 m. The high-dumping directly borders the existing natural terrain surface. In the south of the highdumping area a corridor shall be considered for the natural dewatering of the later dump surface. After dumping of the first block the head belt conveyor shall be extended and an additional head belt conveyor shall be installed parallel to the existing head belt conveyor. At the same time the dump bench belt conveyor shall be shifted parallel. 3rd Overburden System In September 2008, the 3rd overburden line (E9M, 1,800 mm belt conveyor system, P4M) will be installed in the starting position. The start position on the mining side (+ 560 / + 550 mMSL) was prepared by means of mobile equipment. The head belt conveyor also runs along the western mining boundary. The dump bench will also be installed on the Bardh inside dump on a working level of +540 / +536 mMSL. In the start position the belt conveyor system consists of 4 single belts with a total length of 2.7 km.

Page 64 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Test operation for this overburden system is planned for October before the capacity operation will start in November. Restrictions with regard to capacity have been taken into account analogue to the 1st overburden system the first months. But the prepared start position does not yet correspond to the planned level of the working bench of the E9M. Therefore winning operations in the first months will focus on lowering the working level as soon as possible to the planned level (+550 / +535 mMSL). The lowering of this working level is performed by excavating 2 deep cuts each having maximum depth of 8m. The belt conveyor line shall then be shifted to the next deeper level. In 2008 only the first deep stage will be excavated. The spreader works in high and deep dumping operation. Shifting on the dump side will not be planned for the first operating year.

Overburden

4.5.2.3 Production Figures Overburden

Coal

[ mbcm ]

[ mt ]

Mobile

0.660

Commissioning 1st March

E10B

1.000

Commissioning 1st June

E9M

0.500

Commissioning 1st November

Total Tab.: 4.5-1

Excav. E10B

2.160 Planned Production in the Year 2008

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M

Remarks

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

Tab.: 4.5-2

Width [ mm ] 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800

Length [m] 1,500 340 160 1,100 970 370 550 1,100

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] + 550 + 570 + 570 + 552 + 552 + 552 + 552 + 546 + 544 + 550 + 550 + 553 + 553 + 540 + 540 + 536

Spreader

P3B

P4M

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2008

Page 65 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5.3 Mining Development in the Year 2009 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 3 4.5.3.1 General Development Operation in the Sibovc SW opencast mine is continued with the equipment put into operation in the previous year. The 3rd overburden system will be assisted by the excavator E5M from June 2009. This excavator is used on the deep cut side of the bench belt conveyor and removes the residual overburden up to the roof of the coal seam. In November the next equipment line will be put into operation (E10M, 1,800 mm belt conveyor system, P3M). This line will work in the 2nd overburden system. The excavator E10B used previously on that level will be shifted to the first overburden system. Therefore, the overburden operation in Sibovc SW will be completely equipped. Like in the year before the overburden will be dumped on the inside dumps of the Bardh and Mirash mines. Both of the mines will still be in operation in 2009 so that the dumping activities of the existing mines and the Sibovc SW mine shall be coordinated. This means that the dumping space problem will furthermore influence the opencast mine operation decisively. This fact especially results due to: -

Blocking of dumping space by sanitary landfill area in Mirash Brand

Blocking of dumping space by ash dump area in Mirash East

Low general slope angle of dumped material of 6째

Blocking of lowest dumping slice in Bardh mine because of the dipping bottom of seam

The new line to be put into operation will therefore operate in a dumping sector east of the dump pillar. In 2009 coal will be exposed for the first time in the mining field of Sibovc SW, but this coal will not be extracted. Parallel to this the precondition for taking up coal production in 2010 must be provided. Another important task will be the finishing of the resettlement of the western village part of the community of Hade.

Page 66 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-2

Mining Position at the End of Year 2009

4.5.3.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment The overburden quantity to be removed by means of mobile equipment in 2009 will amount to 0.6 mbcm. About 0.2 mbcm will come to the cutting of excess heights at the western rim slope system and 0.4 mbcm to shaping the eastern rim slope system southwest of Hade. In this connection it will be necessary to partly resettle the western village part of Hade (please see chapter 7). The level of the mobile equipment in the area of Hade will be produced with an inclination of 1 : 6. Analogue to the previous year the overburden shall be dumped in the dumping space east of the dump pillar of Mirash. 1st Overburden System

Page 67 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The first overburden system will be operated on the level of the later second overburden system until the 3rd quarter. Afterwards excavator and bench belt conveyor will be shifted to the new working position in the first overburden system. This position extends along the contour lines from WSW to NNE and lies not parallel to the mining direction. A ramp leading through the terrain shall be prepared by means of mobile equipment for transporting the excavator. The new working level of the line is on + 595 / +585 mMSL. Owing to the terrain structure the first overburden system will only be necessary in the western part of the mining field during the first operating years. After re-commissioning in November the system will mainly work at the western bench end to produce parallel position of the benches. Connection to the dump side via the western rim slope system will be maintained also after the reconstruction. Only the head belt conveyor shall be extended via a ramp (1 : 10) to the higher level. The ramp shall be prepared by means of mobile equipment. The dump will be further developed in parallel operation into eastern direction with constant extension of the head belt conveyor. The spreader works exclusively in high dumping operation. 2nd Overburden System The 2nd overburden system consisting of E10M, 1,800 mm belt conveyor system and P3M shall be put into operation in November 2009. The installation of the belt conveyor will already start in September and in the following month spreader and excavator shall be transported from the assembly yard to the work position. The performance tests for the entire system shall be scheduled for October. Parallel with the commissioning of the new line excavator E10B and the belonging bench belt conveyor shall be shifted to the first overburden system in order to avoid hindrances. Contrary to the other equipment line this system will be connected by belt conveyor to the dump already via the eastern rim slope system. Reason for this is the limited dumping space in the Bardh mine in 2009; therefore the overburden has to be dumped east of the dump pillar. The head belt conveyors must lead into southern direction through the open pit space of Bardh and then into eastern direction via the dump pillar of Mirash. The dump bench belt conveyor shall be laid on a level of ca. +545 mMSL along the outside dump South. The dumping slice will then be developed in deep and high dumping in slewing operation. The belt conveyor system of this overburden line consists of 5 single belts with a total length of 6.4 km. The belt routes shall be prepared during the summer months by mobile equipment available in the opencast mine. Already in 2009, the newly installed equipment line will remove 0.200 mbcm overburden. 3rd Overburden System The third overburden system will be further operated in parallel. Deep stage excavation started in 2009 will be continued until the planned working level height is reached (+535 / +545 mMSL). When this level will be reached, the working level on the excavation side shall be further developed slightly rising. Therefore the working level follows the rising coal seam. Except the western bench end, the roof of the coal will not be reached with this working level. For this reason an additional cut (3a) shall be installed on the deep cut side of the belt conveyor which exposes the coal seam. Excavator E5M will be used in this cut. The extracted

Page 68 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

masses are transferred by mean of BRs 1200 to the belt conveyor of the 3rd overburden system. The thickness of cut 3a was limited to 8m height depending on the technical parameters of the belt wagon. Commissioning of E5M including belt wagon is scheduled for June 2009. Rehabilitation of the excavator is only planned for 2010 so that the excavator can be directly used in the Sibovc SW mine after decommissioning in the Mirash mine. The western bench end of the 3rd overburden system is already in the area of high coal seam position. Here the coal reaches into the 3rd overburden system. In the annual slice for 2009 the coal quantity comes to 0.29 mt in this cut. As the coal systems will not yet be installed in Sibovc SW at that time coal has to be extracted and stored on a stockpile in the mine. This quantity shall be reclaimed after commissioning of the first coal line. The dump is further developed analogue to the previous year into eastern direction. The height of the working level is between +540 und +536 mMSL. The spreader works in high- and deep dumping. Permanent control and supervision of the advance conditions and general slope angles will be of essential importance during the dump development. The dump stability is a decisive precondition for maximum coal output of the existing mines and also for the operating safety of the belt conveyor line of the 2nd overburden system in Sibovc SW.

4.5.3.3 Coal Operation Coal production is not yet scheduled for 2009; it will become necessary from beginning of 2010. Therefore the required preconditions for taking up coal production shall be provided in 2009, especially: -

Shifting of the already in 2007/2008 rehabilitated E8M to the coal operation Sibovc SW

Finishing of rehabilitation of the first coal belt conveyor

Preparation of routes for the installation of the belt conveyors (summer)

Installation of the first coal belt conveyor line (autumn, winter)

4.5.3.4 Production Figures

Overburden

Mobile

Overburden

Coal

[ mbcm ]

[ mt ]

Remarks

0.600

E10B

2.000

Relocation to 1st overburden level up to Oct

E10M

0.200

Commissioning 1st November

E9M

3.100

E5M

0.500

Total Tab.: 4.5-3

0.290

Commissioning 1st June

6.400 Planned Production in the Year 2009

Page 69 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

Tab.: 4.5-4

Width [ mm ] 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800

Length [m] 1,070 700 350 1,100 1,500 640 970 2,200 1,000 1,350 300 590 1,100

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] + 585 + 580 + 580 + 552 + 552 + 552 + 552 + 546 + 575 + 565 + 565 + 487 + 487 + 538 + 538 + 545 + 545 +545 + 535 + 548 + 548 + 553 + 553 + 540 + 540 + 536

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2009

Page 70 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5.4 Mining Development in the Year 2010 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 4 4.5.4.1 General Development In 2010 coal production from the existing mine declines to 4.6 mt. To cover the coal demand of the power plants a coal output of 3.4 mt is required from the Sibovc mine. Overburden operation in the Sibovc mine will be continued analogue to the previous year period. All system on the mining side will be further developed into northern direction in parallel operation. Technological development started in 2009 will also be continued on the dump side. In the first quarter of 2010excavator E1B will be shifted to the Sibovc SW mine. This excavator was already partly rehabilitated in 2005 and will be used as float machine in Sibovc SW. The commissioning of this excavator provides the preconditions for the rehabilitation of excavator E5M in the coal exposing cut. This measure will start beginning from March 2010. At the beginning of the year the coal operation installed in the previous year will start operation. Excavator E8M will begin on the coal roof and develop via several deep stages until it reaches its planned working level. The coal is transported via a coal conveyor belt to the distribution point. In the first half of the year the preconditions for the commissioning of the second coal excavator and the second stationery coal belt conveyor shall be provided. Start of operation for this line is scheduled for July 2010. The development of the 2nd coal cut is made analogue to excavator E8M via several deep stages.

Page 71 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-3

Mining Position at the End of Year 2010

4.5.4.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment In 2010, the overburden volume to be removed by means of mobile equipment will reduce to 0.3 mbcm. Mobile equipment operation is only performed at the western bench end. During the year the mining face of mobile operation reaches the south western boundary of the outside dump (shooting area). The masses can both be dumped on a suitable place of the Mirash dump and in Bardh. On the Bardh dump side it is possible to additionally heighten the high dump produced by P3B once again. This dumping shall only be done with limited volume (max. 0.3 mlcm) and serve shaping the terrain surface at the western field margin in the area of the natural elevation of Page 72 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

the base rock. Advantages for this alternative are the short transport distances of only 1.4km. Dumping in this area requires a soil-mechanical evaluation of the total dump slope system. 1st Overburden System The first overburden system will be further developed in slewing operation until a position orthogonal to the planned mining direction will be reached. Afterwards excavation changes to parallel operation. Also in 2010 the first overburden system will only be operated in the western bench half owing to the terrain structure. The constantly low thickness in this cut at the beginning of the year will increase with advancing development. This will be mainly due to the fact that the cut reaches the southern boundary of the outside dump (shooting range). The thickness of the cut will then come to 20 m in the western part of the bench and will decrease continuously to 0m into eastern direction. Due to the short bench length and the partly low cutting heights the annual output capacity in this cut only comes to 0.47 mbcm. Starting from 2010 extraction in this cut will be decisively determined by the additionally heightened outside dump masses. The thickness of the outside dump varies between 0 and 20m. Therefore the height of the working level of E10B is continuously in unspoilt material. Performance restrictions can be expected when the dumped material will be reclaimed. The operating experiences from the existing mine and comparable deposits show that the dumped material itself will flatten to 6째. During excavation in the dumped areas slides have to be taken into account which will develop gradually. Dangers caused by these slides for personnel and equipment will not be expected. Excavation in areas with dumped materials shall be accompanied soil-mechanically; if required special measures shall be taken. The dump will be further developed in parallel operation into eastern direction exclusively by high-dumping. Owing to the small output quantity in 2010 the advance of the dumping slice is limited to ca. 50 m. 2nd Overburden System The 2nd overburden line will be continued in parallel operation. The annual output capacity comes to 3.3 mbcm, which corresponds to an advance of ca. 150 m. Excavator E10M will cut for the most part of the annual slice from its working level to the surface level. Cutting height is maximum 20 m. The thickness of the material to be excavated decreases to 5 m in the valley site. The working level dips into eastern direction from ca. + 578 to + 565 mMSL. Drainage measures are of special importance for the operation. The water quantities not covered by the advancing surface drainage will flow into the 2nd overburden system owing to the valley position and must be discharged via the working level into eastern direction. By means of constant surface drainage these water quantities can be minimized but not fully excluded. Therefore it is urgently required to operate a functioning drainage channel on the working level. Belt connection to the dumping sector east of the dump pillar will be maintained. The dump shall be further developed in slewing operation. 3rd Overburden System

Page 73 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Totally 4.71 mbcm overburden will have to be removed in the 3rd overburden system in the annual slice for 2010. About 3.62 mbcm of it come to the main cut (E9M) and 1.09 mbcm to the coal exposing cut (E5M). Furthermore about 0.27 mt coal to be exposed is in the 3rd overburden system; this coal shall be excavated and added to the pit operation. The 3rd overburden system will be further developed in parallel operation. In 2010 the advance into mining direction will amount to ca. 140 m. The working level will slightly increase into mining direction and will dip from west to east from + 553 to + 536 mMSL. The cutting height in the main cut is constantly 20m. Directly behind the bench belt conveyor on the mining side the coal exposing cut is carried along. The thickness of the cut is limited to 10 m to be able to load the overburden masses to the above lying bench belt conveyor on the main working level. The cut will be required for the total area of the deep coal position; therefore it extends completely over the central and eastern bench section. On 1st March 2010 the rehabilitated excavator E1B which was damaged during a heavy slide in 2002 will be shifted to the Sibovc SW mine. This excavator is scheduled as float machine and shall be used in areas of special importance to be decided upon operatively. This excavator shall be preferably used for extracting and moving coal from the 3rd overburden system because its technical parameters allow only a limited use in overburden. The first special task in the Sibovc SW mine will be scheduled for excavator E1B directly after commissioning of it. The excavator E5M previously working in the uncovering coal cut was not rehabilitated before shifting to Sibovc SW. In 2010there will be the possibility and necessity to catch up this rehabilitation. During the 7-month outage the excavator shall be replaced by E1B. This excavator works with reduced performance owing to the restricted applicability in overburden operation. Re-commissioning of E5M is scheduled for 1st October so that E1B can be released. This excavator will then remain on the main working level of the 3rd overburden system for extracting the coal occurring there. The masses of the two cuts are charged to spreader P4M. Dumping of the section which started in the previous year shall be finished at the beginning of the year. Another shifting of the dump bench belt conveyor would lead to steeper slopes of the total dump system. It is therefore proposed to re-install the dump bench belt conveyor on a lower working level (+510 / +507 mMSL). Therefore the dump-side head belts shall be extended via a ramp to the new height level. In the dump sector too, parallel operation is performed. At the end of the year dumping has to be stopped again. The bench belt conveyor shall be re-shifted into the previously left dumping sector and put into operation again.

4.5.4.3 Coal Operation Preconditions for the commissioning of the first coal line have already been made in 2009, so that the E8M can directly start operation at the beginning of 2010. To reach the planned height of working level between +525 and +515 mMSL the excavator shall start cutting from the eastern bench end where the cutting height is only 12 m. From this position the opening up figure shall be widened to a maximum extend into western and southern direction with permanent extension of the bench belt conveyor. The widening into South (Bardh opencast mine) is divided into two parts. The eastern bench area can be widened to maximum extent to the existing northern rim slope system. The boundary of the widening can be determined operatively and depending on different factors:

Page 74 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Impurification of the coal seam by dump materials

Impurification / cavities in the coal seam by coal fires (not yet identified)

In the western bench area the southern field boundary is limited by the mining configuration of the 3rd overburden system. The cutting height of the 1st overburden system increases to 20 m in this section. Parallel to the widening works in the first coal cut the provisions for putting the second coal line into operation shall be made. The route for the second stationery coal belt conveyor has to be prepared and the existing route shall be widened, respectively. Afterwards the coal bench belt conveyor of the 2nd line shall be installed and excavator E9B shifted into the pit. First the 2nd coal bench belt conveyor shall be connected to the existing head belt conveyor system (A). Commissioning of the line is scheduled for 1st July 2010. The thickness of the 2nd coal cut is maximum 30m. The start position of the excavator will be on the working level of the 1st coal cut. Cutting to the planned height of the working level is made stepwise via deep stages. A reduced equipment performance was considered for the whole operating year owing to the complicated technological mode of operation. In 2010 totally 3.4 mt coal shall be extracted in the mine. This sum includes the double mass movement resulting from the moved coal from the 3rd overburden system. One fact to be considered during this operating phase it the coal quality. Whereas in the Sibovc SW mine only high-quality coal will be extracted there is in parallel mined the residual coal from the lower seam horizons of the existing mine. Therefore it will be required to blend the two mass flows for getting homogeneous coal qualities.

4.5.4.4 Production Figures

Coal

Overburden

Mobile

Overburden

Coal

[ mbcm ]

[ mt ]

0.300

E10B

0.470

E10M

3.300

E9M

3.620

E5M

0.590

E1B

0.500

E8M

E9B

Total Tab.: 4.5-5

Remarks

0.270

Commissioning 1st March as Float Machine 3.400

8.780

Refurbishment March to September Commissioning 1st November 2009 Commissioning 1st July 2010

3.400

Planned Production in the Year 2010

Page 75 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E8M E9B

Bench Belt Conveyor A Bench Belt Conveyor B1 Bench Belt Conveyor B2 Inclining Belt Conveyor A Head Belt Conveyor A Inclining Belt Conveyor A TML-A1

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP B

TML-A2 TML-B1 TML-B2 K-14

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP A

K-15 K-14a K-15a

Tab.: 4.5-6

Width [ mm ] 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,200 1,200 1,800 1,800

Length [m] 1,070 900 400 1,100 1,510 800 970 2,200 1,000 1,340 430 630 1,100 1,010 570 110 100 2,000 240 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,433 1,515 1,450 1,520

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] +585 +590 +590 +552 +552 +552 +552 +547 +578 +565 +565 +487 +487 +538 +538 +545 +545 +545 +535 +552 +552 +548 +548 +540 +540 +536 +525 +518 +520 +516 +516 +518 +518 +520 +520 +560 +560 +580 horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

TPP B

TPP A

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2010

Page 76 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5.5 Mining Development in the Year 2011 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 5 4.5.5.1 General Development In 2011 mining operations shall be continued analogue to the previous year. Equipment stock remains the same as well. Coal production shall be increased to 6.0 mt in 2011. As the E8M can be operated in the first coal cut without capacity restrictions and the E9B increases also performance with increasing cutting thickness this output can be realised with the help of the installed equipment. In the overburden operation too, capacity shall be increased by almost 40%. The capacity increase shall be performed by all equipments used. Parallel to the advancing development the application conditions for the main equipment are improving (rising in cutting height of single cuts), which will be basis for improving the performance. Expensive special measures regarding resettlement, infrastructure and dewatering are not scheduled for this year.

Page 77 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-4

Mining Position at the End of Year 2011

4.5.5.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment The mass portion for mobile equipment will further reduce in 2011 and will be limited to 0.200 mbcm. The mass movements are equally distributed to the two bench ends. With a cutting of 0.100 mbcm at the western bench end the excavation of excess heights are finished in this area. Contrary to this the eastern rim slope system of the mine will reach a terrain elevation west of Hade so that subsequently removing of excess heights will become necessary here. The dumping of masses follows analogue to the previous year optional in the residual pit of Mirash and/or as neighbouring dumping of the base rock elevation west of the Bardh mine. Page 78 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1st Overburden System The first overburden system is further developed in parallel operation. The advance will amount to ca. 150m. Due to the reduction of the valley in width the bench length in the first cut can be slightly lengthened. The cutting height reaches continuously 10 to 20 m which is due to the terrain rising into northern direction. The share of the mining front which is covered by dumped masses reaches ca 400 m at the year end. The dumped masses are deposited in the upper slope range; the working level will not be influenced by these masses. The eastern bench half will not be covered by the first overburden system due to the valley cut. In 2011, excavatorE10B will have to remove totally 1.76 mbcm overburden. This corresponds to less than half of the realisable capacity of the excavator. The dump will further be developed in parallel operation and exclusively in high dumping. 2nd Overburden System Excavator E10M will have to remove 4.1 mbcm in the second overburden system. The bench extends over the whole width of the mine. Whereas the cutting depth reaches 20 m in the western bench area, they reduce to partly 10 m in the eastern bench part (valley cut). The problem of surface drainage described for 2010 will also apply to this year. Dump development will also be continued in the 2nd overburden system like in the previous year. The dumping sector is east of the dump dam in the area of the former Mirash-East mine. 3rd Overburden System A total quantity of 6.17 mbcm overburden will have to be removed in the 3rd overburden system in 2011. About 4.81 mbcm of it will come to the main cut (E9M) and 1.36 mbcm to the uncovering cut (E5M).to removed 0.20 mt of coal in the 3rd overburden system which will be assigned to the pit operation. The 3rd overburden system is further developed in parallel operation. The advance in mining direction is ca. 160 m. The working level slightly rises in mining direction and lowers from west to east from + 555 to + 540 mMSL. The cutting height in the main cut is constantly 20m. The annual capacity of 4.81 mbcm to be realised by E9M requires a strict operating regime and avoiding of longer outage. The maximum possible capacity of 5.4 mbcm/a will not be reached. Thickness of the coal-uncovering cut is again 10m. The masses to be removed by E5M are loaded by means of belt wagon to the belt conveyor of the main cut. This cut will be necessary throughout the entire area of the deep coal layer and stretches therefore via the complete middle and eastern bench area. The coal to be exposed in the 3rd overburden system is extracted by excavator E1B and added to the first coal system. This excavator will also take over special operations to be determined if required.

Page 79 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The dump development will be continued on the level taken end of 2010 (+540 / +537 mMSL). Distribution of the masse is performed in parallel operation in high- and deep dumping.

4.5.5.3 Coal Operation Whereas excavator E8M can work in the first coal system over the entire bench, excavator E9B will continue widening operation in the second coal system at the beginning of the year. In the last quarter E9B can also start regular operation on its planed working level (+ 500 / +485 mMSL). The necessary widening works up to the southern rim slope system will be completed as well. The thickness of the 2nd coal system is maximum 30 m so that excavator E9B shall perform ramp excavation. At the beginning of the year the 2nd head belt conveyor (B) will be put into operation in the coal operation. The necessary routes were already prepared in 2010. In 2011, total coal output will amount to 6.0 mt. This figure also includes double mass movements resulting from the extracted coal from the 3rd overburden system (0.200 mt). Analogue to the previous year the coal quality management system of the existing mine and the Sibovc SW mine requires special attendance and increased coordinating expenses. Blending of coal of the two mines is urgently required because the coal extracted in the lower seam part of the existing mine is only of minor quality.

4.5.5.4 Production Figures

Coal

Overburden

Mobile

Overburden

Coal

[ mbcm ]

[ mt ]

0.200

E10B

1.760

E10M

4.100

E9M

4.810

E5M

1.360

E1B

E8M

E9B

Total Tab.: 4.5-7

Remarks

0.200

Coal double moved by E8M

6.000 12.230

6.000

Planned Production in the Year 2011

Page 80 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E8M E9B

Bench Belt Conveyor A Bench Belt Conveyor B Head Belt Conveyor A Inclining Belt Conveyor A Inclining Belt Conveyor B Head Belt Conveyor A Head Belt Conveyor B Inclining Belt Conveyor A Inclining Belt Conveyor B TML-A1

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP B

TML-A2 TML-B1 TML-B2 K-14

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP A

K-15 K-14a K-15a

Tab.: 4.5-8

Width [ mm ] 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,200 1,200 1,800 1,800

Length [m] 1,070 1,060 600 1,000 1,510 990 970 2,200 1,000 1,340 630 750 1,100 1,010 980 170 180 180 2,000 2,000 240 240 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,433 1,515 1,450 1,520

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] +585 +585 +585 +552 +552 +552 +552 +549 +581 +565 +565 +487 +487 +538 +538 +545 +545 +545 +540 +555 +555 +548 +548 +540 +540 +537 +525 +518 +495 +485 +518 +518 +500 +520 +500 +520 +520 +560 +520 +560 +560 +580 +560 +580 horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

DP DP

TPP B

TPP A

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2011

Page 81 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5.6 Mining Development in the Year 2012 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 6 4.5.6.1 General Development In 2011 coal production from the existing mine will phase out so that the power plants will be fully supplied by the Sibovc SW mine from 2012. Precondition for the long-term coal output of 9 mt/a will be the completion of the equipment fleet in the Sibovc SW mine. Rehabilitation of excavators E8B and E7M shall be finished in this year and put into operation in the 3rd coal system. Due to the closure of coal production in the existing mine and the dismounting of the equipment system considerable dumping space will be available. Therefore, conversion of single lines to inside dumping is scheduled. This conversion offers advantages for different reasons: -

Reduction of the problem of dumping space

Shortening of transport distances in overburden operation

Improvement of the geotechnical safety with regard to stability of the dump slope system mainly the northern rim slope system south of Hade

Complete conversion of dump integration is only made for the first overburden line. The second line which was used till then east of the dump pillar in the former Mirash East mine shall only be shortened. The downtime during the conversion for this line will only be restricted to the shifting and connection of the spreader into the new bench belt conveyor. The 3rd overburden system will remain in its position.

Page 82 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.5-5

Mining Position at the End of Year 2012

4.5.6.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment In 2012, mobile equipment will only remove 0.150 mbcm overburden. This equipment will only work in the eastern bench end area where the elevation west of Hade has to be removed. The plateau to be provided by the mobile equipment will serve as level for the overburden conveyor line of the 1st overburden system. The materials will be dumped in the residual pit of Mirash. 1st Overburden System Page 83 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The first overburden system will continue parallel operation with the existing dump connection until March. Analogue to the previous year the material is spoilt in high-dumping. At this time the quantity will amount to 0.74 mbcm. From April the dismounting work of the main equipment of the existing mine will have to be completed to such an extent that the 1st overburden line can be reconstructed. Besides the reduction of the problem of dump space the reconstruction mainly aims at securing the northern rim slope system opposite of Hade. The following single measures have to be accomplished: -

Transport of spreader P3B from present level to +550 mMSL via the dump system to the northern rim slope system (level +468 mMSL). Thereby the belt lines of the 2nd and 3rd overburden system shall be crossed. The transport will be performed in spring so that problems will not be expected.

Reversing of transport direction and in parallel extension via the entire bench. The route for the belt conveyor in the eastern bench section shall be prepared by mobile equipment until March 2012.

Shifting of the head belt conveyor from western to eastern rim slope system parallel to the head belt conveyor of the 2nd overburden system. For this shifting a belt bridge over the two coal belt conveyor lines shall be planned.

Shifting of the dump belt conveyor to the level of the new dump working bench (+468 mMSL). The transport of the two drive stations and the spreader shall be performed in parallel.

Reconstruction measures shall be completed within one month. In the new dumping sector the spreader only works in deep dumping. From the start position the dump bench develops ahead until the connection to the dump system of the former Mirash West mine is produced. Dump base in the technological bottom of the exhausted mine. Partly the material is dumped to a depth of 30 m. This depth is possible because the area is limited to a restricted space. Before re-commissioning of the line, a soil-mechanical assessment shall be made. In 2012 totally 2.7 mbcm have to be moved in the first overburden system. 2nd Overburden System The 2nd overburden system will continue parallel operation. In 2012 a total output capacity of 4.0 mbcm is planned. The cutting heights amount to 20m in the western bench half and 15m in the eastern section. The belt connection to the dump via the eastern rim slope system will be maintained. The exhaustion of the Bardh/Mirash mine in 2011 will provide considerable dumping space in the residual pit which will already be available for the 2nd overburden system at the beginning of 2012. Owing to the already described dump space problems the conversion shall be made as early as possible, if possible already in 2011. The available study assumes a conversion date of 1.1.2012. The conversion will comprise the following measures: -

Transport of the spreader via the southern rim slope system to a level of +465 mMSL directly at the 2nd head belt conveyor of the same system.

Page 84 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Shortening of the 2nd head belt conveyor to 500m and linking of the spreader to this belt conveyor

Re-building of the 3rd head belt conveyor and bench belt conveyor

After recommissioning the spreader works in slewing operation exclusively by deep dumping. Dumping heights reach up to 30m. These heights are possible because the area is limited to a restricted space. Parallel to this spreader P3B starts dumping operation on the same working level. Both spreaders will then slew in opposite direction with will result in additional limitation of the slopes. Before re-commissioning of the line, a soil-mechanical assessment shall be made. Overdumping of the main drainage by spreader P3M requires the installation of a new drainage on the working level of the spreader. The water yielded on the technological bottom shall be drained by means of mobile pump station until complete covering of the area. 3rd Overburden System An output capacity of 4.1 mbcm is scheduled for the 3rd overburden system in 2012. In the additional cut 3a another 0.94 mbcm have to be removed for uncovering the coal. Therefore totally 5.04 mbcm have to e dumped by the spreader. In addition 0.63 mt coal are to be exposed in the 3rd overburden cut which will be selectively extracted by excavator E1B and assigned to the coal operation. Dump development is performed according to the same principle like in the previous year. The spreader works in parallel operation in high-and deep dumping. If the dumping slice has reached the next deeper dump slice taking into account the maximum general slope angle, spreader and dump bench belt conveyor shall be reconstructed on the next deeper level ( +510 / +508 mMSL ). The head belt conveyor on the dump side has to be extended via a ramp. Afterwards dumping is continued on this level in high- and deep dumping until the advance to the next dumping slice is used up. Subsequently the system is re-built to the before left level.

4.5.6.3 Coal Operation In 2012 the scheduled production of the mine will amount to 9.0 mt coal. This also includes the double mass movement resulting from the coal extraction in the 3rd overburden system (90% of 0.630 mt). Coal systems 1 and 2 will already work under regular conditions so that the main part of the output shall come from these cuts. In the first half of the year the advance conditions have developed to such an extent that the preparatory works for the 3rs coal system can start. Excavator E8B including the belonging bench belt conveyor will start production on 1st June 2012. The scheduled capacity will be reduced during the first months until the excavator will reach the planned height of working level and a sufficient bench length. The cutting height of the 3rd coal system is 25m. From November excavator E7B including belt wagon will be used additionally in this system. This excavator is planned for developing the additional cut below the E8B. In 2012 this excavator will still work together with E8B on one joint bench.

Page 85 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.5.6.4 Coal Quality Management In 2012 the pit operation of the Sibovc SW opencast mine will be fully equipped. The commissioning of a coal quality management system will become possible and necessary when the operation in the Bardh/Mirash mine is closed and the Sibovc SW mine will be the sole supplier for the power plants TPP A and TPP B. Main reason for this are the considerable variations in the coal quality in vertical seam direction. Basis of the coal quality management system is the technical equipment of the pit operation including possibilities for distribution and blending of the mass streams of the pit operation. The installed belt system offers the following distribution possibilities: -

The three head belt conveyors on the benches in the coal system shall be equipped with drive station furnished with shuttle head. By means of this the coal can be charged from each of the benches optional to one of the two inclined belt conveyors.

The two inclined belt conveyors leading to the surface level shall also be furnished with shuttle heads. These inclined belt conveyors can supply optionally each of the connecting belt conveyors to TPP A and TPP B.

Fig.: 4.5-6

Coal Transport and Distribution System in the Year 2012

Totally 5 pieces of 1,600mm-drive stations with shuttle head are required. Optionally it will also be possible to equip the 2 km long head belt conveyors along the northern rim slope

Page 86 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

system with shuttle heads. This would offer another possibility for the coal distribution. This variant shall be regarded as option. The following possibilities for blending result for the coal system in Sibovc SW: -

Control of excavator use at the mining face due to knowledge of in-situ-coal quality distribution in the seam

Pre-blending of coal quality by special control of mass flows of the 3 head belt conveyors to 2 inclined belt conveyors

tailored direction of mass flows to TPP A and/or TPP B

Control o coal quality by layer-wise spreading of raw coal on the stockpile sections of the stockyards

Blending of coal quality when reclaiming the heaps including the option of admixing of coal from the run-of-mine stream

Measuring devices for online-measurement of coal qualities (heating value, ash, water content) and the output quantity shall be installed at different places of the belt system. The following measuring points are suggested: discharge belts of excavators, inclined belt conveyor in pit operation and connecting belt conveyors to power plants. A separate project shall be worked out for the detailed specification of the coal quality management system.

4.5.6.5 Production Figures

Coal

Overburden

Mobile

Overburden

Coal

[ mbcm ]

[ mt ]

0.150

E10B

2.700

E10M

4.000

E9M

4.100

E5M

0.770

E1B

E8M

E9B

E8B

E7M

Total Tab.: 4.5-9

Remarks

0.630

9.000 0.095 11.815

Coal double moved by E8M

Commissioning 1st June Commissioning 1st November

9.000

Planned Production in the Year 2012

Page 87 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E8M E9B E8B

Bench Belt Conveyor A Bench Belt Conveyor B Bench Belt Conveyor C Head Belt Conveyor A Head Belt Conveyor B Head Belt Conveyor C Inclining Belt Conveyor A Inclining Belt Conveyor B Head Belt Conveyor A Head Belt Conveyor B Inclining Belt Conveyor A Inclining Belt Conveyor B TML-A1

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP B

TML-A2 TML-B1 TML-B2 K-14

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP A

K-15 K-14a K-15a

Tab.: 4.5-10

Width [ mm ] 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,200 1,200 1,800 1,800

Length [m] 1,440 1,370 700 1,550 1,270 850 1,340 770 850 1,100 1,010 870 430 290 100 130 250 250 2,000 2,000 240 240 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,433 1,515 1,450 1,520

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] +600 +590 +590 +467 +467 +470 +585 +565 +565 +467 +467 +467 +540 +555 +555 +548 +548 +540 +540 +538 +528 +520 +500 +480 +468 +462 +520 +518 +490 +490 +461 +480 +480 +520 +480 +520 +520 +560 +520 +560 +560 +580 +560 +580 horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

DP DP

TPP B

TPP A

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2012

Page 88 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.6 Regular Operation 4.6.1 Mining Development in the Period 2013 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2017 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 7 4.6.1.1 General Development In the 5-year period from 2013 until 2017 development of the mine will be continued into northern direction. Mining is executed in parallel operation. After passing of the village Hade operation switches to slewing operation for a short period. With progressing development the cutting heights increase over the whole bench length so that ramp excavation will become necessary over long distances. Local excess heights are removed by draglines and added to the 1st overburden system. From 2016 total cutting thickness will increase to partly more than 110 m in the overburden operation so that mobile operation for removing the excess heights shall be re-installed in the western bench section. During that period the overburden masses are dumped only in the residual pit of Bardh/Mirash. Dumping into the mined out area of the Sibovc SW mine is not possible due to the limited advance conditions. Another important issue in the period 2013 to 2017 is the resettlement of the communities of Mirene and Shipitulla East.

Page 89 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.6-1

Mining Position at the End of Year 2017

4.6.1.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment The increasing cutting thickness in the overburden especially in the western bench area will require removing of excess heights already from 2013. To reduce the mass portion for a Subcontractor (truck and shovel) the additional use of a dragline is proposed. This machine shall remove local excess heights and add the masses to the 1st regular overburden system. The dragline works in high-cut. This measure allows removal of up to 0.400 mbcm overburden per year at reasonable costs. A higher mass portion will not be possible because the capacity of E10B in the 1st overburden system is fully used.

Page 90 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The masses which were not taken by the dragline have to be removed by a Truck & Shoveloperation. Start for the Subcontractor can be delayed due to the dragline use to 2016. Within the period between 2013 and 2017a total overburden quantity of 2.41mbcm have to be removed. The dragline portion is thereby 1.22 mbcm, the subcontractor 1.19 mbcm. Two variants are recommended for the dumping of the masses removed by the Subcontractors. The first alternative is dumping along the northern rim slope system south of Hade. A second alternative would be the dumping on the technological bottom. This alternative would offer the shortest transport distances and allows covering of the technological bottom for preventing coal fires. The disadvantage of this alternative would be the extreme gradient of the accesses (difference in height almost 200m, full load drive falling, empty load drive rising). 1st Overburden System The 1st overburden system is further developed in parallel operation. After passing the village Hade the eastern rim slope system is adjusted to the run of the contour lines of the area. For a short term operation switches to slewing operation in clockwise direction and afterward changes into parallel operation. An additional head belt conveyor shall be put into operation in parallel. With progressing mining operation the 1st overburden cut develops out of the valley site. The cutting thicknesses will therefore also rise in the eastern bench section step by step. In the western bench area cutting thickness is 26 m so that ramp excavation will be necessary. The working level falls from west to east from +620 to 600 mMSL. In the period between 2013and 2017 about 14.78 mbcm have to be removed in the first overburden system. Another 1.22 mbcm (1.342 mlcm) for double movements are added due to the masses moved by the dragline. Dumping of the masses is further continued in the residual pit of the Bardh/Mirash mine south of Hade by means of spreader P3B. The spreader works in slewing operation in clockwise direction. At the beginning of the period under review the spreader is on a height of +467 mMSL. This dumping sector will be closed both by the P3B (from north) as well as by P3M (2nd overburden cut from south). If connection of the two benches is established the head belt conveyor can be shortened and installed on the next higher level (+499 mMSL) along the northern rim slope system. From this position the spreader works in slewing operation in deep dumping. The dumping heights are 26 m. (Spreader P3M, too, will be installed on that level and works in counter direction to P3B.) After this sector will be closed the system will be installed on the next higher level (+526 mMSL) and dumping will be continued. The following masses will be removed: -

Level +467 mMSL

1.79 mlcm

Level +499 mMSL

11.74 mlcm

Level +526 mMSL

4.07 mlcm

Total

17.60 mlcm

16.00 mbcm

According to the advance in the dumping slices and the re-installation on the next higher level the operative drainage system including the installed pumps and pipelines shall be moved. 2nd Overburden System

Page 91 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The development of the second overburden system follows the first overburden system. Here also, the bending of the rim slope system requires putting an additional head belt conveyor into operation. The cutting height is in this cut 20 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 28m, so that the E10M has to work continuously in ramp excavation to shape a stable slope. The normal cutting height should be maximal 20m. This mean a ramp is necessary for a cutting height of 8 m. The maximum admissible height difference between travelling gear of the basic equipment and the loading equipment is 10m. The overburden quantity to be removed within the period under review amounts to 24.5 mbcm. This corresponds to an annual output capacity of 4.9 mbcm. To be able to realise this capacity continuously over a period of 5 years a consistent operational management shall be performed. However, such a capacity is realistic; the maximum possible capacity (considering the specific deposit conditions as well as technical and climatic conditions) was not assessed. The masses are dumped synchronous to the first overburden system. Dumping site is the residual pit of Bardh / Mirash south of Hade. Spreader P3M works on the same working level like spreader P3B of the first overburden system. The machine works in slewing operation counter-clockwise and therefore in opposite direction of the P3B. If the respective dumping sector is closed the dump bench belt conveyor will be shifted to the next higher level and dumping is continued. Contrary to the P3B the installation position of the dump bench belt conveyor is directed north-south. At the end of the period under review the working level lies at a height of +525mMSL. The following quantities are dumped: -

Level +467 mMSL

2.68 mlcm

Level +499 mMSL

18.17 mlcm

Level +526 mMSL

6.11 mlcm

Total

26.96 mlcm

24.51 mbcm

3rd Overburden System An output capacity of 20.41 mbcm is planned for the 3rd overburden system within the period from 2013 to 2017. Additionally 4.32 mbcm are required for exposing the coal in auxiliary cut 3a. Therefore spreader P4M has a total dumping capacity of 24.73 mbcm (27.2 mlcm). Furthermore, about 4.32 mbcm coal are to be extracted selectively and added to the coal operation. This overburden cut will also reach cutting heights of more than 20m, so that here ramp excavation will be required. The auxiliary cut 3a has to remove a constant cutting height of 10m. The connection to the dump side via the western rim slope system will remain. A changeover to inside dumping in Sibovc SW cannot be implemented in this period since the available bench lengths would result in a rapid approach to the coal operation. Thereby it is of disadvantage that the exposed bottom will not continuously be covered by an inside dump. The following principle problems result from this. -

The residual coal on the exposed bottom as well as at the rim slope systems is subject to self-ignition due to the long lifetime. This can be avoided by placing a thin cover with cohesive material (mobile equipment).

Due to the missing inside dump the rim slope systems cannot be integrated over a period of more than 5 years. The long lifetime of the rim slope systems shall be considered in the soil-mechanical assessment.

Page 92 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The dumping is therefore continued in the area of the former Bardh mine. In 2013 the advance conditions require reconstruction of the dump bench belt conveyor to a lower level. The head belt conveyor on the dump side shall be lengthened and lead via ramps to a height of +523 mMSL. The dump bench belt conveyor shall also be installed on this level. In the start position the dump bench belt conveyor runs in north-south direction. The spreader works in slewing operation counter-clockwise. During the ca. 4-years operation with a total volume of 22.1mlcm the bench is extended from 1,100 to 1,550 m. If spreader P4M will approach spreader P3M of the 2nd overburden system in 2016 dump bench belt conveyor and spreader shall be shifted to the level +540 mMSL. Therefore the head belt conveyor on the dump side has to be shortened by ca. 200 m. The spreader works then in deep- and high dumping in slewing operation counter-clockwise. In this dump slice more than 5.1 mlcm overburden have to be spread again until the end of 2017. The high-dumping operation produces the later surface level. To guarantee drainage of the terrain the final dumping must have a continuous gradient (1 : 150) in south-western direction.. This ensures the drainage of the surface water into the direction of the Drenica.

4.6.1.3 Coal Operation The coal benches follow the uncovering cut in parallel operation. The head belt conveyors shall be lengthened according to the opencast mine advance. At the beginning of 2013 the 3rd coal cut has to be widened completely, afterwards this cut also changes over to regular operation. Within the period of 2013to 2017 the mine has a coal production 45.0 mt (9.0 mt/a). This includes also the coal quantity of 2.7 mt from the 3rd overburden cut.

Page 93 of 171

4.6.1.4 Production Figures 2013

2014

2015

2016

Coal

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

Overburden

Mobile

Coal

2017

0.360

0.830

Dragline

0.190

0.140

0.090

0.400

E10B

3.470

3.080

2.710

3.280

3.460

E10M

4.900

E9M

4.010

4.170

4.340

4.050

3.840

E5M

0.850

0.890

0.930

0.850

0.800

E1B

E8M

E9B

E8B

E7M

Total Tab.: 4.6-1

13.360

Masses double moved by E10B

0.850

0.640

0.430

0.400

0.380

9.000

0.130

0.140 9.000

13.180

0.140 9.000

Planned Production in the Years 2013 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2017

13.020

0.145 9.000

13.585

0.155 9.000

13.985

Remarks

9.000

Coal double moved by E8M

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E8M E9B E8B E7M

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP B

TML-A2 TML-B1 TML-B2 K-14

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP A

K-15 K-14a K-15a

Tab.: 4.6-2

Width [ mm ] 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,800 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,600 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,400 1,200 1,200 1,800 1,800

Length [m] 1,730 390 1,170 570 1000 1,570 140 1,400 1,480 1,250 110 1,500 990 1,100 1,010 870 650 850 650 470 320 320 2,000 2,000 240 240 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,433 1,515 1,450 1,520

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2017

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] +620 +598 +598 +590 +590 +526 +526 +525 +525 +518 +595 +563 +563 +563 +563 +524 +524 +525 +540 +565 +565 +565 +565 +548 +548 +540 +540 +539 +540 +520 +510 +499 +480 +473 +520 +518 +499 +490 +473 +470 +470 +520 +470 +520 +520 +560 +520 +560 +560 +580 +560 +580 horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

DP DP

TPP B

TPP A

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.6.2 Mining Development in the Period 2018 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2022 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 8 4.6.2.1 General Development The development of the Sibovc SW mine will be continued into northern direction within the period from 2018 to 2022. The overburden thickness increases along the whole mining face so that the mass portion for the Subcontractor will also increase. At the end of the period under review the terrain elevation is cut so that cutting thicknesses in this area will further decrease. This fact is likewise of advantage for the dewatering of the pre-mining area. The 3rd overburden cut will changeover to inside dumping that means the masses will not be dumped any longer in the residual pit of the former Bardh mine but in the Sibovc SW mine. The other two overburden lines will continue dumping in the residual pit of Mirash / Bardh. Aim is the producing of large final dump surface areas. Owing to the opencast mine advance parts of Hade North must be resettled in 2019.

Page 96 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.6-2

Mining Position at the End of Year 2022

4.6.2.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment The further increasing cutting thickness in the overburden requires continuation of removal of excess heights over the whole bench length. In this operation there are further used dragline (mass transfer to the 1st overburden system) and the subcontractor with Shovel & Truckoperation. The mass portion of the dragline reduces from 0.4 mbcm in 2018 to 0.2 mbcm in the following years. This reduction is due to the capacity of the following 1st overburden system. The E10B is not able to cope with a higher mass portion in addition to its planned annual capacity of 3.9 mbcm. Page 97 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Therefore the capacity of the mobile equipment operation shall be increased to 1.4 mbcm/a. It is proposed to dump the masses in a dumping space in the inside dump of Sibovc SW. The western rim slope system is ideal due to the short transport distances and minimal crossing of obstacles. With advancing development the crest of the terrain elevation is cut in the central bench area. The resulting gap in the mining face of the mobile equipment operation is used to drain the surface water from the pre-mining field and the working level of the mobile equipment operation in the future. The before installed ditch system for pre-mining field dewatering with the box-culvert is for the most part overexcavated at this time and therefore out of operation. During the progressing opencast mine development both the catchment area and the water quantities of surface water have considerably reduced. 1st Overburden System The 1st overburden system will further develop in parallel operation. Due to the increasing total cutting thickness in the area of the terrain elevation the rim slope system has to be widened. The bench length in the 1st overburden system will therefore extend from 1,800 m in 2017 to 2,300 m in 2022. Except for the bench ends the cutting thickness continuously amounts to 26 m. Therefore ramp excavation is necessary on the entire bench. The working level falls from west to east from +620 to 605 mMSL. Within the period from 2018 to 2022 the first overburden cut has to remove 19.22 mbcm. In addition 1.20 mbcm (1.32 mlcm) have to be removed due to double movement of the masses taken by the dragline. The masses are dumped in the residual pit of the Bardh/Mirash mine south of Hade by spreader P3B. The spreader works in slewing operation clockwise. At the beginning of the period under review the spreader is on a level of +526 / +519 mMSL. This dumping sector will be closed both by P3B (from the north) and by P3M (2nd overburden system from the south). If connection of the two benches is established the bench belt conveyor and the spreader can be installed on the next higher level (+546 / 539 mMSL) along the northern rim slope system. From this position the spreader works in slewing operation in deep- and high dumping. The dumping heights amount to 20m, the thickness of high dumping is 12m. (Spreader P3M will again work on this working level and operate opposite direction of the P3B). The high dumping shall produce the planned final surface level. It is planned to shape a mainly flat final dump area which is suitable for agricultural use. In the area of Hade a slight elevation shall be re-established with gradient (1 : 150) into western direction to the Drenica River and into eastern direction to the Sitnica. The connection to the original surface level is the area of the terrain elevation south of Hade will not be reached. In the described dumping slices P3B shall dump the following quantities: -

Level +526 / +519 mMSL

7.53 mlcm

Level +546 / +539 mMSL

19.43 mlcm

Total

22.46 mlcm

20.42 mbcm

According to the advance in the lower dumping slices and operative drainage system including the installed pumps and pipelines shall be put out of operation and moved. Parallel to that the respective ditch systems on the dump surface shall be installed and activated.

Page 98 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2nd Overburden System The 2nd overburden system follows in its development the 1st overburden cut in parallel opera-tion. The cutting thickness remains at 26 m over the entire period under review and requires continuous ramp excavation. Within the period from 2018 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2022 an output capacity of 23.56 mbcm will be required. This corresponds to an annual capacity of the E10M between 4.9 and 4.45 mbcm. The masses are dumped synchronous to the first overburden system. Dumping site is the residual pit of Bardh / Mirash south of Hade. Spreader P3M works on the same working level like spreader P3B of the first overburden system. The machine works in slewing operation counter-clockwise and therefore in opposite direction of the P3B. If the dumping sector on the level +524 mMSL will be closed, dump bench belt conveyor and spreader will be shifted to the level +545 mMSL. The P3B takes its position on the bench left by the P4M (3rd overburden system) and developed in the following period into parallel operation into eastern direction. The spreader works now in deep- and high dumping whereby the final dump surface is produced by high-dumping. The required surface profile will be shaped as already described for the 1st overburden system. The following quantities are dumped by P3M: -

Level +524 mMSL

8.68 mlcm

Level +545 mMSL

17.24 mlcm

Total

25.92 mlcm

23.56 mbcm

The produced final dump areas shall be graded and ditch systems installed. 3rd Overburden System An output capacity of 18.14 mbcm is planned for the 3rd overburden system within the period from 2018 to 2022. Additionally 3.06 mbcm are required for exposing the coal in auxiliary cut 3a. Therefore spreader P4M has a total dumping capacity of 21.20 mbcm (23.232 mlcm). Furthermore, about 0.51 mbcm coal are to be extracted selectively by E1B and added to the coal operation. The cutting height of the 3rd overburden cut will come to more than 20m, so that here continuous ramp excavation will be required. The auxiliary cut 3a has to remove a constant cutting height of 10m. The connection to the dump side via the western rim slope system will remain. By mid of 2019 the masses will be dumped in the former Bardh opencast mine producing thereby final dump areas. The spreader operation develops with slightly rising working level. In 2019 preconditions shall be arranged for changeover to inside dumping in Sibovc SW. The respective ramps shall be produced by means of mobile equipment. The actual changeover of the dumping is planned for mid of 2019. The head belt conveyor shall be shortened and the head belt conveyor on the dump side as well as the dump bench belt conveyor shifted. The inside dumping slice will be developed beginning in the south into northern direction. During the dumping operation the head belt conveyors of the coal systems running along the eastern rim slope systems shall be considered. The following quantities are dumped by P4M: Page 99 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Level +554 mMSL

6.80 mlcm

Level +478 / +498 mMSL Total

16.52 mlcm 23.32 mlcm

21.20 mbcm

4.6.2.3 Coal Operation The coal benches follow the uncovering cut in parallel operation. The head belt conveyor plants shall be extended according to the opencast mine advance. An output capacity of 45.0 mt (9.0 mt/a) coal have to be excavated within the period from 2018 to 2022. This capacity includes also the 0.51 mt coal extracted in the 3rd overburden cut.

Page 100 of 171

4.6.2.4 Production Figures

Coal

Overburden

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Coal

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

Mobile

0.860

1.320

1.280

1.410

Dragline

0.400

0.200

E10B

4.020

4.100

E10M

4.900

4.770

4.670

4.450

E9M

3.820

3.740

3.590

3.250

E5M

0.780

0.670

0.580

0.360

E1B

E8M

E9B

E8B

E7M

Total Tab.: 4.6-3

14.535

Masses double moved by E10B

0.320

0.060

0.050

0.020

9.000

0.155

0.155 9.000

14.755

0.165 9.000

Planned Production in the Years 2018 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2022

14.765

0.165 9.000

14.385

0.165 9.000

13.735

Remarks

9.000

Coal double moved by E8M

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Inclining Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E8M E9B E8B E7M

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP B

TML-A2 TML-B1 TML-B2 K-14

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP A

K-15 K-14a K-15a

Tab.: 4.6-4

Length [m] 2,100 700 1,170 900 1,450 1,580 540 1,270 1,100 1,250 750 1,260 250 600 890 790 710 1,290 1,110 960 320 320 2,000 2,000 240 240 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,433 1,515 1,450 1,520

Belt Conveyor System at the End of Year 2022

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] +620 +605 +605 +590 +590 +545 +545 +543 +543 +539 +595 +572 +572 +567 +567 +545 +545 +544 +540 +558 +558 +565 +565 +550 +550 +500 +500 +510 +545 +530 +520 +505 +495 +480 +530 +518 +505 +490 +480 +470 +470 +520 +470 +520 +520 +560 +520 +560 +560 +580 +560 +580 horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

DP DP

TPP B

TPP A

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.6.3 Mining Development in the Period 2023 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2024 Illustration of technology in attachment 4 - 9 4.6.3.1 General Development The Sibovc SW opencast mine will further develop into the north until it reaches the preliminary final position. Except a ca. 400 m long area in the eastern bench section the crest of the terrain elevation is cut so that the total cutting thickness in the overburden will slightly reduce. The mass portion of the excess height removal can therefore also be decreased. The regular overburden systems will continue parallel operation into northern direction whereby the great cutting heights from the previous operating period will remain. The dumping system will also be maintained. The 3rd overburden system is dumping in the inside dump of Sibovc SW. The spreaders of the other two overburden lines work in the final dumping slice of the residual pit Mirash / Bardh. Complete closure of the residual space cannot be achieved until 2024. In 2023 the coal output comes to 9.0 mt, in the last operating year the demand will reduce to 6.0 mt. In 2023 parts of the community of Konxhul have to be resettled.

Page 103 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 4.6-3

Mining Position in the Year 2024

4.6.3.2 Overburden Operation Mobile Equipment In 2023 another 1.4 mbcm overburden have to be removed by mobile equipment. Owing to the advance conditions and the decreasing total cutting thicknesses the mobile equipment can be put out of operation at the end of 2023. The masse are dumped on the inside dump of Sibovc SW. The remaining excess heights can be removed by the dragline and added to the first overburden line. This mass portion amounts to totally 0.22 mbcm for both of the annual slices.

Page 104 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1st Overburden System The first overburden system continues its development into northern direction with the existing dump connection. In 2023 E10B has to remove about 4.1mbcm overburden. This quantity includes the double mass movements of the overburden masses removed by the dragline. If development of the mine will not be continued beyond 2024 the first overburden line will be put out of operation in the 1st quarter. In 2024 the mass portion for this line is 0.11 mbcm. The overburden (4.63 mlcm) is dumped in high-and deep dumping in the final dumping slice in the residual pit of Bardh / Mirash. 2nd Overburden System The 2nd overburden system is further developed in parallel operation. This cut also shall be put out of operation in the first quarter of 2024 if the Sibovc SW mine will not be continued. Excavator E10M will remove 4.5mbcm overburden in the two years whereby the main portion is to be excavated in 2023. The belt connection to the dump via the eastern rim slope system remains. The dumping slice will be further developed parallel into eastern direction. The spreader has to distribute 4.95 mlcm in the dumping slice. Complete closure of the residual space of Bardh / Mirash until the planned final dump level will not be possible until 2024 (please see next chapter). 3rd Overburden System In 2023/24 the output capacity for the 3rd overburden system is planned with 3.33 mbcm. An additional volume of 0.37 mbcm will be removed in the auxiliary cut 3a for uncovering the coal. During this period spreader P4M has to distribute totally 3.7 mbcm on the inside dump of Sibovc SW. Moreover about 0.02 mt of coal are to be excavated in the 3rd overburden cut and added to the coal operation. In the inside dump of Sibovc SW the spreader works in parallel operation in high- and deep dumping taking account of the head belt conveyors of the coal operation.

4.6.3.3 Coal Operation Whereas in 2023 the coal quantity to be extracted will amount to 9.0 mt the demand will reduce to 6.0 mt in 2024. This reduction is due to the stepwise decommissioning of the existing power plant capacities. The 3 coal systems are further developed in parallel operation. With regard to the closure of the operation in 2024 the regular working level width of ca 100 m will be reduced to 50 m in the final position. This measure does neither affect the soil-mechanical requirements nor impede the resumption and/or continuation of the operations.

Page 105 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.6.3.4 Production Figures

Coal

Overburden

2023

2024

Coal

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

Mobile

1.400

Dragline

0.200

0.020

E10B

4.100

0.050

E10M

4.450

0.050

E9M

3.250

0.080

E5M

0.360

0.010

E1B

E8M

E9B

E8B

E7M

Total Tab.: 4.6-5

Masses double moved by E10B

0.020

Coal double moved by E8M

9.000 0.160 13.720

Remarks

6.000 0.110

9.000

300

6.000

Planned Production in the Years 2023 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2024

Page 106 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Excav. E10B

Conveyor Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E10M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E9M E5M

Bench Belt Conveyor Head Belt Conveyor Inclining Belt Conveyor Dump Bench Belt Conveyor

E8M E9B E8B E7M

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP B

TML-A2 TML-B1 TML-B2 K-14

Connection Belt Conveyors to TPP A

K-15 K-14a K-15a

Tab.: 4.6-6

Length [m] 2,100 810 1,170 900 1,450 1,580 620 1,280 330 1,150 1,250 840 500 530 890 750 710 1,470 1,350 1,240 320 320 2,000 2,000 240 240 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,433 1,515 1,450 1,520

Level Return St. Drive St. [ mMSL ] [ mMSL ] +620 +610 +610 +590 +590 +545 +545 +543 +543 +540 +590 +573 +573 +567 +567 +545 +545 +545 +545 +544 +540 +560 +560 +565 +565 +500 +500 +505 +537 +520 +505 +510 +480 +485 +520 +518 +510 +490 +485 +470 +470 +520 +470 +520 +520 +560 +520 +560 +560 +580 +560 +580 horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal horizontal

Spreader

P3B

P3M

P4M

DP DP

TPP B

TPP A

Belt Conveyor System in the Year 2024

Page 107 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.6.4 Remarks to a Continuation of Mining Development after 2024 At the end of the coal production in the Sibovc SW field the following situation will be found: -

The winning front will stop directly at and/or behind the crest of the elevation south of the Sibovc valley. Therefore the final slope system of the winning front has reached the section with the highest overburden thickness.

On the inside dump of Sibovc SW only one dumping slice was distributed consisting of deep- and high dumping. The residual pit of Sibovc SW will therefore be entirely surrounded by free standing rim slope systems except the in 3rd coal system.

Although the overburden of Sibovc SW was almost exclusively dumped in the residual pit of Bardh / Mirash a complete closure of the pit will not be possible. There remains a dumping space deficit of ca. 50 mlcm up to the complete closure. It has to be considered that the concept took account of a filling only up to a height of +546 / +558 mMSL and not a connection on the surface level. This way the dumping space was minimized with simultaneously ensuring a natural drainage of the surface water in the post-mining landscape.

Ceasing of coal mining operations in 2024 would therefore result in a number of negative aspects which would incur expensive subsequent work at the residual pits. Continuation of the mining is therefore recommended and offers the following advantages: -

Continuing mining activities would lead to an improved overburden : coal ratio because the terrain elevations along the northern and to a certain extend also the eastern rim slope system were mainly removed.

The residual pit of the former Bardh / Mirash mine could be closed finally and a useable surface would be provided.

Continuation of inside dumping in the Sibovc SW mine leads to an increasing securing of the rim slope system and improves the geotechnical safety in the long-run.

4.6.5 Remarks to Interactions with other Projects At present it is planned to flush the ash of TPP B in the residual pit of the former Mirash East opencast mine. Analogue to the Mid Term Plan for existing Mines this area was also not planned for dumping of overburden in the Complementary Mine Plan. Apart from this, it is considered to change the ash dumping of TPP A. The ash of TPP A is presently dumped on a separate outside dump by means of belt conveyor and spreader. The ash dump is produced on an outside overburden dump which is subject to extreme high pressure due to the applied load and results in cracks in the ash body. Future dumping space could also be the residual pit of Mirash East. The project for removing the existing ash dump A is directly connected with the change of the ash dumping of TPP A for geotechnical and environmentally relevant reasons. According to rough estimations the volume of this ash dump comes to ca. 25 mbcm. In addition to the ash

Page 108 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

yield of the two power plants up to their decommissioning there results a total volume of ca. 50 mbcm power plant ash if all projects will be implemented. The dumping space in the partial field of Mirash East will not be sufficient enough so that dumping has to be continued in the residual pit of n Bardh / Mirash. Therefore, dumping activities of the Sibovc SW opencast mine are directly affected. The respective adjustments and the temporal as well as spatial dependencies are required in connection with the corresponding project works. A positive side effect of these projects would be the considerable reduction of the residual pit south of Hade.

Page 109 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.7 Compilation of Production Figures Overburden

Coal

Working Ratio

[mbcm]

[mt]

[bcm/t]

2008

2.160

2009

6.400

2010

8.785

3.4

5.10 : 1

2011

12.230

6.0

2.04 : 1

2012

11.720

9.0

1.32 : 1

2013

13.435

9.0

1.49 : 1

2014

13.250

9.0

1.47 : 1

2015

13.025

9.0

1.45 : 1

2016

13.590

9.0

1.51 : 1

2017

13.990

9.0

1.55 : 1

2018

14.540

9.0

1.61 : 1

2019

14.760

9.0

1.64 : 1

2020

14.770

9.0

1.64 : 1

2021

14.390

9.0

1.60 : 1

2022

13.740

9.0

1.53 : 1

2023

13.730

9.0

1.53 : 1

2024

0.385

6.0

0.06 : 1

Total

195.075

123.4

1.58 : 1

Tab.: 4.7-1

Lignite Production and Overburden Removal

Page 110 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Truck &

Dragline

Shovel [mbcm]

[mbcm]

Coal

Bench 1

Bench 2

Bench 3

Bench 3a

Bench 3/3a

Overb.

Coal

[mbcm]

[mt]

[mbcm]

[mt]

2008

0.660

1.000

2009

0.600

2.000

0.200

3.100

0.500

0.290

6.40

0.29

2010

0.300

0.470

3.300

3.620

1.090

0.270

8.78

0.27

2011

0.200

1.760

4.100

4.810

1.360

0.200

12.23

0.20

2012

0.150

2.700

4.000

4.100

0.770

0.630

11.72

0.63

4.900

4.010

0.850

13.23

0.85

4.900

4.170

0.890

0.640

13.04

4.900

4.340

0.930

0.430

12.88

4.900

4.050

0.850

0.400

13.44

4.900

3.840

0.800

0.380

13.83

4.900

3.820

0.780

0.320

14.38

4.770

3.740

0.670

0.060

14.60

4.770

3.740

0.670

0.060

14.60

4.670

3.590

0.580

0.050

14.22

4.450

3.250

0.360

0.020

13.57

4.450

3.250

0.360

0.020

13.56

0.050

0.080

0.010

64.160

58.010

11.470

2013

0.190

3.280

2014

0.140

2.940

2015

0.090

2.620

+0.190

+0.140

+0.090

2016

0.360

0.400

2.880

2017

0.830

0.400

3.060

2018

0.860

0.400

3.620

2019

1.320

0.200

3.900

2020

1.320

0.200

3.900

2021

1.280

0.200

3.900

2022

1.410

0.200

3.900

2023

1.400

0.200

3.900

2024

0.020

0.090

Total

10.710

2.640

45.920

+0.400

+0.200

+0.020

+2.640

0.500

Total

2.16

+0.19

+0.14

+0.09

+0.40

+0.20

0.43 0.40 0.38 0.32 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.02 0.02

0.25 +0.02

4.620

192.91 +2.64

Masses from dragline has to be moved double

Tab.: 4.7-2

0.64

Benchwise Production in Overburden Systems [mbcm]

Page 111 of 171

4.62

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total Tab.: 4.7-3

T&S [mbcm] 0.660 0.600 0.300 0.200 0.150

Dragline [mbcm]

0.360 0.830 0.860 1.320 1.320 1.280 1.410 1.400 0.020 10.710

0.190 0.140 0.090 0.400 0.400 0.400 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.200 0.020 2.640

Tab.: 4.7-4

A2Rs B 4400 P3B [mbcm] [mlcm] 1.000 1.100 2.000 2.200 0.470 0.517 1.760 1.936 2.700 2.970 3.470 3.817 3.080 3.388 2.710 2.981 3.280 3.608 3.460 3.806 4.020 4.422 4.100 4.510 4.100 4.510 4.100 4.510 4.100 4.510 4.100 4.510 0.110 0.210 48.560 53.416

Overburden Removal 1st Bench

SchRs 650 E10M [mbcm] 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total

SRs 1300 E10B [mbcm] double moved 1.000 overburden by 2.000 dragline 0.470 1.760 2.700 0.190 3.280 0.140 2.940 0.090 2.620 0.400 2.880 0.400 3.060 0.400 3.620 0.200 3.900 0.200 3.900 0.200 3.900 0.200 3.900 0.200 3.900 0.020 0.090 2.640 45.920

0.200 3.300 4.100 4.000 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.770 4.770 4.670 4.450 4.450 0.050 64.160

A2Rs B 5200 P3M [mbcm] [mlcm] 0.200 3.300 4.100 4.000 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.900 4.770 4.770 4.670 4.450 4.450 0.050 64.160

0.220 3.630 4.510 4.400 5.390 5.390 5.390 5.390 5.390 5.390 5.247 5.247 5.137 4.895 4.895 0.055 70.576

Overburden Removal 2nd Bench

Page 112 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Total

SchRs 650 E9M [mbcm] 0.500 3.100 3.620 4.810 4.100 4.010 4.170 4.340 4.050 3.840 3.820 3.740 3.740 3.590 3.250 3.250 0.080 58.010

E5M [mbcm]

E1B [mt]

0.500 1.090 1.360 0.770 0.850 0.890 0.930 0.850 0.800 0.780 0.670 0.670 0.580 0.360 0.360 0.010 11.470

0.290 0.270 0.200 0.630 0.850 0.640 0.430 0.400 0.380 0.320 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.020 0.020 4.620

A2RsB 5200 P4M [mbcm] [mlcm] 0.500 0.550 3.600 3.960 4.710 5.181 6.170 6.787 4.870 5.357 4.860 5.346 5.060 5.566 5.270 5.797 4.900 5.390 4.640 5.104 4.600 5.060 4.410 4.851 4.410 4.851 4.170 4.587 3.610 3.971 3.610 3.971 0.090 0.099 69.480 76.428

Coal [mt] 0.290 0.270 0.200 0.630 0.850 0.640 0.430 0.400 0.380 0.320 0.060 0.060 0.050 0.020 0.020 4.620

Coal from E1B has to be moved in the 1 coal cut by direct dumping technology

Tab.: 4.7-5

Overburden Removal 3rd Bench

Page 113 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Coal

Overburden

Total

OB Bench

Cut 1

Cut 2

Cut 3

Cut 3a

Cut 3/3a

E1B

E8M

E9B

E8B

E7M

E8B E7M

[mt]

[mbcm]

0.420

3.400

3.260

6.000

Coal

Overburden

[mt]

[mbcm]

2008 2009

0.290

2010

0.270

2.420

2011

0.200

2.540

2012

0.630

2.970

2013

0.850

2.300

2014

0.640

+0.560

+0.200

4.070

1.180

0.150

0.095

9.000

0.095

3.510

1.950

0.390

0.130

9.000

0.130

3.590

2.010

0.400

0.140

9.000

0.140

3.490

2.230

0.450

0.140

9.000

0.140

3.510

2.240

0.450

0.145

9.000

0.145

3.370

2.280

0.570

0.155

9.000

0.155

3.230

2.340

0.710

0.155

9.000

0.155

3.320

2.410

0.740

0.155

9.000

0.155

3.270

2.510

0.750

0.165

9.000

0.165

3.270

2.520

0.750

0.165

9.000

0.165

3.160

2.570

0.740

0.165

9.000

0.165

2.800

2.700

0.660

0.160

9.000

0.160

0.960

1.870

2.520

0.650

0.110

6.000

0.110

35.770

46.140

29.460

7.410

1.880

123.400

1.880

+0.630

+0.850

2.360 +0.640

2015

0.430

2.400

2016

0.400

2.400

2017

0.380

2.400

2018

0.320

2.400

2019

0.060

2.470

2020

0.060

2.410

2021

0.050

2.410

2022

0.020

2.510

2023

0.020

2.820

2024 Total

4.620

+0.430

+0.400

+0.380

+0.320

+0.060

+0.050

+0.020

+4.620

Coal from E1B has to be moved double by E8M

Tab.: 4.7-6

Bench-wise and Equipment-wise Production in Coal System

Page 114 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.8 Belt Conveyor Balance In the existing KEK-mine (including the transfer at the Separation Plant) conveyor belts are used with varying width between 1,200 und 1,800 mm. The 1,800 mm belts are exclusively used in the Mirash mine in the powerful overburden lines 2 and 3 – with attached SchRs 650 – and partly in the coal connecting belt systems. The following table summarises the available belt conveyor lines in the existing mine (up to boundary of stockpiles).

active passive

1,200 mm

1,400 mm

1,600 mm

1,800 mm

Drive Stations

Frames

5,600 m

13,070 m

6,800 m

Drive Stations

Frames Tab.: 4.8-1

Available Belt Conveyor Material in Existing Mine

For the mine Sibovc SW it is foreseen to use predominately refurbished material from the existing mine. It has been calculated and decided that predominantly belt conveyors with a width of 1,800 and 1,600 mm will be applied in the mine Sibovc SW except the connecting belt conveyors to the TPP B and partly to the TPP A (please see following table). Width

No.

Total Length

TPP B

1,400 mm

5,200 m

existing

TPP A

1,200 mm

2,950 m

existing

1,800 mm

2,950 m

planned connection belt conveyor line in case of rehabilitation of two units in TPP A

Tab.: 4.8-2

Remarks

Existing and Planned Overland Belt Conveyors to TPP’s

The next table illustrates the belt conveyor balance for the new Mine Sibovc SW. In the first columns the available belt conveyor material in the existing mine is presented. The following columns the demand on material for the new mine is presented. The figures don’t include the demand in the existing mine in the parallel operation phase of existing mine and Sibovc SW mine (2008 – 2011). For the 1,600mm and 1,800 mm belt conveyor system it is partly planned to purchase new plant parts (stations and frames). This means that the strongly worn out passive reserves of the Mine Bardh / Mirash will not be reactivated. The new purchase is made step-wise via several years and will amount to a total number of 6 pieces 1,600 mm drive stations, 4 pieces 1,800 mm drive stations and 16 km frames. Especially for the 1,200 mm and 1,400 mm belts there will be a surplus for stations and frames. In this connection it is recommended to replace the 1,200 mm connecting belt conveyor line to TPP A by a 1,400 mm belt conveyor.

Page 115 of 171

available

1,200 mm

active

passive

Drive Stations

Conv. Length

5,600

2008

2009

Connection belt conveyors to TPP A in responsibility of existing mine

2010

2011

2012

2017

2022

2024

2,948

5,200

Purchase DS Purchase Conv.

1,400 mm

Drive Stations

Conv. Length

13,070

Connection belt conveyors to TPP B in responsibility of existing mine

Purchase DS Purchase Conv.

1,600 mm

Drive Stations

Conv. Length

6,800

3,100

3,220

7,600

10,730

11,320

14,480

17,190

17,960

400

800

2,460

Purchase DS

Purchase Conv.

1,800 mm

Drive Stations

Conv. Length

6,800

Purchase DS Purchase Conv.

Tab.: 4.8-3

4,900

2,600

2,990

9,650

12,950

13,460

10,700

12,510

11,570

11,050

3,000

2,000

Belt Conveyor Balance for the new Sibovc SW Mine

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.9 Time Schedule 4.9.1 Main Equipment Activities 2006 I

E1M

2007 III

2008 III

2009 III

2nd Line Mirash Coal Operation Mirash

E3M

Coal Operation Mirash

E4M

E9M E10M

2010 III

2011 III

2012 III

III

Coal Operation Mirash 2nd Line Mirash 1st Line further Application in Mirash possible

planned Reha

E7M E8M

Coal Operation Mirash

E2M

E5M E6M

3rd OB Line Sibovc

Coal Operation Mirash 3rd Line Mirash 1st Line Mirash 2nd Line Mirash

planned Reha

Coal Sibovc planned Reha

3rd Line Sibovc

3rd Line Mirash

E1B

planned Reha

2nd Line Sibovc

Coal Operation Bardh

Float Machine

E2B E4B

Coal Operation Bardh

E6B

3rd Line Bardh

E7B E8B E9B

Coal Operation Bardh

3rd Line Bardh 2nd Line Bardh

E10B

1st Line Bardh

P1M

3rd Line Mirash

P3M

2nd Line Mirash

P4M

1st Line Mirash

P1B

3rd Line Bardh

P2B

2nd Line Bardh

P3B

1st Line Bardh

Tab.: 4.9-1

Coal Operation Bardh

1st Line Bardh

further Application in Mirash possible fixed Reha

planned Reha Coal Sibovc

planned Reha

1st Line Sibovc 3rd Line Mirash (Replacement P3M)

3rd Line

planned Reha planned Reha

2nd Line Sibovc 3rd Line Sibovc

3rd Line Bardh fixed Reha

2nd Line Sibovc

1st Line Sibovc

Application in existing mines (has to be revised with actualisation of Mid Term Plan)

Decommissioning

fixed Rehabilitation

Application in SibovcSW mine

planned Rehabilitation

Release Time for Main Mine Equipment in Mid Term Period

Page 117 of 171

Coal

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

mobile Fleet

Preparation of ToR Tendering Phase and Contract Preparation of Operation Operation

1st OB System

Preparation of Start Position Transport, Installation Commissioning, Operation Relocation to highest Level

2nd OB System

Relocation of Conveyor System Transport, Installation Commissioning, Operation Relocation of Conveyor System

3rd OB System

Preparation of Start Position Transport, Installation Commissioning, Operation Commissioning Cut 3a Relocation to Inside Dump Preparation of Start Position

Coal Systems

Transport, Installation Head Systems Transport, Installation Bench Systems st

Operation 1 System Operation 2nd System Operation 3rd System Operation System 3a Installation Quality Management

Fig.: 4.9-1

Main Mining Activities

Page 118 of 171

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

4.9.2 Main Mining Activities

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

4.10 Consequences for Development in Existing Mines Some adaptations of the mid term development in the existing mine have to be done with regard to an optimization of the mining development in the Sibovc SW mine. These adaptations are necessary for a smoothly opening-up of the new mine. In this context the Mid Term Plan for the existing mines has to be revised. Another reason for the necessity of reworking of the Mid Term Plan is, that the planned mine position for 2005 could not be reached. This applies predominantly to the flattening works of the border slope systems. Among others the following main measures have to be considered: -

The head belt conveyors of the coal system in the mine Sibovc SW should be installed on a level of +560 mMSL up to the long run belt conveyors to the TPPâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s to avoid unnecessary power due to grade. Therefore a general corridor is necessary on this level along the existing northern slope system. This fact has to be considered during the further planning works for flattening of this slope system.

In addition to this, a water channel (2b) has to be installed along the existing northern slope system, starting on a level of +595 mMSL (western site) up to the existing channel on the Mirash site +581 mMSL (description please see next main chapter). The necessary levelling has to be considered and to be done during the widening of the northern slope system.

Regarding the minimisation of transport distances and the creation of more spacious dump volumes during the opening-up phase, the dumping development in the western part of existing mine has to be adapted. a. The Mid Term Plan describes for the Overburden system III (P3B) from 2007 dumping along the western rim slope system in deep- and high dumping. This high dumping affects the placing of the opening up masses of the Sibovc SW mine. It is suggested to spread the masses of this overburden system only in deep dumping operation. So it will be possible to use the free dumping space for the opening masses from Sibovc SW. b. To provide additional dumping space in the area of the Bardh mine it is suggested to convert dumping of the masses of excavators E8B and E6B to Mirash from the beginning of mid 2007. Parallel to this the transport distance for this cut is shortened contrary to the Mid Term Plan.

The securing of coal production from the Sibovc SW field requires a timely shifting of the selected main equipment from the existing opencast mines. In contrast to the Mid Term Plan there are time changes for single equipment. They originate from the general choice of equipment and the scheduled necessary rehabilitation measures. This mainly concerns the E10B and the spreader P3B which goes out of operation mid of 2007 for a complex refurbishment. According to the Mid Term Plan an application of both facilities up to the end of 2008 was envisaged. The equipment use shall be adjusted with regard to this.

Page 119 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

5 Mine Dewatering 5.1 Hydrological Conditions The Kosova Basin forms a smoothly shaped plain that is bordered by hills and mountains. This basin includes a developed hydrological network with the main collector given by the river Sitnica. This river crosses the basin from south to north and drains off 80 % of the accumulating surface water northward. Major tributary rivers in the vicinity of the site are Drenica River in the west and Lab River in the east. The Sitnica run-off of water varies between a minimum of 0.5 – 1.5 m³/sec and a maximum of 50 – 120 m³/sec with an average of 5 – 10 m³/sec. In flooding periods, the course of the river reaches a width of up to 1,000 m in the flooding areas. On 3 May 1958 a maximum run-off for river Sitnica near to the mines was measured with 90.3 m³/sec.

Fig.: 5.1-1

Catchment Areas of the Sibovc SW Mine

Page 120 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Because not being available the usual basis to assess the quantities of water discharged by tributary rivers and creeks was prepared as catchment area map shown in the figure above. A subdivision into different drainage areas is shown in different colours when the mine Sibovc SW develops towards the north. The mining field Sibovc SW will be largely influenced by the catchment area A (360 ha). The surface water coming from this area will flow directly to the mine. The catchment areas B (north-western part) and C (northern part) will have only a minor importance, since it discharges the water into the neighbouring valleys.

5.2 Drainage Areas These areas shall be included in the dewatering planning because the opening-up of the Sibovc SW mine follows the existing mine and the residual area of this existing mine can be used for inside dumping. The following drainage areas result from this: Mirash East The drainage area Mirash East is east of the dump pillar in the Mirash mine and comprises both the inside dumping areas and the reserved areas for ash dumping and sanitary landfill. The drainage of this area lies not in the responsibility of the Sibovc SW mine. After completion of the dumping of the disposal sites and the residual corridors a ditch system shall be installed draining into the direction of the Sitnica. Mirash West These areas border the dump pillar in the east and the present mining face in the west. Drainage is ensured by the active opencast mine operation upon complete depletion of the existing mine. Afterwards drainage shall be continued by the Sibovc SW mine. Bardh The drainage area Bardh follows the Mirash west area in the west and extends to the western rim slope system of the existing opencast mine. This area has to be drained as well upon complete depletion under the chief responsibility of the active opencast mine. Part of the drainage services have to be rendered by the Sibovc SW mine since there are also dumped overburden masses from the Sibovc mine in parallel with the active opencast mine operation. The depletion of the existing mine results in merging of the drainage areas of Mirash West and Bardh into a one single area. The dewatering shall then be completely carried out by the Sibovc SW mine. Upon completion of dumping in this area it has to be ensured that the surface waters will naturally run-off into the East (Sitnica) and the West (Drenica), respectively. Sibovc SW This drainage area covers the southern area of the u Sibovc SW mine and is separated by a coal pillar from the Bardh drainage area. Due to the valley location most of the surface water (catchment area A) flows directly into the direction of the opencast mine. This water shall be collected by ditch systems before reaching the opencast mine and drained into the direction of the Drenica. Only in the north (C) and northwest (B) of the mining field a part of the surface water flows into north-eastern direction towards the Sitnica and in western direction towards the Drenica, respectively.

Page 121 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The quantity of water to be pumped directly from the Sibovc SW mine will continuously increase with progressing opencast mine development. Using an average yearly rainfall of 600 mm and a run-off coefficient of 0.45 the rain water volumes to be drained yearly can be calculated. Pumping rates of the last years allow a first calculation of expected drainage volumes. Annual Drainage

[ ha ]

[ `000 mÂł/a ]

Mirash East

340

918

Mirash West

345

931

Bardh

365

985

Sibovc SW

460

1,240

Increasing of annual drainage with progressive mine development

Surface Drainage Sibovc SW

368

1.000

Reduction of annual drainage with progressive mine development

In-pit dewatering

Surface Area

Tab.: 5.2-1

Catchment Area A

Remarks

Reduction of annual drainage with further completion of final dump areas

Maximum Drainage Areas

5.3 Dewatering Measures 5.3.1 Surface Dewatering 5.3.1.1 Drainage Area Bardh / Mirash West Simultaneous with the depletion of existing mine the new mine Sibovc SW is responsible for the dewatering in this area. The surface dewatering around this area has to be continued, the existing dewatering facilities have to be maintained. New dewatering elements are not necessary. The stepwise continuation of final dump areas requires installation of ditches on the dumped surface to drain off the surface water. Therefore the dumping surface is to be shaped with a gradient between 1 : 150 to 1 : 200. The watershed should pass along the former ridge in the south of the village of Hade. From there the ditches should run in eastern direction to the river Sitnica and in western direction to the river Drenica, respectively. The ditches shall be integrated in the future landscape. A lining of the ditches (e.g. with concrete) is not foreseen.

5.3.1.2 Sibovc SW Mining Area (Illustration in mine position maps) The Sibovc SW mine is opened-up from the existing opencast mine and developed into northern direction. In the centre of the mining field there is a wide valley bordered by a mountain range at both rim slope systems and in mining direction. North of the mountain range the terrain dips into mining direction. The gradient of the terrain partly reaches 7Â° (1 : 8).

Page 122 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Due to the surface profile and the size of the catchment area (A) the Sibovc SW mine will be influenced by inflowing surface water during a long operating period. This especially refers to heavy rainfalls since the mining area is not covered by forests and the water quantities are drained for a great part at the surface. The size of the catchment area and the inflow reduce with progressing mine development. At the beginning of the opening-up the catchment area has a size of 360 ha. In case of heavy rainfalls of 64 mm/d and a surface runoff coefficient of 70%, the water quantity to be drained amounts to maximum 160,000 m続/day (= 2 m続/sec). The water quantity reduces with progressing mine development. The first surface dewatering measure in the field Sibovc SW must be the drainage of the water ponds in the opening-up area. These water ponds result from former slope movements. Since a hydraulic connection with existing fissure systems cannot be excluded these water collections incur an increased soil-mechanical risk. The drainage of the ponds should therefore start immediately, beginning from summer 2006. The following working steps are proposed: -

Pumping of water by means of waste water pumps and discharge via existing concrete channel

Installation of ditches for preventing further water collection on these basins (the road and/or dump bench belt conveyor GD3 shall be equipped with culverts)

Depending on the mine advance a system of channels and drains has to be installed at the surface. The drainage of the surface water in this area is complicated, because of the closed ridge around the mining boundary. Therefore the following facts must be considered for calculation of channel system: -

The surface water should be drained off under use of natural gradient. The minimum gradient should be 1 : 200 to allow a sufficient velocity of flow.

A lifting of surface water by pumps is not envisaged because of the flooding danger in case of power cuts.

Complete water drainage via the northern slope system of the existing mines is not advisable, because of the ongoing operation up to 2012 and the latent danger, caused by slope movements.

The main channels should be developed with concrete to increase the lifetime and to reduce maintenance expenditure

In a first step a possibility for water drainage has been chosen, considering the surface structure and the before mentioned principles. The best way for draining the surface water is the anticline in the ridge at the northern boundary of the Sibovc SW mining field. The anticlines at the eastern and western boundaries are blocked by the village Hade and/or outside dump masses (shooting range). The level of the anticline in the north is +640 mMSL. We recommend the following: The anticline is to deepen orthogonally by digging a box cut on a level of +625 mMSL. In this opening cut a covered concrete channel (1) has to be installed, before re-closing the cut. This channel connects the catchment area A and the valley north of the planned mining field. The culvert is the core component of the surface dewatering and must be finished at the end of 2007 (please see the following figure). In 2008 the channels to be connected shall be completed. On the one hand this refers to the channel for draining the surface water (1a) north of the box culverts and on the other hand the channels (1b und 1c) within the catchment area A. The latter lead into south-eastern and/or

Page 123 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

south-western direction starting form a height level of + 625 mMSL, with rising gradient (1 : 200). This ditch system collects the surface water of a catchment area of 92 ha and discharges it to the North via the box culvert into the natural drain in the direction of the Sitnica River. The advantage of this system is that the surface water is directly drained to the north and can therefore be kept away from the mine operation. The system will be in operation beyond the year 2020 whereby the charging channels have to be shortened according to the mine advance. Additionally another channel (2a) is planned along the eastern rim slope system. It runs from north (+605 mMSL) to south (+595 mMSL) and will include a working level of the northern rim slope system south of Hade. On this working level the water is charged via channel (2a) to the existing ditch system of the Mirash opencast mine (feeding point +585 mMSL). The preconditions for a continuous gradient along the northern rim slope system corresponding planning targets in the annual technologies. This channel which has to be produced in 2008 as well will collect and drain the surface water from a 45 ha catchment area. From the remaining valley the surface water cannot be drained via a natural gradient. Drainage of surface water via the active bench of the Sibovc SW mine shall be excluded except residual rainwater quantities. It is suggested to install a dewatering in the valley from which the collected surface water is pumped into the higher located channel 1c by means of sewage pumps. Additionally a 600 m long unfixed channel (3a) shall be connected to the dewatering in south-western direction. According to the opencast mine advance the dewatering shall be shifted several times to the North. Further channels shall be installed according to demand.

Page 124 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 5.3-1

Catchment Areas and Surface Dewatering Channels

The fixed ditches shall be dimensioned as follows: -

Bottom width

1.0 m

Depth

0.8 m

Slope inclination

45Â°

Profile

1.44 mÂ˛

Wall thickness of lining

0.15 m

Page 125 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Name

Indic.

Length

Development

Box Culvert

440 m

Cross section: 2m * 1m Gradient: 1 : 100 Development with concrete

2007

Channel

320 m

Open concrete channel with settling basin

2008

Channel

1,350 m

Open concrete channel

2008

Channel

1,300 m

Open concrete channel

2008

Channel

1,430 m

Open concrete channel

2008

Channel

1,500 m

Open concrete channel

2008

Size 40m * 40m Depth 2m Development with concrete or foil equipped with 4 waste water pumps plus 2 in reserve and 4 pipes with a length of 700 m each

2009

Open channel without any development

2009

Storage Basin

Channel

620 m

Tab.: 5.3-1

Comm.

Elements of Surface Dewatering

5.3.2 In-Pit Dewatering (Illustration in mine position maps) 5.3.2.1 Drainage Area Bardh / Mirash West After depletion of the existing mines the remaining hole will be further used as dumping area of the new Sibovc SW mine. Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s why it will be necessary to continue the drainage works. Therefore the existing dewatering facilities can be further used. Simultaneous with finishing the coal extraction works in the existing mines the overburden dumping of the Sibovc SW mine will start in the deepest part of the residual hole, south of the village Hade. According to the advance of the dump the main dewatering basins (Mirash and Bardh site) must be relocated. After closing the first dumping slice, a new main dewatering basin has to be installed and connected with the pipe system. This procedure must be repeated up to finishing the final dumping slice. Beginning from this time, a ditch system for a natural surface dewatering shall be installed on the surface. The drainage facilities can be dismantled, if no further use is intended.

Page 126 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

5.3.2.2 Sibovc SW Mining Area Basically, groundwater pumpage by means of filter wells or a groundwater blocking by means of sealing wall can be excluded. Therefore, the planning of the in-pit dewatering is restricted to the collection and drainage of the pit water. The following works shall be realised for a sufficient in-pit dewatering: -

Planned installation of main collecting ditches from the working levels and dump surfaces to the main dewatering with continuous adjustment to the mining position

Establishment of the drainage of rainwater on all working levels

Discharging of permanent water accumulations on the dumps

Drainage of dammed up water at the slope foot of the inside dumps

Maintenance of all ditch systems

Use of the collected water to reduce dust formation /dust control

Ditch System Drainage ditches shall be installed on all working levels. An appropriate downward gradient is to be considered towards the bench ends. The water shall be connected in equalizing basins at the bench ends and supplied alternatively by way of pipelines or open collecting ditches of the main dewatering. These ditches along the working levels must be renewed regularly according to the opencast mines advance. The ditches shall be produced by means of the available auxiliary equipment, like universal excavators, dozers and wheel loaders. A massive development of the ditches and equalizing basins is not envisaged. The following regular ditch profile is proposed regardless of the size of the catchment area: -

Bed width

â&#x2030;Ľ 0.5 m (effective)

Ditch depth

0.5 - 1.0 m (effective)

Gradient

min. 1 : 200

Inclination of the ditch slope

ca. 45Â° (in cohesive material)

Another important point is the production of ditches along the access roads into the opencast mine. Hereby, the removal of the backwater is of special importance to increase the lifetime and improve the conditions of the accesses. Along ramps with a larger downward gradient, wooden weirs shall be inserted in the road ditches to reduce the flow velocity of the water and therefore the mass discharge from the road subsoil. Apart from the production of the ditches special importance shall be also attached to the clearing of working levels and the maintenance of the ditch systems. Flat and slightly grading working levels simplify the water supply to the installed ditches. Parallel to this the ditch systems shall be maintained permanently. It is suggested to establish a mobile group for these works, so that damages at the ditches can be recognized and repaired. Central Main Dewatering / Pump Sumps

Page 127 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The in-pit dewatering by ditches accumulates the rainwater from excavation and dumping site in the main dewatering and pump it out in case of excess of the storage capacity. The storage capacity of the main dewatering has to be dimensioned to accumulate a maximum of the rainfalls of one day. Parallel to the progressive mine development the active mining area will expand. The storage volume of the main dewatering has to be enlarged the same way. The pumps have to be designed in that way that they are able to handle a maximum of twoday rainfalls considering the accumulation capacity of the pump sumps. One additional pump per pump sump should be reserved among the number of pumps which are required for the pumpage of the in-pit water. The pumps lift the pit water by means of pipelines via the eastern rim slope system and the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mine into the existing installed ditch systems. With progressing dumping of the residual pit south of Hade and the improving stabilisation of the northern rim slope system the pipeline system can be replaces by an open ditch. The time for conversion shall be defined at a later date. The main dewatering basin should be arranged in the deepest part of the mine and has to be relocated according to the mine advance. The basins shall be produced in deep cut excavation with the help of main equipment. From 2018 the surface water from the working levels of the mobile equipment operation and the first regular overburden system can be discharged into the existing concrete channel 2a. Therefore the drainage into the main dewatering and following lifting by means of pumps is inapplicable. Pumps The main dewatering of the mine shall be equipped with 5 powerful high-pressure pumps, 2 pumps for normal operation, 2 pumps as support in case of heavy rainfall and 1 pump as reserve. The change-over to high-pressure pumps is due to the increasing lifting height (up to 130m). There are recommended pumps each with a capacity of 180 mÂł/h (90 kW). In order to specify the pumps it is necessary to know the quality of the water to be pumped. Additionally, waste water pumps (for lifting height up to 25m) are required. In total 15 waste water pumps should be procured, for application on the working benches at the excavation site and on the dumping site as well as on the stockpile. Mine Water Purification The water pumped from the main dewatering plants in the existing mine, shows increased contents of chloride and sulphate as well as clear contents of suspended matter, consisting of dust or organic matter. The same water quality is to be expected in the new Sibovc SW mine. When discharging the water, special attention shall be drawn to separate the suspended materials. Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s why it will be necessary to install additional sedimentation basins on the surface level before feeding the water into the rivers. These basins are made in form of ground basins that are integrated in the course of the ditches. At a length of at least 100 m, the bed of such a basin shall be flat on a width of at least 50 m, in order to achieve a clear reduction of the flow velocities. When entering a basin, the water stream shall be distributed as wide as possible to achieve a good sedimentation result. The discharge of a basin has the form of an earth dam, which is

Page 128 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

fixed by a possibly wide overflow. The installations shall be controlled quarterly. The settled particles shall be removed regularly once a year in autumn before the beginning of the rainy period. The removed material shall be examined by sampling in particular for contents of heavy metals and hydrocarbon connections. If there are not any distinctive features, the material can be built into the dump bodies. If contaminants are determined for example in cases of damages or accidents during the operation, the material shall be disposed separately. Recommendations for Mining Development The shape of the working levels is of great importance when draining the rainwater and avoiding collection of water. In order to minimise the earthworks for drainage ditches the working levels in the mines shall have a continuous gradient into the direction of the bench ends. Preferably, a â&#x20AC;&#x153;roof constructionâ&#x20AC;? shall be produced with a gradient starting at the mid of the bench into the direction of the two bench ends or a gradient from one bench end to the other one.

5.3.3 Time Scheduling for Dewatering Measures 2006 I

2007 III

2008 III

2009 III

III

Drainage of Water Ponds Box Culvert (1) Channel 1a with Settling Basin Channel 1b Channel 1c Channel 2a Channel 2b Storage Basin (3) Channel 3a Specification

Fig.: 5.3-2

Tendering Process

Construction

Commissionning

Time Schedule for Dewatering Measures

5.4 Investment and Cost Calculation for Dewatering Only the planned concrete channels including settling and sedimentation basins were considered in the investments for the drainage. Except the Storage Basins (3) these plants have to be erected only once. The Storage Basin has to be relocated several times according to the mine advance. These performances shall not be carried out by KEK and have to be tendered. All other channels to be installed operatively shall be built by KEK itself. The costs are acquired in the position personnel. The same applies to the maintenance of the channels. The necessary investments for mobile equipment as well as pumps and pipelines shall be considered with the auxiliary equipment. As basic prices has been considered:

Page 129 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Box culvert

120 EURO/m

Earth moving for box culvert

4 EURO/bcm

Concrete channel

70 EURO/m

Settling basin

0.030 MEURO

Storage basin

0.050 MEURO

The following table compiles the required investments for the pre-mining area dewatering of the opencast mine. The storage basin (3) shall be installed new every 3 years. Due to the continuously reducing catchment area necessary investments are also declining. From 2020 storage basin looses its importance; therefore further use is not envisaged. Year Investments

‘07 0.97

‘08 0.45

‘09 0.10

‘10

‘11

‘12 0.05

‘13

‘14

‘15 0.04

Year Investments

‘16

‘17

‘18 0.02

‘19

‘20

‘21

‘22

‘23

Tab.: 5.4-1

Investments for Dewatering Measures

Page 130 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

6 Mine Closure and Recultivation Planning 6.1 Principles The dumping of the overburden masses of the Sibovc SW mine will be continued on the inside dump of the existing opencast mine. This means that the area of responsibility of the Sibovc SW mine extends also to the existing mine. This mainly refers to the area between dam crest of the dump pillar in Mirash and the western rim slope of the Bardh mine. The areas east of the crest of the dump pillar refer to the area of responsibility of the existing opencast mine. The same applies to the existing outside dump areas. The proposed main principles are: -

The areas occupied by mining shall be recovered in such a way that the later use will be rather better than the original one. This efforts aim at enhancing the value of the areas compared with the actual state â&#x20AC;&#x201C; at least however a similar scenery.

Areas which are no longer needed for mining activities shall be recultivated as soon as possible. If a final renaturing will not be possible, suitable temporary measures shall be taken like for example an interim greening.

Financial means will be reserved already during the active mining operations to ensure the proper closure of the mining field. This money will also be available in case of in-solvency for revitalisation.

Authorities and the concerned people (later users) are integrated in the process of planning and detailed shaping of the post-mining areas. This process shall start before dumping because it already defines the shape of the surface.

6.2 Area Balance To meet the demand for run-of-mine coal from the mine Sibovc SW at an amount of 123.4 mt, the area claimed for mining will come to 5 kmÂ˛ within the period until 2024. The following area balance is resulting for the mine Sibovc SW. The land claim is divided in areas for digging and other areas (f. e. canals, surface facilities). The land acquisition has to be carried out before to the actual land claim in order to prepare the areas for mining activities. This comprises such measures as clearing the surface by removing buildings, installing embankments and building mine roads and installing dewatering systems. Depending on the size and location of the lots of land and the required preparatory works, the land should be acquired one to two years before the actual land claim.

Page 131 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Land Claim for Sibovc SW Total

Creation of Final Dump Areas

179

141

133

149

2018 - 2022

102

116

142

2023 - 2024

Total

412

501

383

Digging

Safety Zone

Channels

2006 - 2010

128

2011-2012

2013 - 2017

Tab.: 6.2-1

InfraStructure

Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW [ha]

The above table contains the necessary land claim for the Sibovc SW mine. The total area to be claimed is 501 ha, whereby 412 ha of it are pure land to be excavated. The other 89 ha refer to the safety zone (a ca. 100 wide stripe along the mining edge) and other areas. Dumping of overburden from Sibovc SW mine in the residual pit of the Bardh / Mirash mine offers the possibility to produce the final dump surfaces very early. Via the lifetime of the Sibovc SW mine totally 383 ha final dump areas can be shaped. These areas lie completely in the area of the Bardh/Mirash mine; in Sibovc SW it will not be possible to produce final dump areas. The shaped final dump areas distribute as follows: -

100 ha east of the dump pillar in the area of the former Mirash-east mine (2009 – 2012)

52 ha high dump area at the western field margin of the Bardh mine (2011 – 2012)

231 ha final (2011 – 2024)

dump

area

the

Bardh

Mirash

opencast

mine

This balance does not include the former outside dumps of the Bardh and Mirash mines. According to the Mid Term Plan these areas shall be prepared for a future use and sale by the existing opencast mines. This balance does also not include the reserved area for ash dumping in the Mirash East area and the reserved area for sanitary landfill in the Mirash Brand area including their slope systems. Therefore the mine Sibovc SW produces less final dump areas than occupied by the mining operations. This negative area balance is mainly caused due to the large share of slope systems along the reserved areas for ash and sanitary landfill sites. Another reason is the remaining pit (205 ha) south of the community of Hade which cannot be closed until 2024. The required land purchase is different from the land demand because parts of the mining field are already property of KEK. This especially refers to the area north of the rim slope system of t he Bardh mine and the outside dump on the mining field of Sibovc SW (shooting range). For the operating period until 2024 a total sum of 325 ha land have to be purchased. Moreover, drainage ditches have to be installed in the entire mining field already with the start of the opening up activities. It is suggested to conclude user’s contracts with the owners of the

Page 132 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

plots for those areas. Nevertheless a large part of the mining fields should already be purchased at the beginning of the opening up. The areas to be purchased in periods are illustrated in the following table. The sale of final dump areas (please see table above) will be possible after a 2-years lay time. The below table also contains the share of areas to be sold. Up to 2024 about 349 ha of the produced final dump areas from total 383 ha can be sold. The difference of 34 ha comes to a safety zone along the mentioned remaining pit. If one only considers the share of areas still to be purchased the area balance is positive. In case of a sale of totally 349 ha a surplus of about 20 ha of areas can be sold compared with the area to be purchased within the operating period. As already mentioned the existing outside dump areas (selling in Mid Term Period of Bardh / Mirash Mine) and the areas reserved for disposal sites (out of responsibility of Complementary Mine Plan) were not taken into account.

Land Purchase

Usufructuary Right

Land for Sale

Balance acc.

2006 - 2010

-74

2011 - 2012

-46

2013 - 2017

141

2018 - 2022

122

-40

2023 - 2024

+20

Total

329

349

Tab.: 6.2-2

Area Balance [ha]

6.3 Mine Closure Plan Recultivation of the Sibovc field is closely connected with the existing mine. After depletion of the existing mine, large residual pits remain. The establishment of larger final areas within the operating period of the opencast mines will not be possible. This is due to the low overburden: coal ratio as well as in the material properties of the overburden. The following residual pits will remain in the area of the opencast mines: -

A wide and deep residual pit in the western area of the existing mining field (mining area of the Bardh opencast mine and the western part of the Mirash opencast mine)

A landfill site in the former Mirash-Brand mining field in the responsibility of the KTA

The ash dump in the former Mirash-East mining field in the responsibility of KEK

An almost closed dump area in the eastern parts of the Mirash opencast mine, which borders the landfill site. In the areas directly contacting the landfill site there are installed large corridors due to the flat slope angle.

Page 133 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

It is envisaged that coal mining will be continued in the follow-up field of Sibovc after depletion of the existing opencast mine. This opencast mine will be developed from the northern rim slope system of the existing opencast mines. It is planned to use this overburden masses to fill the depleted area of the existing mines. This offers optimal opportunities for shaping the final areas. Moreover, outside dumps can be avoided. As it is mentioned in the Mid Term Plan the existing mine is responsible to shape the residual pit safely until the residual area is closed finally by the follow-up mine. The following measures will be taken: -

The natural overburden slopes along the southern rim slope system shall be shaped safely.

The coal slopes along the southern rim slope system shall be flattened and covered by overburden material. This measure serves the extinguishing of existing and/or the prevention of new coal fires. A corresponding dumping technology of the overburden masses of Sibovc helps to reducing the expense for those measures considerably.

The seam floor shall be continuously covered by cohesive overburden material. This measure also serves the prevention / extension of further coal fires and can be further optimized by a selective dumping of the overburden material from Sibovc.

The drainage of the residual area shall be continued. This refers to the main drainage system on the lowest floor level and the drainage from the southern rim slope system by means of suitable drainage ditches. Those ditches shall be installed on all berms of the southern rim slope system. Extension of the ditches will not be required. A collection basin shall be installed at the deepest point of each of the berms from which the water is fed by pipelines and/or collection ditches to the main drainage system. After dumping of the main drainage system by masses from the Sibovc mine, a new drainage system shall be installed and operated.

After closure of the residual area by spreading the overburden material from the Sibovc mine, the areas shall be intended for agricultural use to provide substitute areas for claimed ones. Connection of the dump area at the same surface level is recommended for the large residual pit in the west of the mining field, without re-shaping the former hillside near Hade. The final dump surface should be slightly inclined to enable good access conditions for agricultural machines as well as a natural drainage into the direction of the Sitnica and Drenica-Rivers. The final shaping of the eastern dump side is only possible after decommissioning of the storage sites. Both storage sites are planned with an operating period of at least 15 years. Only afterwards, a complete closure of the marginal corridors will be possible. This can be accomplished both with the overburden from Sibovc and the recovery of the ash dump of TPP A. The preferred alternative is the recovery of the ash dump of TPP A on the mining field D for refilling the marginal corridors. The basic sealing for the masses to be installed is provided by the inside dump masses. The masses lying below the ash on the outside dump can be used as final cover layer and/or as recultivation layer. Due to the long period until a final shaping of this area, an interim solution is recommended comprising to partly fill the corridors depending on the set-up of the ash dump.

Page 134 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The Sibovc SW mine is responsible for refilling the area western of the dumping pillar only. The final shaping of the eastern area with the sanitary landfill area and the ash dump is not part of the Complementary Mine Plan.

6.4 Concept of Post-Mining Utilization 6.4.1 Principles and Preconditions for Reclamation Planning The concept for the post-mining landscape contains the following aspects: -

Demand for uses (agriculture, forestry, building site …)

Area use is dependent on the available soils (quality)

Possibilities for shaping by means of the used equipment

Cost/benefit

Main aim for shaping the post-mining field is to provide a high share of areas which allow for an agricultural use. In general, the dump area shall represent a high-value landscape element in which agricultural use and habitat for local fauna and flora will exist in parallel. Bases for achieving these goals: -

Ensuring a maximum possible inclination of 1 : 20 (3°), maximum 1 : 12.5 (4.5°), which allow for a cultivation with agricultural machines

Ensuring discharge of excess surface water by a minimum surface inclination of 1 : 200

Collection and discharge of surface water by installation of ditches and storage basins and their connection to the existing rivers

Installation of windbreak belts as a natural boundary for reducing wind erosion

Plantation of trees and shrubs for shaping a varied landscape

Conservation of parts of the outside dump in the present form as refuge area for the presently existing and adjusted flora and fauna.

Installation of roads and accesses

To ensure minimum inclinations of 1 : 200 even after completion of settlements in the field, an inclination of 1 : 150 will be planned. Considering this inclination the terrain rises from the future residual pit in the north into southern direction and from the river connection at Bardh in the south-west into northern direction. Therefore the terrain lies below the original surface especially in the area of the hill nearby Hade. The connection to the natural terrain is ensured. Lateral slopes have a general inclination of 10° according to the mine planning. The single slopes shall be flattened to an inclination of 1 : 7 (8°) and planted with trees and shrubs. All areas with coal shall be covered by a sufficient amount of overburden. Due to the large quantity of minable coal, it will not be possible to fill up the entire opencast mine. There are basically two opportunities for the further use of the residual pit. The first alternative is the flooding of the residual area after completion of the mining activities in the Sibovc SW mine. This alternative can only be implemented of the mining in Page 135 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

the Sibovc field will not be continued after 2025. This refers both to KEK and a possible independent investor. This alternative can be excluded with a high probability because the remaining Sibovc field will contain huge coal reserves with favourable deposit conditions. Therefore this alternative will not be further followed up. The second and most probable alternative bases on the continuation of extraction in the Sibovc field. The residual pit of Sibovc SW will then be used as dumping space. It is thereby not relevant if the Sibovc SW mine is further developed or if a new mine will be opened. In this case, the residual pit shall be proceeded analogue to Midterm Plan. The coal slopes shall be flattened and covered by overburden in order to prevent coal fires in the long run. The seam floor shall be continuously covered by cohesive overburden material too. Moreover, all overburden slopes which are not directly developed by the follow-up mine shall be flattened to 1 : 6. The detailed measures shall be determined when the future development in the mining region is known.

6.4.2 Soil Improvement Measures The areas are flattened after dumping to be prepared for recultivation. The final shape of the surface should consider both a smoothly wavy structure and the free discharge of the water. After the levelling works have been finished, deep ploughing shall be carried out with a penetration depth of 0.5 m. That applies in particular to surfaces which were finished during rainy seasons. In principle, soil-improving measures are necessary only in to limited degree for the agriculturally used surfaces because the available overburden material is rather fertile. To raise the yield it is possible to apply fertilising measures like manure, slurry or mineral fertilizer.

6.4.3 Interim Greening and Erosion Protection Measures For the later management it is assumed that the plots will have an average size of approximately 5 - 10 hectares. Provided that there is a rectangular sketch this corresponds to a dimension of 500 * 150 m. A windbreak belt shall be installed between the individual plots with a width of approx. 5m. Its function comprises both erosion protection and a natural boundary between the plots. A multi-line arrangement of different wood is recommended, as it is represented in the following illustration. This system can also be realised along the farm roads.

Page 136 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Trees (1st size) nd Trees (2 size) Shrubs

3.50 m Fig.: 6.4-1

Plant Scheme for Wind Erosion Protection

Fast-growing tree species are especially suitable as windbreak belts, like for example poplars or robinias (Robinia Rectissima) and bushes. An integration of fruit trees is possible as well. It is suggested to install stone fruit meadows and/or carry out afforestation for steeper areas, where farming by means of machines will not be possible.

6.4.4 Irrigation and Dewatering Measures Along the windbreak belts, paths and roads, ditches shall be installed for surface drainage. The size of the ditches shall be chosen according to the respective catchment area. The following standard values shall be considered: -

Bed width

0.5 m â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 1.0 m, effective

Ditch depth

ca. 1 m

Gradient

min. 1 : 200

Inclination of the ditch slope

ca. 45Â°

In suitable distances these ditches shall be widened to storage basins in order to be able to store the water for a limited period of time in case of heavy rainfalls. The single ditches shall be finally connected to collecting ditches discharging the yielded rainwater. These ditches shall be installed in a solid construction. The flow velocity of the water shall be reduced by means of check dams and stilling basins, if necessary.

Page 137 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7 Resettlement and Relocation 7.1 General Remarks 7.1.1 Situation The opencast lignite mine of Sibovc SW north-west of the capital Pristina will occupy about 328.9 ha of land during its active phase with a North-South extension of 3 km and East-West extension of 1.7 to 2.7 km. The following resettlement and relocation measures shall be prepared and executed for the claim of land: -

Land purchase

Resettlement of properties of the settlement with scattered buildings of Sibovc (Hade West, Hade North (extension), Mirene, ShipitullaEast and Konxhul)

Compensation of property

New construction of a by-pass from Hade to Sibovc

New construction of a by-pass from Sibovc to Grabovc

The safety zone of the community of Hade south of the village road passing the mosque is already cleared from estates. Since May 2005 new residential building have already been built along the village road from Hade to Bardh which lie in the slope area of the new Sibovc SW opencast mine.

7.1.2 General Conditions Mainly large families with own agricultural enterprises are living in the concerned area of Sibovc, whose main incomes are secured by the production and sales of agricultural products. The social conditions of the population in this area are complicated and can be compared with the average living conditions in the Kosovo. The average net wages are about 150-200 â&#x201A;Ź/ month. According to LSMS (Living Standard Measurement Survey 2000), 12 per cent of population in Kosovo is extremely poor and another almost 40 per cent is poor. The average net wages are higher for men than for women and higher in the private sector than in the public sector (LSMS 2000). The most important forms of land use are agriculture and forestry. However their importance is decreasing. Approximately 60 % of the population living in the region are farmers and have own land adjacent to their homes. Nevertheless, the development of the mining industry has a social effect, too. It provides jobs with higher and securer income than it is possible by the cultivation of own land. For some families, agriculture remains the most important income source now as before. But in the majority of households, one family member is employed with KEK.

Page 138 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The resettlement of the villages will change the rural structure with regard to the number and size of agricultural enterprises. Resettlers, whose income does not to 100% originate from agriculture, are more easily ready to move to a prepared resettlement site with infrastructure or to build a big house without farmlands at a decentral site. Some resettlers use the resettlement effect to separate from the large family (extended family). For example, two-room flats in the town are offered to adult family members using this occasion to set up a family. The presently frequent family size of 10-12 members will reduce to a family size of 5-7 members.

7.1.3 Legal Resettlement Regulations At present, the old resettlement law dating back to the Serbian era is still applicable. A new law is only available in a draft version. Therefore, all issues relevant to resettlement have to be decided by the Parliament, which can be a very lengthy process. To ensure the legal bases of lignite extraction and the required land purchase in the future Sibovc field it is necessary to declare this area as reserved mining area. This pre-requisite was established with the UN-Resolution dated 18.11.2004: The Special Representative of the UN-Secretary-General decided about the evacuation of the Hade village and related government decisions on a zone of special interest and property assessment criteria which are included in the „Executive decision No. 2004/28 from the 18th of Nov 2004”: (1) The villages of Hade/Ade, Sibovc/Sibovac, Leskovcic/Leskovcic and Cërkvena Vodic/Crkvena Vodica in the Obiliq/ć Municipality are recognized as constituting a zone of special interest for the economy of Kosovo. (2) Effective as of the date of signature of the present Executive Decision, no further construction activities shall be undertaken in the villages constituting the zone of special interest for the economy of Kosovo. (3) In the event that economic considerations warrant mining activities in the zone of special interest for the economy of Kosovo, natural and legal persons whose validly registered property rights may be affected by such mining activities shall be entitled to reasonable compensation based on the assessment criteria for property in the villages concerned as established by the Government of Kosovo. The decision to declare the concerned areas as zone of special national interest provides the legal basis for the claim of the areas in the Sibovc field for mining and for the resettlement of the mentioned villages.

7.1.4 Property Situation According to information of the ministry for spatial planning KEK already owns 500 ha of land. Parts of this area are located in the future mining field Sibovc SW. The opencast mine of Sibovc will claim the following areas:

Page 139 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Claim of Land for Sibovc Digging

Safety Zone

Total

Property of KEK

Land Acquisition

[ha]

2006-2010

128

179

105

2011-2012

2013-2017

133

149

2018-2022

102

116

122

2023-2024

Total

412

501

172

329

Year

Tab.: 7.1-1

Channel Infras structure [ha]

Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW

From a map handed over by KEK it can be seen that the company intended to purchase 28 agricultural properties with a total area of 22.56 ha in 2005. These areas are in the direct neighbourhood of the slide area (Grabovci i ulĂŤt) north of the road Bardh-Hade. In addition, KEK shall conclude userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s contracts for 7 ha reserved for drainage ditches and settling basins.

Page 140 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.1-1

Land Claim for the Mine Sibovc SW

Page 141 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.1-2

Land Acquisition for the Mine Sibovc SW

The land swaps affected by resettlement are mainly private property. Upon written application and several requests the Kosovo Cadastre office submitted only information about the number of built-up estates in the concerned villages in the mining field of Sibovc (as of February 2005). Because there is no land parcel map available for this list the properties cannot be assigned to the topographical map. It seems that the land parcel maps (including Serbian remarks) handed over by KEK are out of date because they do not correspond to the land parcel lists of the Cadastre office. It was also not possible to check whether there are Serbian properties in the mining field. The compensation of Serbian property located within the mining field (former Serbian settlement) has to be negotiated with the corresponding owner.

Page 142 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7.1.5 Valuation of Compensation The compensation data (prepared for Hade) determined by the Government Working Group from the Ministry of environment and spatial planning (MESP) were used to calculate the costs for resettlement of each of the villages in the Sibovc SW field. In addition, practical experiences were used. The substituted expenses for available property and buildings and the replacement value (not the current value) of the available infrastructure were used to determine the resettlement costs. The valuation of the estates must be carried out by a Commission under the head of the Government. The inventory of the houses, gardens and agriculturally used areas has been taken by experts, among others by KEK experts. This interdisciplinary body consists of an architect, a civil engineer, two lawyers, three surveyors, two agricultural experts and three economists. The regulations developed for the compensation of the people concerned in Hade can be used to compensate the concerned inhabitant living in the area of the Sibovc SW field. The government shall extend the validity of these documents to the villages inside the Sibovc SWfield: (1)

A price of 350 EURO/m² for turn-key condition residential properties was established. In case of only partial construction this price will be multiplied with a factor reflecting the level of completion.

(2)

Criteria for evaluation of the construction land and agricultural land based on the following parameters: In analysis of above listed parameters a price of 23 EURO/m² for residential sites was established. Agricultural property was divided in 9 categories as listed below: Class I

5.00 EURO/m²

Class II

4.75 EURO/m²

Class III

4.50 EURO/m²

Class IV

4.25 EURO/m²

Class V

4.00 EURO/m²

Class VI

3.75 EURO/m²

Class VII

3.50 EURO/m²

Class VIII

3.25 EURO/m²

Infertile land

3.25 EURO/m²

The criteria for the differentiation between the construction and agricultural land are based on the Cadastre Law. Construction land is the area of the construction registered in cadastre documents + 500 m² construction land.

Page 143 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

To prepare the resettlement and/or compensation, the residents of the concerned communities shall be informed as soon as possible and questionnaires shall be offered regarding the desired kind of compensation. The following options shall be offered: -

Cash compensation for assets (replacement value) and land

Relocation to new individual housing within the municipality

Relocation to collective housing (apartment) in an urbanized part of the municipality

Private-property flat

Land for compensation within the municipality

Joint resettlement to a newly developed place

For the further resettlement of the village Sibovc, the compensation process for the affected people shall be arranged as follows: -

Evidence of property by the Cadastre office

Determination of the land price, house price, price of the garden and farmland by experts of the Governmental commission

Preparation of an offer for resettlement according to the evaluation of the questionnaire by the commission

When the offer is accepted, the compensation will be carried out as set out in the offer. If no agreement can be achieved, legal proceedings will be taken to clarify the amount of compensation

7.1.6 Resettlement Procedure Planning of the basic principles for the resettlement should be socially acceptable. To re-organise the process, 3 principles are recommended: -

The resettlement committee shall be transparent in all of its operations. All ideas, procedures, constraints and implications shall be discussed with all people concerned. The committee shall, for example, inform the people about the fact that the resettlement process may last for more than one year.

A non-official representative (normal citizen without a professional relationship to the municipality) of the village shall participate in the Assessment Commission. In addition, each committee which carries out assessments should include one resident member.

KEK shall be actively engaged in the resettlement process, as partner in an information sharing capacity. In coordination with the resettlement committee, KEK shall conduct an information campaign that informs residents of the village about the steps they have taken to protect the village and what next steps will be taken and when to expansion of the mining area will take place.

Page 144 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7.2 Communities affected by Resettlement 7.2.1 Settlements in the Partial Field of Sibovc Due to the new opencast mine technology by-passing of the community of Hade is possible and only single groups of housing estates are within the mining boundary. Preliminary stocktaking was carried out based on the map handed over by KEK (M 1:10 000), by means of aerial photography and a visit. It can be assumed that the provided map with information about the estates (location and number) is obsolete due to destruction and reconstruction. Even according to the available aerial photographs of 2005 new building were constructed afterwards. . The settlement groups belong to the community of Obiliq. Settlement area

Year

Number of households

of the

Based on aerial view

resettlemen t

Structurally

Destroyed

new

Total

complete

Mirene

Dec 2015

Shipitulla East

Dec 2015

Hade Western Slope

Dec 2009

Hade North

Dec 2019

Konxhul

Dec 2023

Total

without roof

Tab.: 7.2-1

Communities Affected by Resettlement

Fig.: 7.2-1

Hade-North (View from Mirene)

20 2

109

Page 145 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-2

Hade-North (View from North)

The one and two-storey houses in Hade North which were for the most part destroyed have been reconstructed. On four properties the residential houses are still destroyed.

Fig.: 7.2-3

Mirene (in the Village)

Page 146 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-4

Mirene (View from South)

In the settlement of Mirene there are 7 residential houses. 2 houses have finished structural work, 1 house is still destroyed. West of the settlement there are 2 residential houses without roof.

Fig.: 7.2-5

Shipitulla East (View from South)

The settlement of Shipitulla-East has 7 residential houses. 2 residential houses have finished structural work, 8 houses are destroyed and abandoned.

Page 147 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-6

Hade West 1

Fig.: 7.2-7

Hade West 2

About 15 newly constructed houses are in the future slope area west of the community of Hade. For safety reasons about 20 houses into the direction of the community of Hade have to be taken down.

Page 148 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-8

Konxhul (View from Hade-North)

The most southern property of the settlement Konxhul lies within the mining area and has to be resettled. There are no public utilities in these settlements. The inhabitants use the facilities in the neighbouring communities (school and doctorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s practice in Bregowinska, mosque in Megjuani or Hade). The departed family members were buried in the nearby communities of Hade, Shipitulla or Barbatoska.

7.2.2 Locations for Resettlements The options for providing properties for a joint and/of separate resettlement of the household shall be checked by KEK. According to information of the World Bank a study was ordered among other for the use of fallow land in the area of the community of Bardh. According to first knowledge there is a KEK-disposal site west of Bardh where property for residential houses can be developed to be applicable for construction. The filled overburden area behind the hills can serve as substitute for agriculturally used land. This area is sufficient in size but has to be still examined soil-mechanically owing to the bearing capacity (filled area). Assuming about 109 households to be resettled an area of ca. 27.25 ha will be required for the resettlement. For the calculation about 1,500 mÂ˛ per property were considered plus 1,000 mÂ˛ for public areas. The figure below is an abstract from the layout plan of KEK showing the own areas of KEK.

Page 149 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.2-9

Possible Site for Resettlements West of Bardh

If the inhabitants concerned wish a joint resettlement this has to be planned and supervised via a relatively long period if time (2009 to 2023). The below table contains the expenses necessary for the development of a settlement area of ca. 27.25 ha including the land purchase. For the place of Bardh West soil-improving measures are required for the sites of the houses according to the site examination report (ca. 1,600 EURO/ household).

Acquisition of Land Asphalt Access Road Bridge over Drenica Fresh Water Pipe Power supply Transformer Station Road System inside Village Electric Supply of Houses Fresh-Water Pipe inside Village Waste Water disposal Total

Tab.: 7.2-2

Units

Price per Unit

272.500 m² 19.200 m² 600 m² 3.100 m 3.100 m 1 9.700 m² 3.000 m 3.000 m 109

4 ,75 25 3.000 50 50 30.000 25 50 50 4.500

Investments [TEURO] 1.294 480 1.800 155 155 30 242 150 150 491 4.947

Cost Estimation for a new Settlement near Bardh

For properties to be resettled from Hade West the use of areas Skhabaj (nearby Obiliq) shall be checked since there were already considered areas for the resettlement of Hade here.

Page 150 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7.2.3 Time Scheduling for Resettlement Measures A democratic socially acceptable resettlement procedure compliant to EU law would take at least 8 years. The resettlement of Hade West must be completed by the end of the year of 2009. This also includes the land purchase by the mining company. Therefore it is necessary to have a tight project organisation with responsibilities and freedom of action for the head of the project. Since all documents from the Cadastre office in Kosovo are not complete it is necessary to resurvey all estates. This Process shall be accelerated. Obviously, there exist estates of Serbians living outside the Kosovo. The Cadastre office was not able to give specifications with regard to procedure and compensation method. Among others it is very important that the government shall support the resettlement process by reducing bureaucratic constraints and granting resident an incentive bonus or trying to find an own solution in order to avoid problem cases.

Year

Measures

1 year

Detailed information of the inhabitants, distribution of questionnaires

4 to 5 years

Establishment of a local consulting office for the inhabitants (attend to the return of the questionnaires among others, determine demand for estates and flats/apartment buildings)

1 year

Stocktaking of estates by Cadastre office

1 year

Financial assessment of estates by a working team

1 year

Preparation of a socially acceptable offer for each household (assistance for looking for estates and/or flat.) Negotiations with the concerned people

8 years

Look for estates, planning and building of private houses/apartments

1 year

Resettlement of the inhabitants

3 months

Finishing of land purchase by mining company, Completion of deconstruction works incl. basements of buildings

Tab.: 7.2-3

Principle Timetable for Resettlement Procedure

Including all preparatory measures (principles and contracts) a period of 6 years is recommended to carry out a normal planned resettlement of locations. According to mining requirements this might also be implemented faster, if compromises are agreed in written form in a contract. For smaller settlements up to 30 houses the resettlement time can be assessed shorter. But in order to secure social acceptance it shall take at least 4 years. To start the project, financing of the resettlement according to the single project stages shall be ensured.

Page 151 of 171

2024

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

Main Resettlement Activities

2007

2006

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Resettlement of Hade West Resettlement of Hade North Resettlement of Mirene Resettlement of Shipitulla East Resettlement of Konxhul Establishment local consulting office *) Look for estates, planning and building Road from Hade to Grabovc Road from Hade to the road Sibovc-Palaj Road from Sibovc to Grabovc (Shipitulla)

Deconstructing of the Road Bardh-Hade Stocktaking of estates

Financial assesment of estates

Preparation of socially aceptable offers

Resettlement of the inhabitants

Completion of deconstructing works incl. basements Specification

Tendering process

Construction

Commissionning

*) Information of the inhabitants, distribution of questionnaires, social and technical assistance

Fig.: 7.2-10

Time Scheduling for Resettlement Measures

7.3 Investment and Cost Calculation for Resettlement The following subdivision was made: -

Households with garden land

Public Facilities

Infrastructure within the villages

Substitute measures outside the villages

Land claim (farm land)

Households including garden The following table includes estimated data of the villages including the land to resettle. In cases where neither documents were available nor could be made available the project team has made a provisional cost estimate exclusively for the purpose of this particular EAR project. One of the bases for the following cost estimation is the unit price for the buildings and the land compensation laid down by the Intergovernmental Committee in July 2004. The following assumptions were made for the compensations of the households in the Sibovc field with regard to the resettlement time and the maintenance of value to be expected: Average compensation per built-up estate: Average compensation for building land:

100,000 EURO 500 m²

Average compensation for farmland:

2,000 m²

Average size of estates:

2,500 m²

Page 152 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

The following table includes the compensation sums per estate: Title

Residence

Criteria for evaluation (Results of the GWG)

Area

Price per property

[€/m²]

[m²]

[€]

350

200

70,000

500

11,500

2,000

10,000

Economic Building (workshops, farm etc.)

120

600

7,200

Auxiliary Buildings (garage, depot, yard...)

1,500

Building Land Agriculture Land - Class I

Total

100,200

Round Price per Property with Buildings

100,000

Tab.: 7.3-1

Cost Calculation for Resettlement of Properties with constructed Buildings

The number of estates to be resettled was taken from aerial photography and local visit in February 2006 and summarized in the following tables.

Page 153 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Settlement Area

Mirene

Year of the Resettlement

Dec 2015

Investment

Households

Members of Households estimated

Land Claim

[No.]

[m²]

Payment per Households Household [€/No.]

[MEURO]

100.000

1.200

78.500

0.942

Household without land

Building land households

6,000

11.500

0.138

Gardenland households

24,000

10.000

0.120

100.000

1.700

78,500

1.334

Shipitulla East

Dec 2015

136

Household without land

Building land households

8,500

11,500

0.195

Gardenland households

34,000

10,000

0.170

100,000

3.500

78,500

2.747

Hade Western Slope

Dec 2009

280

Household without land

Building land households

17,500

11,500

0.402

Gardenland households

70,000

10,000

0.353

100,000

4.100

78,500

3.218

Hade North

Dec 2019

328

Household without land

Building land households

20,500

11,500

0.471

Gardenland households

82,000

10,000

0.410

100,000

0.400

78,500

0.314

Konxhul

Dec 2023

Household without land

Building land households

2,000

11,500

0.046

Gardenland households

8,000

10,000

0.040

Total Tab.: 7.3-2

109

872

272,500

10.900

Resettlement of Households and Land Claim

Public Facilities There are no public facilities in the concerned area.

Infrastructure within the villages For substitute measures of infrastructure inside the villages (Roads, Power supply, Water supply) 5,000 EURO per estate were determined and a lump sum for social and technical assistance depending on the size of the village. The costs for demolition were calculated from the outline of quantities of the estates to be resettled basing on an estimated price of 3.50 EURO/m³ enclosed space (app. 2.500 EURO per household).

Page 154 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Investments

Allocated to the Settlements

Year of the Resettlement

Households

Infrastructure

Demolition

Social and technical Assistance

Total

per Household 5,000

2,500

1,500

[€]

Mirene

Dec 2015

60,000

30,000

18,000

108,000

Shipitulla East

Dec 2015

85,000

42,500

25,500

153,000

Hade Western Slope

Dec 2009

175,000

87,500

52,500

315,000

Hade North

Dec 2019

205,000

102,500

61,500

369,000

Konxhul

Dec 2023

20,000

10,000

6,000

36,000

109

545,000

272,500

163,500

981,000

Total Tab.: 7.3-3

Substitution Measures Infrastructure inside the Village and other Costs

Infrastructure outside the villages Owing to the opencast mine development of the Sibovc mine from South to North connecting road and accesses to the settlements are over-excavated. Separate accesses to the settlements will not be produced. Existing ways will be maintained up to the claim of areas for the resettlements.

Substitute for the road Bardh-Hade The communal road from Bardh to Hade will be claimed by the mine in December 2009. For safety reasons this road will be blocked for transit traffic in December 2008. Therefore the substitute measure shall be planned and finished until end of 2008. The connection between Bardh and Hade is made by extending the road from Grabovc to Shipitulla up to the connection to the new asphalt road near Sibovc. From this road SibovcPalaj the existing access to Hade-Nord will be developed as paved road. The substitute road Hade-Bardh will be constructed in two sections. In the first section (20072008) the existing gravel road will be developed as asphalt road from the mosque in Hade via Hade-North, in the south passing Megjuani and Konxhul to Shipitulla and from there into southern direction to Grabovc up to the connection to the present road Grabovc-Hade. The route of this road is illustrated in dark blue colour in the following figure (length ca. 6,890m). This substitute road will be deconstructed in 2019 with the occupation of the settlements of Hade-Nord and Konxhul. The by-pass of the Sibovc mine shall than be made via the community of Sibovc. The road connection of Hade to the road Sibovc-Palaj according to the investment plan will already be made in 2009 (length ca. 1,680m). It is planned to continue the asphalt road from Shipitulla to Sibovc in 2018/19 (length ca. 3,420m). This route is illustrated red in the below figure.

Page 155 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Fig.: 7.3-1

By-pass of Hade-Bardh

The following assumptions are bases for the determined compensation sums for the substitution of the available infrastructure outside the villages: -

Road construction (450,000 EURO/km) asphalt road from Hade to the road SibovcPalaj and Sibovc to Grabovc.

Page 156 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Power supply (45,000 EURO/km disassembly and assembly of medium-voltage overhead transmission line)

Water supply (120,000 EURO for drinking water DN 200)

Investments Year of the Resettlements

Settlement

Total

Power supply

Water supply

Roads

[€]

Mirene

Dec 2015

54.000

144.000

93.500

291.500

Shipitulla East

Dec 2015

Hade Western Slope

Dec 2009

31.500

84.000

41.000

156.500

Hade North

Dec 2019

67.500

180.000

87.700

335.200

Konxhul

Dec 2023

13.500

36.000

17.500

67.000

Road from Hade to Grabovc

2007-2008

2.900.000

Road from Hade to the Road Sibovc-Palaj

2009

706.000

Road from Sibovc to Grabovc

2018-2019

1.440.000

5.285.700

5.896.200

Total

166.500

Tab.: 7.3-4

444.000

Substitution Measures for Infrastructure outside the Village

Claim of Land (Farmland) The table below gives a summary of the compensation sums to be expected in connection with re-settlement and land purchase. The purchase of the settlement properties (500 m² building land per property) is separately indicated in the table „Provisional estimation of resettlement“.

Investments Claim of land

Total

Land Use

Land Use Settlements

Farmland

Price

[ha]

[€ /ha]

[€ ]

2006-2010

1.75

72.25

47.5

3,431.88

2011-2012

22.00

47.5

1,045.00

2013-2017

1.45

92.55

47.5

4,396.13

2018-2022

122

2.05

119.95

47.5

5,697.63

2023-2024

0.20

16.80

47.5

798.00

Total

329

5.45

323.55

Tab.: 7.3-5

15,368.63

Claim of Farmland

In the following tables all estimated costs connected with the resettlement are summarized according to the individual settlements and annual periods of occupation:

Page 157 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Payment for households without land

Payment for building land households

Payment for garden land households

Payment for demolition of buildings

Social and technical assistance for the resettlers

Payment for the community for infrastructure (roads, power supply, water supply) inside village

Infrastructure outside village (roads, power supply, water supply) with substitution of public roads

Payment for farmland

The total costs for resettlements and compensations amount to ca. 32 MEURO.

Page 158 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Settlement

Term

Households

Land Use

Payment

Investments

Total Costs per Settlement

[No.]

[ha]

[â&#x201A;Ź/No.]

[MEURO]

Households without Land 35 Building Land Households 35 1.75 Garden Land Households 35 7.00 Hade West Demolition 35 Social and technical Assistance 35 Infrastructure inside Village 35 Households 41 Building Land Households 41 2.05 Garden Land Households 41 8.20 Hade North Demolition 41 Social and technical Assistance 41 Infrastructure inside Village 41 Households 12 Building Land Households 12 0.66 Garden Land Households 12 2.40 Mirene Demolition 12 Social and technical Assistance 12 Infrastructure inside Village 12 Households 17 Building Land Households 17 0.85 17 3.40 Shipitulla East Garden Land Households Demolition 17 Social and technical Assistance 17 Infrastructure inside Village 17 Households 4 Building Land Households 4 0.20 Garden Land Households 4 0.80 Konxhul Demolition 4 Social and technical Assistance 4 Infrastructure inside Village 4 Substitute Public Roads Infrastructure Community Compensation for Power supply outside Village Community Compensation for Water supply Community Compensation for Gravel Roads Farmland 301.75 TOTAL PAYMENT 329.00 Tab.: 7.3-6

78,500 11,500 10,000 2,500 1,500 5,000 78,500 11,500 10,000 2,500 1,500 5,000 78,500 11,500 10,000 2,500 1,500 5,000 78,500 11,500 10,000 2,500 1,500 5,000 78,500 11,500 10,000 2,500 1,500 5,000

47,500

2.748 0.403 0.350 0.088 0.053 0.175 3.219 0.472 0.410 0.103 0.062 0.205 0.942 0.138 0.120 0.030 0.018 0.060 1.335 0.196 0.170 0.043 0.026 0.085 0.314 0.046 0.040 0.010 0.006 0.020 5.046 0.167 0.444 0.240 14.333

Provisional Estimation of Resettlement

Page 159 of 171

3.815

4.469

1.308

1.853

0.436

4.210

14.333 32.110

LandClaim

Year

thereof Hade West

Hade North

[ha]

Total Purchase of Land

Shipitulla East

Mirene

Konxhul

Farmland

Hade West

Hade North

[ha]

Mirene

Shipitulla East

Infrastructure inside and outside Settlement Konxhul

Farmland

Hade West

Hade North

[MEURO]

Mirene

Shipitulla East

Total

Konxhul

[MEURO]

2006 2007

29.60

4.00

25.60

0.344

1.216

3.622

5.182

2008

14.80

4.75

10.05

0.409

0.477

2.498

3.383

2009

14.80

0.703

2010

14.80

0.703

2011

11.00

0.523

2012

11.00

0.523

2013

18.80

0.893

2014

18.80

0.893

2015

18.80

2016

18.80

0.893

2017

18.80

0.893

2018

24.40

5.00

19.40

0.430

0.922

2.964

4.316

2019

24.40

5.25

19.15

0.452

0.910

2.399

3.760

2020

24.40

1.159

2021

24.40

1.159

2022

24.40

1.159

2023

8.50

2024

8.50

Total

329

Tab.: 7.3-7

3.00

4.25

11.55

1.00

0.258

0.366

7.50

0.549

0.086

8.50 8.75

10.25

3.00

4.25

Cost of Resettlement â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Schedule

1.00

301.75

0.706

1.409

1.342

1.488

0.356

4.001

0.417

0.404 0.753

0.882

0.258

0.366

0.086

14.333

0.859 0.404

6.120

6.069

1.342

1.488

0.417

32.110

8 Manpower Development and Organisation The manpower of the Sibovc SW mine will be recruited from the personnel of KEK. The actual situation and changes which will become effective during the mid-term period have to be taken into account. A parallel operation of the mines Mirash/Bardh and Sibovc SW will be done from 2008 until the closure of the existing mine which is scheduled for 2012. For a better evaluation of the future manpower demand in the new Sibovc SW opencast mine the present situation and changes in Mirash/Bardh is therefore addressed.

8.1 Actual Situation Compared with other European opencast mines the present specific manpower assignment is considerably high. This current situation is caused by: -

Unacceptable weak condition of the main mine equipment

Insufficient utilisation and maintenance of auxiliary equipment

Level of education to be improved

Poor motivation of staff

Insufficient logistics / organisation of the production process

Social and historical conditions

The political environment in Kosovo and in particular for KEK

Especially the high unemployment rate in Kosovo and missing social insurance system make it very difficult to downsize the number of KEK employees. However the KEK management has prepared a program of rightsizing the structure through the utility including coal production. This program includes a package of different social instruments like a sewerage package and an early retirement model. An outsourcing strategy for non-core businesses has been developed as well. Currently about 3,600 employees are involved in the Coal Production Division performing 6-7 mt coal per year. An accountable number of employees in the past have been involved in repair measures mainly financed by EAR. KEKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s CPD currently is in the process of introducing a new structure to: -

eliminate parallel services performed by different units, e.g. vulcanizers are now concentrated in one unit;

concentrate the production units (coal and overburden) on pure production processes, all services around (auxiliary equipment, transport, maintenance etc.) will be concentrated in special units;

merge the mines Bardh and Mirash and organize along the production chain;

deploy surplus human capacities for urgently needed non-core processes like scrap collection and decommissioning of not more needed equipment.

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

It is remarkable that the share of maintenance personnel is even too high when taken into account the insufficient conditions of the equipment. Currently KEK is restructuring the maintenance units with the aim to concentrate the equipment maintenance in two units: -

field maintenance department;

the Kosovamont main workshop.

Apart from that a specialized maintenance unit is organized under the new auxiliary equipment department. The current and future division structure is shown in the following charts:

Coal Production Division Manager Central dispatcher

Engineering Department

Separation plant Department

Maintenance Department

Mirash Mine Department

Bardh Mine Department

Mechanical eng.

Mine planning & reclamation

Field Repair

Coal Production

Electrical eng.

Geotechnics/ Geology

Mechanical workshop

Overburden removal

Civil works

Surveyors

Maintenance

Electrical workshop

Mobile equipment

Technical office

Electrical Maintenance

Mobile equipment

Mechanical Maintenance

Auxiliary equip.

Fig.: 8.1-1

CPD Structure until 2005

Page 162 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Executive Director

Safety office

Secretary

Main Dispatcher

Engineering

Surveyors

Coal Production

Overburden removal

Services

Maintenance

Kosovamont

Auxiliary equipment

Business Support

Mine planning

Active mines

Kosovo A

Engineering

Input/output

Preparation

Budget & Controlling

Geology

Potential fields

Kosovo B

Mechanical

Preparation

Engineering

Staff issues

Soilmechanics

Mapping

Vulcanisation

Electrical

Mechanical

Operative equ.

Procurement

Hydrology

Cadastre

Conveyor services

Warehouse

Electrical

Transport equ.

Warehouses

Environment

Dewatering

Selfmaintenance

Vehicles

Civil works

Comm & Decomm.

Quality control

Operators

Maintenance

Fig.: 8.1-2

New CPD Structure to be introduced

The new structure includes a “Commissioning & Decommissioning” unit as mentioned earlier.

<= 40 41 - 46

18% 35%

47 - 52 >= 53

23% 24%

Fig.: 8.1-3

Age Structure of CPD Employees and Qualification (Source KEK)

The above figures illustrate that almost half (47%) of the total workforce of KEK´s Coal Production Division is within the age group 41 – 52 years. 35% of the employees are younger than 40 years and about 18% are older than 53 years. The age structure shows the relevant share of personnel at an age of over 40 years.

Page 163 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

This is the main group that should drive the movement towards a competitive business unit in technical and organizational means. As described in the Mid Term Plan regarding the degree of qualification, about 50% of the employees have an average industrial training. Almost 1500 employees (40%) have only a low-grade training and/or no qualification. About 10% of the employees have graduated at a technical college or a university. Considerable training measures should be realized during the next years as a basis for higher performance. As a reaction to the low number and low level of qualification of good engineers KEK has developed and started a so called young educates program. Under this program: -

a number of trainees will be employed by KEK based on a selection process of best performing university students;

a number of young KEK engineers get support for their further qualification (PhD, masters exams).

It must be considered that between 1990 and 1999/2000 the main part of the staff was not employed in the mines and the deficits in the professional experience can be attributed to this. Furthermore, the Embargo resulted in a limited access to modern technologies and even today the lack of financial means makes it difficult to get or use state of the art technology. Owing to this, specific higher number of personnel is required but the lower income balances the involved cost increase.

8.2 Proposed Improvement / Benchmark As mentioned the envisaged measures mainly refer to: -

Improving of qualification

Improvement the structure and

Adaptation of personnel employment of phasing out Mirash / Bardh operations

Qualification Measures It is extremely important to develop a skilled and motivated workforce with the ambition to run a competitive mine. Therefore a strategy of training and developing human resources is planned. The training programs are suggested for the next years and refer to: -

Management qualification

Staff of main mining equipment and foremen

Dispatcher

Mechanical maintenance

Mechanical steel construction inspection

Electrical maintenance of motors

Page 164 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Electrical maintenance for the Mine and Separation plant and

Environmental issues

A breakdown of this is described in the Mid Term Plan.

Organizational Development within the Mid-term Period The Mid Term Mining Plan also foresees significant changes in the coming years. Major developments in the coming years include: -

A focus on business rather than production, as KEK evolves from a state run entity into a profitable enterprise

More emphasis on maintenance with increasing equipment productivity

A changeover from reactive maintenance to scheduled preventative maintenance

As mentioned earlier KEK has started a process of outsourcing of non-core businesses. Within the CPD there are different processes presenting potential candidates for outsourcing and involvement of third party companies. Potential for outsourcing of processes and personnel have been identified with different services like: -

vulcanization and idlers repair;

the main workshops (Kosovamont);

auxiliary equipment maintenance;

partly heavy equipment maintenance.

This involvement of international leading companies (e.g. for vulcanization and maintenance of heavy equipment) will lead to introduction of state of the art technologies, where KEK has no sufficient resources. The restructuring of KEKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s CPD should be continued. A proposal for the next step of concentration of resources is shown in the graphic below:

Page 165 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

CPD Exec.Dir. Central dispatcher

Engineering Department Fig.: 8.2-1

Surveying Department

Services Department

Production Department

Maintenance Department

Proposed Structure of Macroorganisation of the CPD

Adaptation of the Employment of Staff Currently, the overall productivity is about 1750 tons per man and year (3,646 persons). As already mentioned there are various reasons for this. A comparison to some benchmark mines reveals: Name

Technology

Remarks

Production [mt/a]

Staff

[t/man]

Eagle Butte (US)

OCM / Truck & Shovel

Mine only

400

40,000

JĂ¤nschwalde (GER)

OCM / BWE & BCE

Mine only

550

30,000

Foundation Coal (US)

OCM / UGM

Organization

4000

15,000

Burton (AUS)

OCM / Truck & Shovel

Mine only

400

15,000

VEM (GER)

OCM / BWE & BCE

Organization

5,000

12,000

Cumberland (US)

UGM / Longwall

Mine only

550

11,000

Kingston (US)

UGM / Continuous Miner

Mine only

0.8

100

8,000

Bogatyr (KAZ)

OCM / BWE & Shovel & Train

Mine only

5,000

CPD (2005)

OCM Mirash/Bardh

Division

6.4

3,646

1,750

Tab.: 8.2-1

Productivity Benchmarks in international Coal Industries

A comparison of figures only between mines and mining organizations can lead to misjudgement. Geology and Technology as well as product quality vary in a wide range â&#x20AC;&#x201C; but are of essential importance. However - the only common ground for all coal mines is the market, either for the coal itself or its refined product, electricity. And from that perspective it makes sense to compare productivities in coal mines, because productivity is one of the most important factors for production cost.

Page 166 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

As already mentioned: when comparing productivities it has to be considered: -

Is the overhead accounted for in the statistics?

What additional manpower is hidden within the budget line external services, i.e. how many contractors are working on the site?

What part of the value chain is covered by the operation itself? Examples for activities upstream the mining processes are overhauls, repair and maintenance as well as other services including transport and catering. Downstream activities include coal preparation, coal storage in stockpiles and coal delivery with conveyor, truck, rail or barges.

Also the ratio of waste to product within the raw production has an impact on productivity. In opencast mines this means the overburden to coal ratio.

The dig ability of the material

Summarizing, it seems to be appropriate, to set the goal for the long term productivity of KEK-CPD with at least 6,000 tons per man-year. This means a 3.4 fold increase in productivity compared to the year 2005. The mine plan assumes that this goal canâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t be achieved up to the end of the opening â&#x20AC;&#x201C;up phase of Sibovc SW. The stepwise reduction in overall staff numbers has been started and will be continued.

8.3 Employment and Organisation in Sibovc SW For the long-term development it is assumed that the already existing obstacles for the restructuring process and/or a remarkable increase in efficiency will be eliminated to a great extent. Such existing obstacles are: -

insufficient social measures in case of unemployment and illness

general financially weak industry of Kosovo

lack of sufficient alternative employment opportunities

overstaffing in other industries and other businesses and therefore staff reduction requirements not only in KEK

availability of better qualification opportunities

insufficient legal bases regarding labour law

Irrespective of the elimination of existing obstacles, the experiences, the mentality of the people and the actual economic development will influence the employment of staff. An appropriate personnel policy in the company shall assist the process of improving the labour efficiency. This includes for example: -

A socially acceptable personnel reduction (in the departments where necessary)

Page 167 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Improvement of degree of qualification (offering and demanding of sufficient qualification opportunities)

Set up and keeping (adjustment) of high safety standards

Developing of a high motivation

Individual payment according to performance

To assist the above mentioned principles and goals for the employment of labour in Sibovc it is assumed that suitable staff will be qualified and employed if motivated. The jobs shall be advertised throughout the company. The following tables give a specification of employees in existing mines and in the future mine Sibovc SW. Year

2007 01.01

Mirash / Bardh per 01.01.

2008 31.12

3,500

01.01

2009 31.12

3,000

01.01

31.12

2,100

- Fluctuation / Redundant

490

415

300

- Employees for Sibovc SW

485

500

Mirash / Bardh per 31.12.

3,000

Year

2,100

2010 01.01

Mirash / Bardh per 01.01.

1,300

2011 31.12

1,300

01.01

2012 31.12

900

01.01

31.12

350

- Fluctuation / Redundant

100

470

260

- Employees for Sibovc SW

300

Mirash / Bardh per 31.12. Tab.: 8.3-1

900

350

Employees in the Bardh / Mirash Mine

Page 168 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Year

2007 01.01

Sibovc SW per 01.01.

2008 31.12

01.01

2009 31.12

01.01

31.12

500

+ new staff from Mirash/Bardh

485

500

Average of the year

350

700

Sibovc per 31.12.

Year

500

2010 01.01

Sibovc SW per 01.01.

1,000

2011 31.12

1,000

01.01

2012 31.12

1,300

01.01

31.12

1,380

+ new staff

300

Average of the year

1,250

1,350

1,400

Sibovc SW per 31.12. Tab.: 8.3-2

1,300

1,380

1,420

Employees in the Sibovc SW Mine

Employees 3500

Staff in Sibovc SW 3000

Staff in Mirash/Bardh

2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 2007

Fig.: 8.3-1

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Development of Employees in CPD

It is shown that there will be redundant personnel in the existing mines, which can not be employed in Sibovc SW. Some reductions will result from employees entering the retirement

Page 169 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

age and/or personal terminations. However the staff rightsizing program started by KEK (retirement, early retirement, sewerage package) shall be continued over the upcoming years. The following gives a survey on the staffing in Sibovc: 2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

>2014

Administration

110

120

125

130

Main Equipment + Belt Conveyor

270

520

580

585

620

650

Auxiliary Equipment

190

310

330

Workshops

100

210

230

240

250

260

Other

100

110

120

125

130

SUM Personnel

700

1250

3361

1400

1450

1500

Tab.: 8.3-3

Number of Employees

The organisation chosen for Sibovc SW assists the goal to achieve competitive costs for coal supply and to guarantee these costs in the long run. KEK is currently undergoing an incorporation to be finished by end of 2006. The new structure as approved by the Kosovo government foresees to create independent units along the value chain of energy generation and distribution. Consequently all services currently performed by the KEK head office including commercial and financial units, legal and human resources are integrated in the organization.

Page 170 of 171

Part II Technical Planning Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

9 License for Coal Extraction Since the existing mine Mirash/Bardh will be depleted by 2011 the purpose of this document is to provide a plan to open up a new mine timely. The start of coal supply is planned for 2010. Therefore the first overburden has to be removed 2008. For this mining activity an exploitation licence is requested. One essential principle for granting such a license for coal extraction is: The licenses for coal mining should be compliant to the planned power generation. The mining licenses should provide sufficient security of supply in terms of coal quantities and quality. To feed the existing TPPâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Kosovo A and B with fuel till their decommissioning a license over 123 mt mineable reserves would be necessary in addition to the remaining reserves in the existing coal mines Bardh and Mirash. Due to the available amounts of coal in Mirash / Bardh and the designed Sibovc SW mine this can be provided: According to the mining plan KEK has the resources regarding sufficient coal reserves and the adequate coal quality. The deposit can be exploited in an environmentally friendly way. Further the investigation revealed that the new Sibovc SW mine will be economically viable. The Complementary Mining Plan verifies that the Sibovc South West mine has the potential for being the coal supplier to the existing power plants in technical and economical terms.

Page 171 of 171

European Agency for Reconstruction PREPARATION OF A COMPLEMENTARY MINING PLAN FOR THE SIBOVC SOUTH WEST LIGNITE MINE CONTRACT 02/KOS01/10/021

DRAFT FINAL REPORT Complementary Mining Plan for Sibovc SW

Part III – Environmental Assessment

April, 2006

prepared by: STEAG Consortium

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Key Experts of Project Team

Hans J端rgen Matern Team Leader

Thomas Suhr Senior Expert Computer-Aided Mine Planning Applications

Stephan Peters Senior Expert Geology

Helmar Laube Senior Expert Soil Mechanics

Joachim Gert ten Thoren Senior Environmental Expert

Page 2 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Table of Contents 1 1.1 1.2 1.2.1 1.2.2 1.2.2.1 1.2.2.2 1.2.2.3 1.2.3 1.2.4 1.3

SUMMARY (PART III) .......................................................................................... 8 Objective .................................................................................................................... 8 Tasks and Outputs of the Project................................................................................ 9 Part I: Basic Investigations ......................................................................................... 9 Part II: Technical Planning......................................................................................... 9 Mine Development ................................................................................................... 10 Dewatering ............................................................................................................... 10 Manpower................................................................................................................. 11 Part III: Environmental Impact Study....................................................................... 11 Part IV: Economic and Financial Analysis............................................................... 12 Results under Part III â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Environmental Assessment ................................................ 13

2 2.1 2.2

INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................. 15 Geographical Overview and Historical Development.............................................. 15 Coal Demand and Fuel Supply Strategy................................................................... 16

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT .................................................................. 19

4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

CURRENT STATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................ 21 Topography............................................................................................................... 21 Atmosphere .............................................................................................................. 21 Soils.......................................................................................................................... 25 Surface Waters Run-Offs and their Qualities........................................................... 27 Hydrogeological Situation........................................................................................ 29 Noteworthy Side Issues ............................................................................................ 33

5 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6

ALTERNATIVES .................................................................................................. 39 Overview of Potential Future Mining Fields............................................................ 39 Description of Alternative Mining Fields ................................................................ 40 Alternatives of Opening-up and Mine Development for the Sibovc Field .............. 42 Environmental Aspects of Mining Fields Alternatives ............................................ 43 Valuation of the Mining Fields ................................................................................ 46 Environmental Ranking of Alternatives................................................................... 48

6 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6

ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF THE SIBOVC SW PROJECT ............... 49 Soil ........................................................................................................................... 50 Surface Waters ......................................................................................................... 52 Groundwater............................................................................................................. 53 Ecological Resources ............................................................................................... 54 Economic Development ........................................................................................... 55 Social and Cultural Resources.................................................................................. 56

7 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ............................................. 58 General Environmental Impacts ............................................................................... 58 Topography............................................................................................................... 59 Soil ........................................................................................................................... 59 Surface Waters ......................................................................................................... 60 Groundwater............................................................................................................. 60 Ecological Resources ............................................................................................... 61

Page 3 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

7.7 7.8 7.9

Economic Development ........................................................................................... 61 Social and Cultural Resources.................................................................................. 62 Health and Safety ..................................................................................................... 62

IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE IMPACTS .................................... 63

MITIGATING MEASURES ................................................................................. 64

10 10.1 10.2 10.2.1 10.2.2 10.2.3 10.2.4 10.2.5 10.2.6 10.2.7 10.2.8 10.2.9 10.2.10 10.2.11

ACTION PLAN ...................................................................................................... 66 Environmental Management .................................................................................... 66 Environmental Monitoring Measures....................................................................... 66 Surface Water ........................................................................................................... 66 Groundwater............................................................................................................. 67 Air Quality................................................................................................................ 68 Noise......................................................................................................................... 69 Vibrations ................................................................................................................. 69 Intensified Assessments ........................................................................................... 69 Fauna and Flora ........................................................................................................ 69 Cultural Heritage ...................................................................................................... 70 Compensation of Farmland and Utilization of Top Soil .......................................... 70 Protection of Villages........................................................................................... 70 Future Treatment of Ash Dumps.......................................................................... 71

11 11.1 11.2 11.3

MINE CLOSURE AND RECULTIVATION PLANNING................................ 72 Principles.................................................................................................................. 72 Mine Closure Plan.................................................................................................... 72 Concept of Post-Mining Use for the Fields Bardh, Mirash and Sibovc................... 74

12 12.1 12.2

LEGAL FRAMEWORK ....................................................................................... 77 Legal Mining Regulations ........................................................................................ 77 The Environmental Protection Law ......................................................................... 77

Page 4 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Figures Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.: Fig.:

2.1-1 2.2-1 4.2-1 4.2-2 4.2-3 4.2-4 4.2-5 4.2-6 4.3-1 4.4-1 4.4-2 4.4-3 4.5-1 4.5-2 4.6-1 4.6-2 4.6-3 4.6-4 4.6-5 5.1-1 5.6-1 6.1-1 6.2-1 6.3-1 10.2-1 11.3-1

General Location Map Location of intended Opencast mine Variation of monthly mean temperatures Variation of monthly temperatures Direction and velocity of wind (Source Rudarski Institute) Long-term variation of monthly precipitation Average, minimum and maximum monthly precipitation Daily Precipitation Soil Map Catchment Areas Characteristic Water Quality Values for the River Sitnica Characteristic Mine Water Quality Bottom of yellow Clay (Redrawn from Rudarski Institut) Complemented Extract from Hydrogeological Map Former Underground Mining in Field D Gallery of an old Underground Mine with wooden Support System Underground Mining Structures in the Mirash Mine Coal Fire at Base of Dump and near a Fault with burn out Zones Areas of potential Risk of toxic Waste Deposits Potential Mining Fields Area of the Complementary Mine Plan Distribution of Soils Surface Waters and Catchment Areas Complemented Extract from the Hydrological Map, Rudarski Institut Net of Groundwater Monitoring Wells Plant Scheme for Wind Erosion Protection

16 19 21 22 22 23 24 24 26 27 28 28 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 40 49 50 52 54 68 76

Page 5 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Tables Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.: Tab.:

2.2-1 2.2-2 2.2-1 4.2-1 4.4-1 4.6-1 5.6-1 6.5-1 6.6-1 7.7-1

Installed TPP Capacity (Source KEK) Coal Demand Demand of Surface Area [kmÂ˛] Intensity of Precipitation at Rainfall Gauging Station Pristina Comparison of Water Qualities Underground Coal Production Valuation of Mining Fields Claim of occupied Farm Land Resettlement of Households Development of Employees

17 18 20 25 29 35 48 55 57 62

Page 6 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

List of Abbreviations a

year

bm³

bank cubic meter

bm³/h

bank cubic meter per hour

`000 bm³

thousand bank cubic meter

European Norm

EnO

Energy Office

ESTAP

Energy Sector Technical Assistance Project

GWh

gigawatt-hours

IPP

International Power Provider

kilo-

lm³

loose cubic meter

`000 lm³

thousand loose cubic meter

million

m²

square meter

m³

cubic meter

mlm³

million loose cubic meters

MME

Main Mine Equipment (BWE, belt conveyor and spreader)

mMSL

meter above Main Sea Level

mega watt

OCM

Open Cast Mine

tonne

TPP

Thermal Power Plant

TPS

Thermal Power Station

Page 7 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

1 Summary (Part III) 1.1 Objective The Complementary Mining Plan for New Sibovc South West Mine consists of the following reports: -

Part I

Basic Investigations

Part II

Technical Planning

Part III

Environmental Impact Study

Part IV

Economic and Financial Analysis

to define the technical measures and the timeframe to be followed to open-up the new mine and develop it up to the scheduled capacity of about 9 million tons per annum;

to guide the focus on the necessary investments and operating costs;

to include the necessary measures and information for licensing applications.

Page 8 of 77

Part III Environmental Assessment Complementary Mining Plan Sibovc SW

Page 9 of 77